Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-6422 - Fire Station No. 6 Apparatus ReplacementJuly 10, 2019 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Attn: Fouad Houalla 2610 Avon Street Newport Beach, CA 92663 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 949-644-3005 1 949-644-3039 rnx newportbeachca.gov Subject: Fire Stations No. 6 Apparatus Bay Replacement — C-6422 Dear Mr. Fouad: On July 10, 2018, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work for the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 65 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on July 11, 2018 Reference No. 2018000253370. The Surety for the contract is SureTec Insurance Company and the bond number is 5234022. Enclosed is the Faithful Performance Bond. Sincerely, M` Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk Enclosure Executed in Duplicate PremiuJm: $114357.00 Premium is for Contract Term and is subject to adjustment based on the EXHIBIT B Final Contract Price. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 5234022 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $11,357.00 , being at the rate of $ 14.40 Per thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Houalla Enterprises Ltd. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining no -fee City building permits; preparing and submitting a shoring plan to the Building Department for no cost approval, removing and disposing the existing Apparatus Bay; constructing the new Apparatus Bay and its associated improvements; and arranging with WestNet for their work, in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and SureTec Insurance Company, 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Eight Dollars ($977,868.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the Work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by City, only in the Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page B-1 event City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 23rd day of June x,2017 . Houalla Enterprises Ltd. DBA: Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Name of Contractor (Principal) Sure-rec Insurance Company Name of Surety 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1 Address of Surety 619-400-4100 Telephone Houston, TX 77056 APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: :Zz� i//� By: Aaron C. Harp City Attorney Fouad Houalla, President Agent Signature Erin A. Greene, Attorney -in -Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page B-2 POA n: 510030 SureTec Insurance Company LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey W. Cavignac, James P. Schabarum II, Jase Hamilton, Erin A. Greene, Julie Brennan, its true and lawful Attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety for, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney -in -Fact may do in the promises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 12/31/2019 and is made under and.by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the time of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 20t3 of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 5th day of April , A.D. 2017 . S�R4 SURETEC E ANY � By: w w John Knot State of Texas ss: ?� County of Harris .. On this 51h day of April , A.D. 2017 before me personally came John Knox Jr, to me known, who, being by me. duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his time thereto by like order. XENIA CHAVEZ _r; •k: Notary Public, State of Texas A:A Comm. Expires 09-10-2020 %�iO,(,;`Notary lD 129117659 X�� t ary Public x�Cdy commission expires September 10, 2020 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a hue and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. JUN 2 3 2017 Given under my hand and tae sea; of said Company at Houston, Texas this da of M. B nt Be y, Assistant Se etary Any instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST. ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of ) ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. (seal) State of California County of -C�n r\ � � eao ) ss. On Juc,e 23 2013_ before me, 8e}&NQs%14 J • rYlanacld Notary Public, personally appeared Ec`\c-\ A. C-Ar<ene' proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons) whose name(.&)is are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged tome that he sh they executed the same in his er their authorized capacity(aas), and that by hi he their sign ures(s) on the instrument the person(e), or the entity upon behalf of which the pers n(e) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. OETHANY I MONGOLD Notary Public - California jZ 1^P�n ^dilo)� i San Diego County s .[1 I' /Y 1 .ut Commission Ni19353j981 i natur lie My Comm. Ez 4,2021 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 6-3 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 20c;fc..^,c�.ou'si'��^P,cAs�n:-:r>. n�v�:aop�C>cz{.cncA�.-t.�r-n.•.�..�iYY>ey�.c�3�s?moi ^Fwans-.4�. _, A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of Q ruxw,c ) On (Ark 'T before me, Date personally appeared Names) of Signers) Title of the Officer who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the—ersonWwhose nar> scribed to the within instrument and acknoiged to me that' hat a he/they executed th is/ er/their authorized capacity(i14, and that by Is er/their signature the instrument the he entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the ins rument. SHELLY JEAN IRVINE Notary Public - California Orange County _ Commission R 2195265 My Comm. Expires May 1, 2021 Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand d official seal. t Signature 4AU i atur Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: I Corporate Officer — Title(s): _ I I Partner — CI Limited IJ General I I Individual I I Attorney in Fact I I Trustee 1 1 Guardian or Conservator I I Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: L_I Corporate Officer — Title(s): 1 I Partner — I I Limited I I General I I Individual I I Attorney in Fact I 1 Trustee I I Guardian or Conservator I I Other: Signer Is Representing: C»`c4rv'uX=<.v%c)r_4.r4`u1u,`W'u,'r-z>rVe�Ce%V'c4rE+-zrT-L`c.UrU'uC9tZ�5cc' Tc4'r%G'W'c=4'W'riS)u7�4?=�4�GcG�F�,r6�z'4'c%6`rv'Uv�(x 02014 National Notary Association • www.NationalNotary.org • 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 September 14, 2018 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Attn: Fouad Houalla 2610 Avon Street Newport Beach, CA 92663 Subject: Fire Station No. 6 Apparatus Bay Replacement C-6422 Dear Fouad Houalla: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 949-644-3005 1949-644-3039 FAx newportbeachca.gov On July 10, 2018 the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work for the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 65 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on July 11, 2018, Reference No. 2018000253370. Company and the bond number is 5234022. Bond. Sincerely, Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk Enclosure The Surety for the bond is SureTec Insurance Enclosed is the Labor & Materials Payment Executed in Duplicate Bond No.5234uz2 Premium is included in the Performance Bond, EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 5234022 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Houalla Enterprises Ltd. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining no -fee City building permits; preparing and submitting a shoring plan to the Building Department for no cost approval, removing and disposing the existing Apparatus Bay; constructing the new Apparatus Bay and its associated improvements; and arranging with WestNet for their work, in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, SureTec Insurance Company, 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, (referred to herein as "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Eight Dollars ($977,868.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys' fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 9554 of the Civil Code of the State of California. The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 9100 of the California Civil Code so as Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page A-1 to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9500 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 23rd day of June 2017 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. DBA: Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Name of Contractor (Principal) Authoriz ig ture itle Fouad Houalla, President SureTec Insurance Company Name of Surety ut d Agent Signature 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 Erin A. Greene, Attorney -in -Fact Address of Surety Print Name and Title 619-400-4100 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: f By Aaron C. Harp �+ } City Attorney NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page A-2 POA #: 510030 SureTec Insurance Company LLMTED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey W. Cavignac, James P. Schabarum II, Jase Hamilton, Erin A. Greene, Julie Brennan, its true and lawful Attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety for, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney -in -Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 12131t2019 and is made under and.by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 206 of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 5th day of April , A.D. 2017 . -.11 �^ SURETECIIRAN E ANY S�RANpP FSI X q o� By; John Knox resi333 nt State of Texas ss: County of Harris / On this 5th day of April , A.D. 2017 before me personally came John Knox Jr., tome known, who, being by meduly swom, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. ,ti,`,rnrs�r XENIACHAVEZ �n_Notary Public, State of Texas :+73 Comm. Expires 09-10-2020 Notary ID 1 291 116 59 X3� ti3�a)C-idavez, Notaty Public 1-4y commission expires September 10, 2020 1, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. JUN N 2 3 2017 A Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at Houston, Texas this day of e /Jl !/ A.D. . Brent Betty, Assistant Seu`retary Any instrument issued in excess of the penalty stated above Is totally void and without any validity. For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST. ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of ) ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of c�cnPam, } ss. On 0 20_j]_ before me, &AAnanc Notary Public, personally appeared proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perso whose name(& isre subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he h they executed the same in hier heir authorized capacity(e&), and that by his e their signatures4) on the instrument the pe on(e), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(o acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. BETHANY J. MONGOLD U Si0natuQ6 Notary Public alit qia San Diego Commission k 2193531 My Comm. Expires Apr 24, 2021 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page A-3 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT .. Lat c .aVa .M.a .a<.q .a .aYs2CaL�Lata .a -a _c .a .aCa .q. .aLM.i�rc��taL2 _aY`t. A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of 0 • ) On C42 -1119i" before me, Date personally appeared Here Inse"ame and Title of the Officer Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be tF�erso whose na s) 's re syscribed to the within instrumen nd ackno edged to me thatUaeGahe texecuted the same in hii§Aer/their authorized capacit s , and that Is er/their signaturek'on the instrument the persow,, or the entity upon behalf of which the persoolis"a ed, executed the instrument. SHELLY JEAN IRVINE Notary Public - California Orange County Commission A 2195265 My Comm. Expires May 1, 2021 Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my h d and official seal. Signature Signa f Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Batch 3591745 Confirmation RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Pagc 1 of 1 Recorded in Official Records, Orange County Hugh Nguyen, Clerk -Recorder IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII NO FEE +$ R 0 0 1 0 2 1 2 1 4 5 1 201800025337010:41 am 07111118 47 NC -5 Nit 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000.000.00 0.00 Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, California, 92660, as Owner, and Houalla Enterprises Ltd., Newport Beach, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on June 13, 2017. S aid Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Fire Station No. 6 Apparatus Bay Replacement - C-6422 Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on July 10, 2018, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner and the Surety for said Contract is SureTec Insurance Company. BY Public Works Directoil City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. '�� Executed on VI���'� at Newport Beach, California. BY lq��� NEVvpO yV N. J,%?��__ o� . P� City Clerk U 9� FORNtP https:Hgs.secure-recording.com/Batch/Confirmation/3591745 07/11/2018 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, California, 92660, as Owner, and Houalla Enterprises Ltd., Newport Beach, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on June 13, 2017. S aid Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Fire Station No. 6 Apparatus Bay Replacement - C-6422 Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on July 10, 2018, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner and the Surety for said Contract is SureTec Insurance Company. BY Public Works Director( City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. f V Executed on �L �1 o at Newport Beach, California. BY4N4J City Clerk ti U LFORS%' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY CLERK NOTICE INVITING BIDS WRITTEN sealed bids shall be submitted to the office of the City Clerk 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660 By 2:00 PM on the 24th day of May, 2017, at which time such bids shall be opened and read for FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 $ 925,000 Engineer's Estimate Approved /by Y�vNf� Mark Vukojevic City Engineer Contractors wishing to take inventory and become familiar with the site conditions and the required work may request a job walk by contacting the below project manager, no later than one (1) week before the bid opening date/time listed above. Hard copy plans and specifications are available through Santa Ana Blue Print 2372 Morse Avenue, Irvine, CA 92614 (949)756-1001 Contractor License Classification required for this project: `B" For further information, call Fong Tse, Project Manager at (949) 644-3321 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE INVITING BIDS..........................................................................................Cover INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS...................................................................................... 3 BIDDER'S BOND............................................................................................................5 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)...................................................................8 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES ............................................ 9 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT..................................................................... 13 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES...................................................................... 14 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD .................................................... 15 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA....................................................................... 17 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER..................................................................... 18 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER...........................................................................21 CONTRACT.................................................................................................................. 22 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND ............................................. Exhibit A FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND........................................................... Exhibit B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................Exhibit C PROPOSAL.............................................................................................................. PR -1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS............................................................................................ SP -1 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The following documents shall be completed, executed, and received by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO BID OPENING DATE (if any) TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL The City Clerk's Office will open and read the bid results immediately following the Bid Opening Date. The Bid Results are immediately available to the public following the Bid Opening Date. Members of the public who would like to attend this reading may go to Bay E, 2nd Floor of the Civic Center (Located at 100 Civic Center Dr.) 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. Original copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. 4. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. An original copy must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office. 5. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of total bid prices. 6. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared 3 with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. 7. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. 8. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703-4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code — including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770-7981 inclusive). A copy of the prevailing wage rates shall be posted by the Contractor at the job site. 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code Apprenticeship requirements and Section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act". 10. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. 11. No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project (awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5. 12. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. 13. Contractors wishing to take inventory and become familiar with the site conditions and the required work may request a job walk by contacting the below project manager, no later than one (1) week before the bid opening date/time listed above. 14. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. The signature below represents that the above has been 597589; A, B, & C-10 _ Contractor's License No. & Classification Aui 1000002925; 6/30/17 DIR Reference Number & Expiration Date Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Bidder 0 5/23/17 Date Fouad Houalla, President City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 BIDDER'S BOND We, the undersigned Principal and Surety, our successors and assigns, executors, heirs and administrators, agree to be jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Newport Beach, a charter city, in the principal sum of Ten Percent of the Total Amount Bid Dollars ($ 10% ), to be paid and forfeited to the City of Newport Beach if the bid proposal of the undersigned Principal for the construction of FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT, Contract No. 6422 in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach and the proposed contract is awarded to the Principal, and the Principal fails to execute the Contract Documents in the form(s) prescribed, including the required bonds, and original insurance certificates and endorsements for the construction of the project within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of "Notification of Award", otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. If the undersigned Principal executing this Bond is executing this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. Witness our hands this 19th da) Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Name of Contractor (Principal) SureTec Insurance Company Name of Surety 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 Address of Surety (619) 400-4100 Telephone / Jase Hamilton, Attorney -in -Fact Print Name and Title (Notary acknowledgment of Principal & Surety must be attached) Ila. President ACKNOWLEDGMENT •.................................................................J........... State of California County of On personally appeared I feL 14�h��I SS. before me, ,/ Notary Public, 1-11 who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory e ,idgnce to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and a owledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity ,and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon b alf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTYO ERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and rect. WITNESS my tSd and official seal seal) .............................................................................. OPTIONAL INFORMATION Date of Document Type or Title of Document Number of Pages in Document Document in a Foreign Language Type of Satisfactory Evidence: Personally Known with Paper Identification _ Paper Identification Credible Witnesses) Capacity of Signer: Trustee Power of Attorney CEO/CFO/COO President I Vice -President I Secretary / Treasurer Other: Other Information: Thumbprint of Signer ❑ Check here if no thumbprint or fingerprint is available. ACKNOWLEDGMENT .............................................................................. State of California County of } ss. On before me, Notary Public, personally appeared ,who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) .............................................................................. OPTIONAL INFORMATION Date of Document Type or Title of Document Number of Pages in Document Document in a Foreign Language Type of Satisfactory Evidence: _ Personally Known with Paper Identification Paper Identification Credible Witness(es) Capacity of Signer: Trustee Power of Attorney CEO/CFO/COO President / Vice -President / Secretary / Treasurer Other: Other Information: 7 Thumbprint of Signer ❑ Check here if no thumbprint or fingerprint Is available. Pon n: 510030 SureTec Insurance Company LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey W. Cavignac, James P. Schabarum II, Jase Hamilton its true and lawful Attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety for: Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifving and confirming all that the said Attomey-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 5/19/2017 and is made under and by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary, Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 206 of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 19th day of February, A.D. 2015 SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY SURANC C 0 X �c luI N tg.f By: wf w�I JohnaxJi•: resident State of Texas ss: 7 /�'S € - County of Harris d �r>`y a°M,mnn�kimmm,F' On this 19th day of February, A.D. 2015 before me personally came John Knox Jr., to me known, who, being by me duly swom, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his time thereto by like order. yw®a JACQUELYNNotary MAblic O Notary Public State of Texas Fermi My Comm. Exp. 5/18/2017 Jacq elyn Maldonado, Notary Public My commission expires May 18, 2017 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. MAY 19 20,17 Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at Houston, Texas this I day of A.D. . Brerft Beaty, Assistant Secretary Any Instrument issued in excess of the penalty stated above Is totally void and without any validity. For verification of the authority of this power you may call 1713) 812.0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST. CALIFORNIA ALL- PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego } On MAY 19 2017 before me, Erin Ashley Greene, Notary Public ere insen name and Ulu OT me icer personally appeared Jase Hamilton who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) Is re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that (she/they executed the same in Is er/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by Is er/their signature(&) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(e) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foreggiaR paragraph is true and correct. and official seal. (Notary Public Seal) /t10131111111MIY-11 till III Eel ki1_1NILl17o]:f14/_A Ill DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages _ Document Date CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER ❑ Individual (s) ❑ Corporate Officer itle) ❑ Partner(s) ❑ Attorney -in -Fact ❑ Trustee(s) ❑ Other 2015 Version w .NotaryClasses.com 800-873-9865 ERIN ASHLEY GREENE " Notary Public - California San Diego County a Commission # 2158050 > My Comm. Expires Jun 25, 2020 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM ON Thisformcompliesrvith current California statutes regarding notary wording and, f needed, should be completed and attached to the document. Acknowledgments from other states may be completed for documents being sent to that state so long as the wording does not require the California notary to violate California notary lov. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notariution. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i. e. he/she/Hw),— is /ere ) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re -seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document with a staple. CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of (0raraa2 On M1411_+ before me, klIq 1 I(ViN Date Here Asert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared F6uz61­ d01�U__ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be th ersontvhose namg(�j Qre Rhecribed to the within instrument and acknoA� ged to me that &she/they executed the same in er/their authorized capacity(ie�sy, and that b �ioher/their signatureWon the instrument the persorLK,, entity upon behalf of which the persop(Sjacted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SHELLYIEAN IRVINE WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public -California Orange County Commissiona2191115 $I natur My COmm.Ezpires May1, 2021 g Si re of Notary Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): [-]Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: uf" �. v<'v ' ✓ti.✓G d✓G' v4(✓4'✓i�yG'a 'v ✓."`. 'v4'd<V City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one- half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed.) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Number Description of Work %of Total Bid II,, Name:Qolkn 3'FC. ROD�irIQ. StIfely aJ jOfal( It»� Address: Ig7O3 gdj"4a , O4-iv2 Grsoni CA 9070 I sysk�. 6 a• Phone: CSIO%$O�j-g3yj, State License Number: 991K68 DIR Reference:IthO000I1v q Email Address:'o hwt Idmrwl.com Name: Byrvn "YQ., inc. r ���� �a i)'1f ��tftl pll.(��I) .1 Address: a&061 rwr',T CY'c e,sX41O� Cq 9�df3 IN -O W*K IN "� hr�l7 B•` /s D l Phone:q�.Iljr m�7 7)377-4030p 8619 Jar and oaL&(1) State License Number: y3 O W-0 N11".�,�1qk x 14'-01 h;1 ^ DIR Reference: I0000IV I OJerrL�,��door. Email Address: b [ D r-Or1[ Name: FdreaC Cnrp- supply and lylfiZtll II Address: aaOl L�V.ewPA914. D -ago } Phone: e �a ka gqgb BIS f State License Number: So ipI DIR Reference: I0000OW N Email Address A flux 4' -Ca Aa;l. evm Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Fouad Houalla, President Bidder Authoriz Signature tle 8 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one- half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed.) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: R&J Sheet Metal, Inc. Supply and install sheet metal Address: 11614 Martens River Circle flashing and trim. 0.9% Fountain Valley, CA 92708 1 Phone: (714) 597-6452 State License Number: 549635 DIR Reference: 1000009699 Email Address: sales risheetmetal.net Name: Enkay Engineering & Equipiment Supply labor and materials for Address: 1639 Monrovia Ave. the asbestos abatement. 0.6% Costa Mesa, CA 92627 1 Phone: (949) 548-5088 State License Number: 509785 DIR Reference: 1000009004 enkay@enkayengineering.com Email Address: Name: Address: Phone: State License Number: DIR Reference: Email Address Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. t Fouad Houalla, President Bidder Authorized gnature/Title 8 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES Contractor must use this form!!! Please print or type. Bidder's Name Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION IN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE MANNER MAY BE CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE. For all public agency projects you have worked on (or are currently working on) in the past 2 years in excess of $500,000, provide the following information: No. 1 Project Name/Number Manhattan Beach Pump Station and Low -Flow Div. Installation of two new vertical turbine pumps, an electric motor, a right angle gear drive unit, ball valves and control panels a low - Project Description Flow diversion system, fiberglass reinforced polymer platfomr, stairs, trash rack, and miscellaneous electrical work Approximate Construction Dates: From 4/16/18 To: 9/6/18 Agency Name Los Angeles County Department of Public Works Contact Person Tim Bazinet Telephone (626)458-2185 Original Contract Amount $ 1.3M Final Contract Amount $ 1,322,400.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) N/A Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No No. 2 Project Name/Number Well No. 102 Wellhead Treatment Facilities Project DescriptionConstruction of new wellhead Treatment facilities at the Districts existing Well No. 102 Site Approximate Construction Dates: From Agency Name 3/6/17 Rancho California Water District Contact Person Heath McMahon 2/18/18 Telephone (951) 296-6983 Original Contract Amount $ 3.4 M Final Contract Amount $_ 3,414,290.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No No. 3 Project Name/Number Environmental Graphics at Harbor Gateway Project Description Design/Build for the installation of new electronic signs for two MTA stations in LA Approximate Construction Dates: From Pending To: Pending Agency Name Contact Person Metropolitan Transportation Authority Josie Mellen Telephone (213)922-1105 Original Contract Amount $ 2.5 M Final Contract Amount $ 2,546,000.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) N/A Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 10 No. 4 Project Name/Number Sound Enclosures at Slauson & Manchester Busway St Project Description Design/Build of updated sound enclosure system Approximate Construction Dates: From Pending To: Pending Agency Name Metropolitan Transportation Authority Contact Person Andi Wang Telephone (213) 922-4722 Original Contract Amount $ 2.2 M Final Contract Amount $ 2.263.168.42 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) N/A Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No. 5 Project Name/Number Indiana Street Pumping Plant Generator Installation Project Description Installation of facility to house a standby generator Approximate Construction Dates: From 02/2016 To: 06/2017 Agency Name Los Angeles County Sanitation District Contact Person Ignacio Murillo Telephone 062) 908-4288 Original Contract Amount $ 1.6 M Final Contract Amount $_ 1,702,084.16 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders; extra work Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 11 No. 6 Project Name/Number Santa Ana Stadium Structural Concrete Repair Project Description Structural concrete Approximate Construction Dates: From Agency Name Contact Person of Santa Ana Michael Ortiz and replacements 02/2016 08/2016 Telephone (114) 615-0892 Original Contract Amount $ 468 K Final Contract Amount $ 977,532.77 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders, extra work Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No No - 7 Project Name/Number Berth 142 Crane Maintenance Building Project Description Construction of an approx. 5,000 SF steel framed building for crane maint. Approximate Construction Dates: From Agency Name Contact Person Port of Los Jill Shimamoto 10/2016 - Harbor Department To: 06/2017 Telephone (310) 732-7634 Original Contract Amount $ 6.4 M Final Contract Amount $ 6,498,943.63 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders, extra work Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 11 No. 8 Project Name/Number Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Systems and Sand System Project Description Installation of Diesel Exhaust Fluid Systems and Sand System Approximate Construction Dates: From 11/2015 To: 11/2017 Agency Name Southern California Regional Rail Authority Contact Person Sonny Ibrahim Telephone (213)452-0436 Original Contract Amount $ 3M Final Contract Amount $ 3,114,095.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No. 9 Project Name/Number Air Treatment Facility - ECIS - Mission & Jesse Project Description Construction of Air Treatment Approximate Construction Dates: From Agency Name 04/2013 To: 08/2015 City of Los Angeles - Bureau of Engineering Contact Person Jon M. Haskett Telephone (213) 485-5864 Original Contract Amount $ 14.8 M Final Contract Amount $ 17,904,527.91 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders, extra work Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No 11 No. F10 Project Name/Number Project Description Rainforest of the Americas - LA Zoo Construction of new LA Zoo exhibit Approximate Construction Dates: From 10/2011 Agency Name City of Los Angeles - Bureau of Engineering 10/2015 Contact Person Meghan Aldrich Telephone (213) 847-4713 Original Contract Amount $ 11.3 M Final Contract Amount $ 16,897,759.00 If final amount is different fromoriginal, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders, added scopes of work Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No Attach additional sheets if necessary. Attach to this Bid the experience resume of the person who will be designated as General Construction Superintendent or on-site Construction Manager for the Contractor. Upon request, the Contractor shall attach a financial state sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of the conditions. Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Bidder 12 and other information :tor's current financial President Francisco Provisor 2015 N Bush St., Apt 103 Santa Ana, CA 92706 (949) 438-8558 Francisco(a)metrobuilders.com /yrovisorN aol.com Professional Experience METRO BUILDERS & ENGINEERS GROUP, LTD. Superintendent ➢ County of Orange James and Rosemary Nix Nature Center Duration: August 2005 — January 2007 - Location: 18751 Laguna Canyon Road, Laguna Beach, CA 92651 - Contract Value: $3,053,252.00 - Owner Contact: David Gaffaney, (714) 567-7807 ➢ Anaheim Convention Center Arena Landscape Renovation - Duration: May 2006 — December 2006 - Location: 800 West Katella Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92802 - Contract Value: $3,526,261.23 - Owner Contact: Carl Heimberger, (714) 765-5176 ➢ City of Los Angeles NCOS La Cienega & Jefferson Air Treatment Facility Duration: June 2007 — August 2009 Location: 3410 S La Cienega Blvd, Los Angeles, CA 90016 Contract Value: $16,820,415.16 Owner Contact: John Hughey, (310) 648-6045 ➢ MTA Metro Red Line Civic Center Escalator Replacement (5/19/10 —1/20/12) Duration: May 2010 — January 2012 Location: 101 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, CA 90013 Contract Value: $4,794,048.60 Owner Contact: Rod Pates, (213) 922-3015 • Responsible for safe, high quality and profitable execution of the projects • Maintain project schedule and budget • Lead weekly coordination meetings • Write daily progress reports • Review change order cost proposals • Review contractor submittals • Perform quantity take -offs • Procure materials and supplies • Perform safety audits • Coordinate and schedule subcontractor work • Write RFI's and review design issues with Engineers • Coordinate inspections and material testing • Certify pressure testing and hydro testing results • Prepare As -Built information for recorded drawings 2005-2012 • Confirm construction and testing is per plans and specifications • Perform punch list work at project closeout METRO BUILDERS & ENGINEERS GROUP, LTD. General Foreman ➢ Laguna Beach Public Parking and Corporation Yard ➢ Kenneth Hahn State Recreational Area — Baldwin Hills Scenic Overlook ➢ MTA New Bus Wash Division 8 and 10 ➢ ECIS La Cienega & Jefferson Air Treatment Facility (Final 2 Years) ➢ City of Huntington Beach City Hall Seismic Upgrade ➢ MTA Division 3 Maintenance Building Annex ➢ City of Norco Reservoir No. 4 Booster Pump Station ➢ City of Fontana Pacific Electric Inland Empire Trail ➢ MTA Division 3 Maintenance Building Renovation ➢ Los Angeles County Joint Water Pollution Control Plant ➢ Mojave Water Agency Upper River Well Field & Water Supply Pipeline ➢ Anaheim Convention Center Arena Box Office Garden Roof ➢ City of Los Angeles Pacoima Dam Hoist Operator House ➢ City of Palos Verdes Rocky Point Road Sewage Pump Station Improvements ➢ City of Los Angeles ECIS Mission & Jesse Air Treatment Facility • Supervise work and crew movements • Worked with Carpenters crews • Worked with Rebar crews • Worked with Concrete crews • Coordinate work with Subcontractors • Perform quantity take -offs • Help with daily progress reports Education 2005-2014 Santa Ana High School Graduating Class of 1986 Santa Ana, CA General Education Degree Richard Quattrocchi 2610 Avon Street, Suite A (949) 500-1938 Mobile Newport Beach, CA 92663 richardCa�metrobuilders.com Work Experience ♦ 2002 - Present Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Newport Beach, CA Project Manager / Senior Project Manager: Supervise and manage design and construction projects ranging from buildings, retaining structures, and other large design and construction projects. Manages all aspects of the project, selects vendors and subcontractors, develops CPM schedules, handles project communications with Owner and Architect, prepared pay requests and project close-outs. ♦ 1995 -2002 Hazardous waste, general engineering construction projects with private and materials and special safety certifications. ♦ 1992 - 1995 RIQ Construction Company contracting, built numerous public agencies. Hazardous JTL Environmental Project Engineer, Site Safety Officer, and Project Manager/Engineer ♦ 1989 - 1992 McLauren Hart Site Safety Officer and Project Engineer Education ♦ 1989 - BS in Civil Engineering - UTN of Buenos Aires o Emphasis on Structural Analysis and Hydraulic Design City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT State of California ) ) ss. County of Orange ) Fouad Houalla being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is President of Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. , the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of Californig4tat the foregoing is true and correct. Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Fouad Houalla, President Bidder Authorize ignaturerrye Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this 23rd day of May 2017 by Shelly Jean Irvine I , proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personkK who appeared before me. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SHELLY JEAN IRVINE Notary Public - California [SEA Orange County Commission M 2195265 ` My Comm.Ezpires Mayl, 2021 13 Commission Expires: 1 2a City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidder's name_ Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance/bond type): Surety - SureTec Insurance Company - Bidder's Bond, Labor and Materials Payment Bond, & Faithful Performance Bond 1330 Post Oaks Blvd, Ste. l 100, Houston, TX 77056 (619) 400-4100 Broker - Cavignac & Associates - Bonds, General Liability, Worker's Compensation, Automobile Liability, and Umbrella Liability. Jase Hamilton (619) 744-0561450 B Street, Ste. 1800, San Diego, CA 92101 14 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL Bidder's Name Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Record Last Five (5) Full Years Current Year of Record The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary --Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 15 Current Record Record Record Record Record Year of for for for for for Record 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 Total 2017 No. of contracts 6 14 5 6 10 7 48 Total dollar Amount of $17,746.89 $19,923.57 $36,234.06 $55,036.89 $73,330.73 $50,634.54 $252,906.68 Contracts (in Thousands of $ No. of fatalities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No. of lost Workday Cases 0 0 0 2 1 0 3 No. of lost workday cases involving permanent 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 transfer to another job or termination of employment The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary --Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 15 Legal Business Name of Bidder Houalla Enterprises, Ltd. dba Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Business Address: 2610 Avon St, Newport Beach, CA 92663 Business Tel. No.: (949) 515-4350 State Contractor's License No. and Classification: 597589; A, B, & C-10 Title Corporation The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. I/ Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title 17 Signature Requirements: If bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, if doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set fort along with the County. If bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership/joint venture must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners/joint ventures or if fewer than all of the partners/joint ventures submit with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership/joint venture. If bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by signatures of the corporation President or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal, or submit with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the corporation. All must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such individuals, partners/joint ventures, or officers were proven on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose name are subscribed to and acknowledged that they executed the same in their authorized capacities. [NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT and CORPORATE SEAL MUST BE ATTACHEDI 16 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE 11121Mn .A n<.A r .T<.A..n. .n..^<..... < 4 K401 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of On 'before me, (NORM 1,4A - Date Here Ir ert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared Futo aLNO( JJ(%-.— Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be th ersonk<whose names/ re s scribed to the within instrument and ackno dged to me that e/ he/they executed th s� ame in is er/their authorized capacity and that by ti her/their signature(g)on the instrument the person(/ Se entity upon behalf of which the person(Wacted, executed the in rument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SHELLY JEAN IRVINE WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public - California - — Orange County Commission # 2195265 My Comm.ExpiresMay 1, 2021 Signature g atur ofary Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association • www.NationaiNotary.org • 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidder's name Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. The bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any, and attach executed copy of addenda to bid documents: Addendum 17 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the following information is true and correct: Name of individual Contractor, Company or Corporation: Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Business Address: 2610 Avon Street, Newport Beach, CA 92663 Telephone and Fax Number: (949) 515-4350; (949) 515-4351 California State Contractor's License No. and Class: 597589; A, B, & C-10 (REQUIRED AT TIME OF AWARD) Original Date Issued: 7/03/1990 Expiration Date: 7/31/2018 List the name and title/position of the person(s) who inspected for your firm the site of the work proposed in these contract documents: Richard Quattocchi, Project Manager The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint ventures, and company or corporate officers having a principal interest in this proposal: Name Title Address Telephone Fouad Houalla President 2610 Avon St, Newport Beach, CA 92663 (949) 515-4350 Corporation organized under the laws of the State of California 1H The dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: N/A All company, corporate, or fictitious business names used by any principal having interest in this proposal are as follows: N/A For all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements or the like (in or out of court) you have been involved in with public agencies in the past five years (Attach additional Sheets it necessary) provide: Provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the parties; Plaintiff: Metro Builders & Eneineers GrouD. Ltd. Defendant: City of Huntington Beach Briefly summarize the parties' claims and defenses; City of Huntington Beach required us to file suit as part of their claims process. Metro Builders did not wish to file a lawsuit. We later settled out of court. Have you ever had a contract terminated by the owner/agency? If so, explain. No Have you ever failed to complete a project? If so, explain. No For any projects you have been involved with in the last 5 years, did you have any claims or actions by any outside agency or individual for labor com� liance (i.e. failure to pay prevailing wage, falsifying certified payrolls, etc.)? Yes /,�J We; Are any claims or actions unresolved or outstanding? Yes / No If yes to any of the above, explain. (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Failure of the bidder to provide ALL requested information in a complete and accurate manner may be considered non-responsive. Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Bidder Fouad Houalla (Print name oij,91viner or President of Corporati /Company) President Title (949)515-4350 Date On 5/23/17 before me, Shelly Jean Irvine Notary Public, personally appeared Fouad Houa a who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(} whose name i re subscribed to the within instrument and ac ledged to me that he/she/they xecuted the sa a Mink authorized capacity i , and that byis/ r/their signature( on the instrument the persony, or the entity upon behalf of whi the persor�(a f acte executed the inseument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. 20 1 SHELLY JEAN IRVINE _ Notary Public - California Orange County Commission t 2195265 My Comm. Expires May 1, 2021 City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays) after the date shown on the "Notification of Award" to the successful bidder: • CONTRACT WITH REQUIRED INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENTS • LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND • FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for these Contract Documents. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid. Original Certificate(s) of Insurance, General Liability Insurance Endorsement, and Automobile Liability Insurance Endorsement shall be provided as required by the Contract documents and delivered to the Public Works Department within ten (10) working days after the date shown on the Notification of Award to the successful bidder. The Labor and Materials Payment Bond and Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. Insurance companies affording coverage shall be (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) assigned Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property -Casualty. Coverages shall be provided as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as modified by the Special Provisions. Certificates of Insurance and additional insured endorsements shall be on the insurance company's forms, fully executed and delivered with the Contract. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all contract documents have been received and approved by the City. 21 FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT CONTRACT NO. 6422 THIS CONTRACT FOR PUBLIC WORKS ("Contract") is entered into this 13th day of June, 2017 ("Effective Date"), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ("City"), and Houalla Enterprises Ltd., a California corporation ("Contractor"), whose address is 2610 Avon Street, Newport Beach, California 92663, and is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City has advertised for bids for the following described public work: The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining no -fee City building permits; preparing and submitting a shoring plan to the Building Department for no cost approval, removing and disposing the existing Apparatus Bay; constructing the new Apparatus Bay and its associated improvements; and arranging with WestNet for their work (the "Project" or "Work"). C. Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this Contract, is based upon Contractor's careful examination of all Contract documents, plans and specifications. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract for the Project includes all of the following documents: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non -Collusion Affidavit, Notice to Successful Bidder, Labor and Materials Payment Bond (Exhibit A), Faithful Performance Bond (Exhibit B), Permits, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings, Plans and Special Provisions for Contract No. 6422, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current adopted edition and all supplements), and this Contract, and all modifications and amendments thereto (collectively the "Contract Documents"), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The Contract Documents comprise the sole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter therein. Any representations or agreements not specifically contained in the Contract Documents are null and void. Any amendments must be made in writing, and signed by both parties in the manner specified in the Contract Documents. 2. SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, and shall provide and furnish all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment and all utility and transportation services required for the Project. All of the Work to be performed and materials to be furnished shall be in strict accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to perform all activities, at no extra cost to City, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. 3. COMPENSATION 3.1 As full compensation for the performance and completion of the Project as required by the Contract Documents, City shall pay to Contractor and Contractor accepts as full payment the sum of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Eight Dollars and 00/100 ($977,868.00), plus a contingency of Ninety Seven Thousand Six Hundred Ninety One Dollars and 00/100 ($97,691.00), for a not to exceed amount of One Million Seventy Five Thousand Five Hundred Fifty Nine Dollars and 00/100 ($1,075,559.00). No portion of the contingency shall be used without prior written approval of City's Project Administrator. 3.2 This compensation includes: 3.2.1 Any loss or damage arising from the nature of the Work; 3.2.2 Any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the performance of the Work; and 3.2.3 Any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the Work, but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, including tsunamis, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the Work by City. 4. PROJECT MANAGER Contractor shall designate a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of the Project. This Project Manager shall be available to City at all reasonable times during the term of the Contract. Contractor has designated Richard Quattocchi to be its Project Manager. Contractor shall not remove or reassign the Project Manager without the prior written consent of City. City's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 5. ADMINISTRATION This Contract shall be administered by the Public Works Department. City's Public Works Director, or designee, shall be the Project Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Contract. The Project Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the Work to be rendered pursuant to this Contract. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 2 6. NOTICE OF CLAIMS Unless a shorter time is specified elsewhere in this Contract, before making its final request for payment under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit to City, in writing, all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract. Contractor's acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at the time of its final request for payment. The Contractor and City expressly agree that in addition to all claims filing requirements set forth in the Contract and Contract Documents, Contractor shall be required to file any claim Contractor may have against City in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code 900 et seq.). WRITTEN NOTICE 7.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals, including any change in mailing address, to be given under the terms of this Contract shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first-class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 7.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Contractor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attention: Public Works Director City of Newport Beach Public Works Department 100 Civic Center Drive P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 7.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Contractor shall be addressed to Contractor at: Attention: Fouad Houalla Houalla Enterprises Ltd. 2610 Avon Street Newport Beach, CA 92663 8. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR City has retained Contractor as an independent contractor and neither Contractor nor its employees are to be considered employees of City. The manner and means of conducting the Work are under the control of Contractor, except to the extent they are limited by statute, rule or regulation and the express terms of this Contract. No civil service status or other right of employment shall accrue to Contractor or its employees. Contractor shall have the responsibility for and control over the means of performing the Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 3 Work, provided that Contractor is in compliance with the terms of this Contract. Anything in this Contract that may appear to give City the right to direct Contractor as to the details of the performance or to exercise a measure of control over Contractor shall mean only that Contractor shall follow the desires of City with respect to the results of the Work. 9. BONDING 9.1 Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract both of the following: (1) a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Contract in the form attached as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference; and (2) a Labor and Materials Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Contract and in the form attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. 9.2 The Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. 9.3 Contractor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Contract, the Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond, and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. 10. COOPERATION Contractor agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City's designated Project Administrator and any other agencies that may have jurisdiction or interest in the Work to be performed. City agrees to cooperate with the Contractor on the Project. 11. PROGRESS Contractor is responsible for keeping the Project Administrator informed on a regular basis regarding the status and progress of the Project, activities performed and planned, and any meetings that have been scheduled or are desired. 12. INSURANCE Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract or for other periods as specified in the Contract Documents, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated herein by reference. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 4 13. PROHIBITION AGAINST ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS Except as specifically authorized under this Agreement, the services to be provided under this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred contracted or subcontracted out without the prior written approval of City. Any of the following shall be construed as an assignment: The sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Contractor, or of the interest of any general partner or joint venturer or syndicate member or cotenant if Contractor is a partnership or joint -venture or syndicate or co -tenancy, which shall result in changing the control of Contractor. Control means fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power or twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the assets of the corporation, partnership or joint -venture. 14. PREVAILING WAGES In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703-4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code — including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770-7981 inclusive). A copy of the prevailing wage rates shall be posted by the Contractor at the job site. 15. SUBCONTRACTING The subcontractors authorized by City, if any, to perform the Work on this Project are identified in the Contractor's Proposal and are attached as part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of any subcontractors. Nothing in this Contract shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law. City is an intended beneficiary of any Work performed by the subcontractor for purposes of establishing a duty of care between the subcontractor and City. Except as specifically authorized herein, the Work to be performed under this Contract shall not be otherwise assigned, transferred, contracted or subcontracted out without the prior written approval of City 16. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY 16.1 City and its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers shall not be responsible in any manner for any loss or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Project or for injury to or death of any person as a result of Contractor's performance of the Work required hereunder, or for damage to property from any cause arising from the performance of the Project and/or Services by Contractor, or its subcontractors, or its workers, or anyone employed by either of them. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 5 16.2 Contractor shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from defects, obstructions or from any cause arising from Contractor's Work on the Project and/or Services, or the Work of any subcontractor or supplier selected by Contractor. 16.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims"), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Contract, any Work performed or Services provided under this Contract including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials or Contractor's presence or activities conducted on the Project (including the negligent, reckless, and/or willful acts, errors and/or omissions of Contractor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, vendors, suppliers, subconsultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable for any or all of them). 16.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any Claim arising from the sole negligence orwillful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Contract. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor. 16.5 Contractor shall perform all Work in a manner to minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard, to restore other work areas to their original condition and former usefulness as soon as possible, and to protect public and private property. Contractor shall be liable for any private or public property damaged during the performance of the Project Work. 16.6 To the extent authorized by law, as much of the money due Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by City may be retained by it until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages as aforesaid. 16.7 Nothing in this Section or any other portion of the Contract Documents shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action to enforce the terms of this Contract, except to the extent provided for above. 16.8 The rights and obligations set forth in this Section shall survive the termination of this Contract. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 6 17. CHANGE ORDERS 17.1 This Contract may be amended or modified only by mutual written agreement of the parties. 17.2 The Contractor shall only commence work covered by a change order after the change order is executed and notification to proceed has been provided by the City. 17.3 There shall be no change in the Contractor's members of the project team, as listed in the approved proposal, which is a part of this contract without prior written approval by the City. 18.1 Contractor or its employees may be subject to the provisions of the California Political Reform Act of 1974 (the "Act"), which (1) requires such persons to disclose any financial interest that may foreseeably be materially affected by the Work performed under this Contract, and (2) prohibits such persons from making, or participating in making, decisions that will foreseeably financially affect such interest. 18.2 If subject to the Act, Contractor shall conform to all requirements of the Act. Failure to do so constitutes a material breach and is grounds for immediate termination of this Contract by City. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City for any and all claims for damages resulting from Contractor's violation of this Section. 19. TERMINATION 19.1 In the event that either party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Contract at the time and in the manner required, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Contract. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, the non -defaulting party may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof. 19.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion and without cause, of terminating this Contract at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days' prior written notice to Contractor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Contractor for Services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Contractor has not been previously paid. On the effective date of termination, Contractor shall deliver to City all materials purchased in performance of this Contract. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 7 20. STANDARD PROVISIONS 20.1 Recitals. City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. 20.2 Compliance with all Laws. Contractor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. In addition, all Work prepared by Contractor shall conform to applicable City, county, state and federal laws, rules, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator. 20.3 Integrated Contract. This Contract represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 20.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. inconsistencies between this Contract and terms of this Contract shall govern. In the event there are any conflicts or any other attachments attached hereto, the 20.5 Interpretation. The terms of this Contract shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship of the Contract or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 20.6 Amendments. This Contract may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Contractor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 20.7 Severability. If any term or portion of this Contract is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Contract shall continue in full force and effect. 20.8 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Contract and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Contract shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. 20.9 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 20.10 No Attorney's Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this contract, the prevailing party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 8 20.11 Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. 21. EFFECT OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTION Execution of this Contract and all other Contract Documents by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the Project site, has become familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated all relevant observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 22. WAIVER A waiver by City or any term, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. 23. RECITALS City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE] Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTAR EY' / OFFICE Date: I(0 By: Aaron C. Harp t6 al•1A- City Attorney ATTEST: 7 Date: • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Californiau cip l c oration) c oration Date: By: evin Muldoon Mayor CONTRACTO Houalla Enterprises Ltd., a California corporation Date: Signed in Counterpart By: Fouad Houalla President/Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Attachments: Exhibit A Labor and Materials Payment Bond Exhibit B Faithful Performance Bond Exhibit C — Insurance Requirements Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTOR►JEy_'I OFFICE Date: ((�� �o� By: Aaron C. Harp oeail� City Attorney ►s4iM--11A Leilani I. Brown City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation Date: By: Kevin Muldoon Mayor CONTRACTOR: Ltd., a California nn+c• 2017.06.22 /, Lid [END OF SIGNATURES] Houalla Enterprises Attachments: Exhibit A -- Labor and Materials Payment Bond Exhibit B -- Faithful Performance Bond Exhibit C — Insurance Requirements Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page 10 Executed in Duplicate Bond No. 5234022 Premium is included in the Performance Bond. EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 5234022 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Houalla Enterprises Ltd. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining no -fee City building permits; preparing and submitting a shoring plan to the Building Department for no cost approval, removing and disposing the existing Apparatus Bay; constructing the new Apparatus Bay and its associated improvements; and arranging with WestNet for their work, in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, SureTec Insurance Company, 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, (referred to herein as "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Eight Dollars ($977,868.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys' fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 9554 of the Civil Code of the State of California. The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 9100 of the California Civil Code so as Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page A-1 to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9500 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 23rd day of June - , 201? Houalla Enterprises Ltd. DBA: Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Name of Contractor (Principal) SureTec Insurance Name of Surety 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 Address of Surety 619-400-4100 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: -71-/q A By: Aaron C. Harp o1 H 14 City Attorney Fouad Houalla, President Agent Signature Erin A. Greene, Attorney -in -Fact Print Name and Title NOTARYACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page A-2 POA a: 510030 SureTec Insurance Company LLMTED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey W. Cavignac, James P. Schabarum II, Jase Hamilton, Erin A. Greene, Julie Brennan, its true and lawful Attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety for, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney -in -Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 12/311219 and is made under and.by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 20`" of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 5th day of April , A.D. 2017 i/ SURANpF SURETEC IlyB�TRAN E ANY \�a;..... o (\ �o�' X 9'•, 03 By: a` Tohn Knox ., resi nt State of Texas ss: ;� 1 ^°jr Y County of Harris .. On this 5th day of April , A.D. 2017 before me personally came John Knox Jr., to me known, who, being by meduly swom, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. ` ` O1„Pr ops � XENIA CHAVEZ G _zrk�Notary Public, State of Texas :*Z Comm. Expires 09-10-2020 n4,,,1, Notary ID 12911 X l 7659 a avez, Notary Public y commission expires September 10, 2020 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. JUN 2 3 2 Q 17 A Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at Houston, Texas this day of A /-A A.D. . Brbnt Betty, Assistant Sehetary Any Instrument issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST, ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of )ss. On , 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of )SS. . 17 �cuc ) ss. On Toro 27� 20 t before me, o Notary Public, personally appeared rr n d (4 nD proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perwhose names) is re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that heso he they executed the same in hi er heir authorized capacity(iee), and that by his e their signatures(s) on the instrument the pe onW, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(e) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official /seal. V,��Q�.l BETHANY I. MONGOLD EEE^^^ Notarypublicci ifofTa �$I natU San DiegoCdt'iri4-}ll Commission %2193531 My Comm. Expires Apr 24, 2021 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page A-3 O`IA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE ..u_s� A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of 0 Yv" %- ) On W2Z11-1-- before me, Date personally appeared Here Inse)#1Jame and Title of the Officer Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be tfyers whose na s) s re s cribed to the within instrumen nd ackno edged to me that(helafta t�executed the same in hi er/their authorized capacit s , and that blkhi§er/their signaturq�(eon the instrument the persor2(s'j or the entity upon behalf of which the personfal a ed, executed the instrument. SHELLY JEAN IRVINE Notary Public -California z - Orange County > Commission # 2195265 My Comm. Expires May 1, 2021 I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my h d and official seal. ` Signature Signa f Notary Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association • www.NationalNotary.org • 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 ond No. 5234022 Executed in Duplicate Pemium: $11,357.00 Premium is for Contract Term and is subject to adjustment based on the EXHIBIT B Final Contract Price. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 5234022 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 11,357.00 being at the rate of $ 14.40 per thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Houalla Enterprises Ltd. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining no -fee City building permits; preparing and submitting a shoring plan to the Building Department for no cost approval, removing and disposing the existing Apparatus Bay; constructing the new Apparatus Bay and its associated improvements; and arranging with WestNet for their work, in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and SureTec Insurance Company, 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Nine Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Eight Dollars ($977,868.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the Work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by City, only in the Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page B-1 event City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 23rd day of June 1,201 7 . Houalla Enterprises Ltd. DBA: Metro Builders & Engineers Group, Ltd. Name of Contractor (Principal) SureTec Insurance Company Name of Surety 1330 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77056 Address of Surety 619-400-4100 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: CL':zZmA17 By: Aaron C. Harp City Attorney e Fouad Houalla, President Agent Signature Erin A. Greene, Attorney -in -Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page B-2 FOAM 510030 SureTec Insurance Company LBUTED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey W. Cavignac, James P. Schabarum II, Jase Hamilton, Erin A. Greene, Julie Brennan, its true and lawful Attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety for, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney -in -Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 12/3ino19 and is made under and.by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: - Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 20`h of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 5th day of April , A.D. eon . �� /f (Alc IEE =By: '� 1V AIVY 41 °/' X�q� og w John Knox ., �rt State of Texas ss: .! County of Harris .... On this 5th day of April , A.D. 2017 before me personally came John Knox Jr., to me known, who, being by meduly swom, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. "p P, XENIA CHAVEZ r vy vi. :z°+' �SNotary Public, State of Texas if Expires 09-10-2020 NotarylO 129177659 X to avez, Notary Public y commission expires September 10, 2020 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. JUN 2 3 2017 Given under my hand and the sea. of said Company at Houston, Texas this da fiof , A.D. . Br Assistant Any instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above Is totally void and without any validity. For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST. ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of ) ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California Countyof!ar-, iU\eao }ss. On Juc,e 23 1j, 20J -) before me, be -yon.., J • n'lon3c\d Notary Public, personally appeared Ec-NcN -A. 6,c-cene proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose names) is are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that hesh /they executed the same in his er their authorized capacity(ias), and that by hi her their sign ures(s) on the instrument the personal, or the entity upon behalf of which the pers n(W acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. BETHANY J. MONGOLD Notary Public - California E2dt14/ San Diego County Commission p 21935319 1 i natur My Comm. Exqz9fil 4,2021 Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page B-3 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE atm a .0 .a aLatmLa .a ata . aCa aS.a2.a .� a¢.a .a aL.a A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of omnr„e_ ) On (A-Arl before me, U ►tI.I —,jaLA Iryif\.Q_ Date ��Her Insert.Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared �OL�0.� Names) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be th ersonW whose narrr/' cribed to the within instrument and acknolged to me that a in executed the s is/ er/their authorized capacity(K, and that by Is er/their signature the instrument the per is/ entity upon behalf of which the personXacted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SHELLY JEAN IRVINE WITNESS my hand d official seal. Notary Public - California Orange County commission #2195265 Signature My Comm. Expires May 1, 2021 RV�9��� i atur Notary Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: tip`v. � d6"iv '✓ d.1ei,S' .•/1'b,5'✓ S/5'v:'ei '✓ EXHIBIT C INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS — PUBLIC WORKS AND CONSTRUCTION 1. Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 2. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 3. Coverage Requirements. A. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance providing statutory benefits and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. In addition, Contractor shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance in accordance with California law for all of the subcontractor's employees. The insurer issuing the Workers' Compensation insurance shall amend its policy by endorsement to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. Contractor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. B. General Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate and two million dollars ($2,000,000) completed operations aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products -completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page C-1 insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). C. Automobile Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of Contractor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Contract, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each accident. D. Builder's Risk Insurance. For Contracts with property exposures during construction, Contractor shall maintain Builders Risk insurance or an installation floater as directed by City, covering damages to the Work for "all risk" or special causes of loss form with limits equal to 100% of the completed value of contract, with coverage to continue until final acceptance of the Work by City. At the discretion of City, the requirement for such coverage may include additional protection for Earthquake and/or Flood. City shall be included as an insured on such policy, and Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the policy. 4. Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: A. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this Contract shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Contractor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subcontractors. B. Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, products and completed operations, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, if required, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers shall be included as additional insureds under such policies. C. Primary and Non Contributory. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and/or the primary source of recovery with respect to City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City shall be excess of Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. D. Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) calendar days' notice of cancellation or nonrenewal of coverage (except for Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page C-2 nonpayment for which ten (10) calendar days' notice is required) for each required coverage except Builders Risk Insurance, which shall contain an endorsement with said required notices. 5. Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The parties hereby agree to the following: A. Evidence of Insurance. Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. All of the executed documents referenced in this Contract must be returned to City within ten (10) regular City business days after the date on the "Notification of Award" Insurance certificates and endorsements must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this Contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. B. City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the Contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving Contractor ninety (90) calendar days' advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to Contractor, City and Contractor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. C. Right to Review Subcontracts. Contractor agrees that upon request, all agreements with subcontractors or others with whom Contractor enters into contracts with on behalf of City will be submitted to City for review. Failure of City to request copies of such agreements will not impose any liability on City, or its employees. Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all the requirements stated herein, and Contractor shall ensure that City is an additional insured on insurance required from subcontractors. For CGL coverage, subcontractors shall provide coverage with a format at least as broad as CG 20 38 04 13. D. Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of City to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. E. Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Exhibit A are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page C-3 intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. If the Contractor maintains higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to coverage for higher limits maintained by the Contractor. Any available proceeds in excess of specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City. F. Self -Insured Retentions. Contractor agrees not to self -insure or to use any self-insured retentions on any portion of the insurance required herein and further agrees that it will not allow any indemnifying party to self -insure its obligations to City. If Contractor's existing coverage includes a self-insured retention, the self-insured retention must be declared to City. City may review options with Contractor, which may include reduction or elimination of the self-insured retention, substitution of other coverage, or other solutions. Contractor agrees to be responsible for payment of any deductibles on their policies. G. City Remedies for Non Compliance. If Contractor or any subcontractor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this Contract, or to suspend Contractor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Contractor or reimbursed by Contractor upon demand. H. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor's performance under this Contract, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. City assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve City. Coverage not Limited. All insurance coverage and limits provided by Contractor and available or applicable to this Contract are intended to apply to the full extent of the policies. Nothing contained in this Contract or any other agreement relating to City or its operations limits the application of such insurance coverage. J. Coverage Renewal. Contractor will renew the coverage required here annually as long as Contractor continues to provide any Work under this or any other Contract or agreement with City. Contractor shall provide proof that policies of insurance required herein expiring during the term of this Contract have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Proof that such coverage has been ordered shall be submitted prior to expiration. A coverage binder or letter from Contractor's insurance agent to this effect is acceptable. A certificate of insurance and/or additional insured endorsement as required in these Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page C-4 specifications applicable to the renewing or new coverage must be provided to City with five (5) calendar days of the expiration of the coverages. Houalla Enterprises Ltd. Page C-5 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CHECKLIST City of Newport Beach This checklist is comprised of requirements as outlined by the City of Newport Beach. * Date Received: 7/17/17 Dept./Contact Received From: Brittany Date Completed: 7/17/17 Sent to: Brittany By: Alicia / Jan Company/Person required to have certificate: Metro Builders & Engineers Group Type of contract: All Others I. GENERAL LIABILITY EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE: 11/1/16-11/1/17 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: Travelers Indemnity Company of CT B. B. AM BEST RATING (A-: VII or greater): A++;XV C. C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? Is Company admitted in California? ® Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS (Must be $1 M or greater): What is limit provided? IM/2M/2M E. ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT — please attach ® Yes ❑ No F. PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS (Must (What is limits provided?) N/A include): Is it included? (completed Operations status does PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (For Waste not apply to Waste Haulers or Recreation) ® Yes ❑ No G. ADDITIONAL INSURED FOR PRODUCTS AND HIRED AND NON -OWNED AUTO ONLY: ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ® No COMPLETED OPERATIONS ENDORSEMENT (completed NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A 0 Yes ❑ No Operations status does not apply to Waste Haulers) ® Yes ❑ No H. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No I. PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (Must be included): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No J. CAUTION! (Confirm that loss or liability of the named insured is not limited solely by their negligence) Does endorsement include "solely by negligence" wording? ❑ Yes ®No K. ELECTED SCMAF COVERAGE (RECREATION ONLY): ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No L. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No 11. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE: 11/1/16-11/1/17 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: Travelers Property Casualty Company of America B. AM BEST RATING (A-: VII or greater) A++;XV C. ADMITTED COMPANY (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? ® Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS - If Employees (Must be $1 M min. BI & PD and $500,000 UM, $2M min for Waste Haulers): What is limits provided? 1,000,000 E LIMITS Waiver of Auto Insurance / Proof of coverage (If individual) (What is limits provided?) N/A F. PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (For Waste Haulers only): ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No G. HIRED AND NON -OWNED AUTO ONLY: ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ® No H. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A 0 Yes ❑ No III. WORKERS' COMPENSATION EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE: 11/1/16-11/1/17 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: Travelers Property Casualty Company of America B. AM BEST RATING (A-: VII or greater): A++:XV C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): ® Yes ❑ No D. WORKERS' COMPENSATION LIMIT: Statutory ® Yes ❑ No E. EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY LIMIT (Must be $1M or greater) 1,000,000 F. 'WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (To include): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No G. SIGNED WORKERS' COMPENSATION EXEMPTION FORM: ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No H. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No ADDITIONAL COVERAGE'S THAT MAYBE REQUIRED IV. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No V POLLUTION LIABILITY ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No V BUILDERS RISK— INSTALLATION FLOATER Travelers Property Casualty Ins Co, A++/XV, Admitted ❑ N/A IN Yes ❑ No Approved: Agent of Alliant Insurance Services Broker of record for the City of Newport Beach Date ❑ Yes ® No RISK MANAGEMENT APPROVAL REQUIRED (Non -admitted carrier rated less than Self Insured Retention or Deductible greater than $ ) ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No Reason for Risk Management approval/exception/waiver: Approved: Risk Management " Subject to the terms of the contract. Date CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT PROPOSAL FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT CONTRACT NO. 6422 To The Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except that material supplied by the City and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 6422 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION AND UNIT TOTAL AND UNIT PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS PRICE 1. Lump Sum Construct New Apparatus Ba yy dent Nundad-rhir;y S;xThoutdaq @ 4evrn Hdodrtd Oahl-een Dollars and zerfl q Cents $ 3' 07. Do Per Lump Sum 2. Allowance Changed Field Conditions @ FortvThousand Dollars and Zero Cents $ 40,000.00 Per Allowance 3. Lump Sum As -Built Plans @ one'7 60 0 3ataoeo tWredF4124Y Dollars and 2'ef0 Cents $ 150.00 Per Lump Sum TOTAL PRICE IN WRITTEN WORDS Nine 4unW Sovee114v Sedan Thowd and 2-ero Cents 5/23/17 Date (949)515-4350;(949)515-4351 Bidder's Telephone and Fax Numbers 597589; A, B, & C-10 Bidder's License (Nos) and Classifications 17 Total Price (Figures) Metro Builder4Enginecrs Group, Ltd. Bidder Fouad Houalla, President Bid der'j(Authorized Zmature and Title 2610 Avon Street, Newport Beach, CA 92663 Bidder's Address Bidder's email address: estimating4nictrobuilders.com CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEME CONTRACT NO. 6422 INTRODUCTION All work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accordance with (1) these Special Provisions, (2) the Plans (Drawing No. B -5230-S); (3) the City's Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, (2015 Edition), including Supplements; (4) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2015 Edition), including supplements (Green Book); (5) the applicable Codes shown on the Plans; (6) American Public Works Association Standard Drawings, Latest Edition; (7) Materials Survey Report; (8) Geotechnical Report; and (9) Building Permits. Copies of the Green Book may be purchased from Building News, Inc. (www.bnibooks.com). The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE Add to this Section, "The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining no -fee City building permits; preparing and submitting a shoring plan to the Building Department for no cost approval, removing and disposing the existing Apparatus Bay; constructing the new Apparatus Bay and its associated improvements; and arranging with WestNet for their work." 2-9 SURVEYING 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers Delete this Section and replace with the following: "The Contractor shall, prior to the beginning of work, inspect the project for existing survey monuments and then schedule a meeting with the City Surveyor to walk the project to review the survey monuments. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments during construction operations. In the event that existing survey monuments are removed or otherwise disturbed during SP1 of 13 the course of work, the Contractor shall restore the affected survey monuments at his sole expense. The Contractor's Licensed Surveyor shall file the required Record of Survey or Corner Records with the County of Orange upon monument restoration. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of restoring all survey ties and/or monuments damaged by the Work." 2-9.2 Line and Grade Add to this Section: "The Contractor's California Licensed Land Surveyor shall utilize/follow the existing City survey records used for the project design to provide all construction survey services that are required to construct the improvements. At a minimum, two (2) sets of cut -sheets for all areas shall be included in the bid price and copies of each set shall be provided to City 48 -hours in advance of any work. In addition, the filing of a Corner Record and/or a Record of Survey with the County Surveyor's Office is required after the completion of Work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit the Corner Records for review by the City a minimum of three (3) working days before the anticipated demolition Work. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.3 Markup - Replace this section with the following: "(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ............................................ 10 2) Materials ....................................... 10 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 10 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 10 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, one (1) percent shall be added for compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost (prior to any markups) of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. SP2of13 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.4 Inspection and Testing All materials and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used in the work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48 - hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. Submittals are required for all construction materials. If needed, the Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed the work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor." SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION Add the following after the 3rd paragraph: "All underground utility location markings shall be made with chalk -based paint. Within seven (7) calendar days after completion of the work or phase of work, the Contractor shall remove all USA utility markings. Removal by sand blasting is not allowed. Any surface damaged by the removal effort shall be repaired to its pre -construction condition or better." 5-2 PROTECTION The fire station will remain operational during the construction. As such, the Contractor shall locate all existing utilities serving the Station and conducts the work in a manner that protects all such utilities in place. The Contractor shall verify the locations and depths of these facilities prior to the start of any construction work. If temporary by- pass connections are needed to keep the Station in-service, the Contractor shall have included all such costs in the submitted bid. 5-7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE Where applicable, the Contractor at its cost shall adjust or replace to finish grade of City -owned utility boxes and sewer manholes. SP3of13 While unlikely, the Contractor at its cost shall contact Southern California Edison Company to have their existing utilities adjusted to finish grade as needed. The Contractor shall coordinate with utility companies for the adjustment of their facilities in advance of the work to avoid potential delays to the Project Schedule. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION. PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.1 Construction Schedule No work shall begin until a "Notice to Proceed" has been issued, a pre -construction meeting has been conducted, and a schedule of work has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule to the Engineer for approval a minimum of five working days prior to the pre -construction meeting. Schedule may be bar chart or CPM style. The Engineer will review the Schedule and may require the Contractor to modify the Schedule to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. If work falls behind the approved Schedule, the Contractor shall be prohibited from starting additional work until extra efforts have been made to meet the original schedule and has demonstrated that their ability to maintain the approved schedule in the future. Such stoppages of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor from the overall time of completion requirement, nor shall it be construed as the basis for payment of extra work because additional personnel and equipment were required on the job." 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6-7.1 General The Contractor shall complete all construction work under Contract within one hundred and fifty (150) consecutive working days of the Notice To Proceed. The Contractor shall ensure the availability and delivery of all materials prior to the start of work. Unavailability of material will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of work. 6-7.2 Working Days Revise 3) to read: "any City holiday, defined as January 1St (New Year's Day), the third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day), the third Monday in February (President'sDay), the last Monday in May (Memorial Day), July 4th, the first Monday in September (Labor Day), November 11th (Veterans Day), the fourth Thursday and Friday in November (Thanksgiving and Friday after), December 24th, (Christmas Eve), December 25th (Christmas), and December 31St (New Year's Eve). If the holiday falls SP4of13 on a Sunday, the following Monday will be considered the holiday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before will be considered the holiday." 6-7.4 Working Hours Normal working hours are limited to 7:30 AM to 3:30 PM, Monday through Friday The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., before or after the normal working hours prescribed above. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 3:30PM to 6:30 PM on weekdays or 8:00 AM to 3:00 PM on Saturdays only. A request for working outside the normal working hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $146 per hour when such time periods are approved. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Revise sentence three to read: "For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6-7-1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of $2,500.00". Revise paragraph two, sentence one, to read: "Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the City and the Contractor that the above liquidated damages per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. The intent of this Section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the work in an orderly, preplanned, and continuous sequence." SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILIITIES 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services Add to the end of this Section: "If the Contractor elects to use City water from a nearby fire hydrant, he shall arrange for a construction meter and tender a $1,073.21 meter deposit with the City. Upon return of the meter to the City, the deposit will be returned to the Contractor, less a $90 monthly charge for meter use, a charge for water usage, and any repair charges for damage to the meter. SP5of13 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control Add to this Section, "Surface runoffs, including all water used during sawcutting operations, containing mud, silt or other deleterious material due to the construction of this project shall be treated by filtration or retention in settling basin(s) sufficient to prevent such material from flowing onto gutters and/or into catch basins. The Contractor shall also comply with the Construction Runoff Guidance Manual which is available for review at the Public Works Department or can be found on the City's website at www.newportbeachca.gov/publicworks and clicking on permits, then selecting the link Construction Runoff Guidance Manual. Additional information can be found at www.cleanwaternewport.com." 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) Add to this Section: The Contractor shall submit a Best Management Practice (BMP) plan for containing any wastewater or storm water runoff from the project site including, but not limited to the following: a. No placement of construction materials where they could enter storm drain system, which includes gutters that lead to catch basins. b. Checking construction vehicles for fluid leaks. c. Providing a controlled area for cleaning or rinse -down activities. d. Monitoring construction activities. e. Minimizing usage of water when saw -cutting and vacuum the residue. f. Providing measures to capture or vacuum -up water contaminated with construction debris. g. Removing any construction related debris on a daily basis. h. Protecting work areas from errant debris. The BMP must be approved by the Engineer prior to any work. The City of Newport Beach will monitor the adjacent storm drains and streets for compliance. Failure of the Contractor to follow BMP will result in immediate cleanup by City and back -charging the Contractor for all costs plus 15 percent. The Contractor may also receive a separate Administrative Citation per Section 14.36.030A23 of the City's Municipal Code. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7-10.1 Traffic and Access Add to this Section: "The project is located at a moderate to high pedestrian and vehicle traffic volume area. The Contractor shall ascertain that the work site is fully delineated and all measures are in place to warn all people who do not have knowledge of the construction activities to keep away from the work. No traffic lane closure on either Irvine Avenue or Dover Drive will be permitted before 9:00 AM or after 3:00 PM. Additionally, the Contractor shall comply with the applicable traffic control and access requirements in accordance with Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and the SP7of13 Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH), also published by Building News, Inc., including the deployment of changeable message boards" 7-10.4 Safety 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Add to this Section: "The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the job -site condition, including the safety of all persons and property during performance of the work, and the Contractor shall fully comply with all State, Federal, and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. The right of the Engineer or the City's Representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site." 7-10.6 Notices to Residents Ten working days prior to starting work, the Contractor shall deliver a construction notice to residents within 500 feet of the project, describing the project and indicating the limits of construction. The City will provide the Notice. Forty-eight hours prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall distribute to the residents a second written notice prepared by the City clearly indicating specific dates in the space provided on the notice when construction operations will start, what disruptions may occur, and approximately when construction will be complete. An interruption of work in excess of 14 calendar days shall require re -notification. The Contractor shall insert the applicable dates and times at the time the notices are distributed. The written Notices will be prepared by the City, but shall be completed and distributed by the Contractor. Errors in distribution, false starts, acts of God, strikes or other alterations of the schedule will require Contractor re -notification using an explanatory letter furnished by the City. 7-15 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSES From the time of City Council contract award until completion of work, the contractors working on this Project shall comply with the following licensing requirements. • The general contractor awarded the Project: Building "B" • The contractor(s) performing non -building work shall be appropriately licensed by the State of California for their work. At the start and until completion of work, the Contractor and all Sub -contractors shall possess a valid Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. SP8of13 7-16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS/AS BUILT DRAWINGS A stamped set of approved plans and specifications shall be at the job site at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain "As -Built" drawings of all work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up-to-date and reviewed by the Engineer at the time each progress bill is submitted. Any changes to the approved plans that have been made with approval from the Engineer shall be documented on the "As -Built" drawings. The "As -Built" shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to final payment or release of any bonds. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material." SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General Revise paragraph two to read: The unit and lump sum prices bid for each item of work shown on the Proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work, including restoring all existing improvements, to complete the item of work in place and no other compensation will be allowed thereafter. Payment for incidental items of work not separately listed shall be included in the prices shown for the other related items of work. The following items of work pertain to the bid items included within the Proposal: Item No. 1 Construct New Apparatus Bay: Work under this Item shall include all of the costs needed to provide, install, furnish, and construct, all of the improvements and items shown on the Plans and Specifications, complete and in place, including but not limited to: a. Shoring Plan: Prepare and submit a building shoring plan (wet sealed and signed by a California Licensed Professional Civil Engineer) to the City Building Department as to how the Contractor will shore up the portion of the existing fire station building remaining in place and keep it fully functional. No other portion of the project shall proceed until the Shoring Plan has been approved by the City Building Department. b. Mobilization and Demobilization: Mobilization; demobilization; site cleanup; removal of USA Markings; providing any required documentation noted in these Special Provision; and providing bonds, insurance and financing, establishing a SP9of13 field office, preparing the BMP Plan and construction schedule, and all other related work as required by the Contract Documents. c. Surveying Services: Construction staking, final grades, all horizontal alignment, as -built field notes, filing Corner Records, and other survey items as required to complete the work in place. d. Coordination With Utilities: The Contractor shall be responsible for making all coordination and arrangements with any and all private uitilities (Southern California Edison, Southern California Gas, Cable, AT&T, etc) as needed in order to construct the new improvements. e. Install and Maintain Utilities and By -Pass Utilities Connections: The fire station and its various systems shall remain operational throughout the construction. As such, the Contractor shall locate and maintain access to all existing utilities (water, sewer, power, natural gas, data, etc.) and computer equipment serving the Station and to conduct the work in a manner that protects all such utilities in place and in service. The Contractor shall verify the locations and depths of these facilities prior to the start of any construction work. If temporary by-pass connections are needed to keep the Station in-service, the Contractor shall have included all such costs in the submitted bid. f. Removals: Remove and dispose of all of the existing improvements whether shown or not shown within the limits on the Plans that need to be removed to make space for the new improvements. The cost of all site and below grade preparation work required by the various Reports in the Contract Documents prior to constructing the improvements shown on the Plans shall be made a part of the price bid. g. New Apparatus Bay: Construct all improvements shown on the Plans and the Architectural Technical Specifications. h. WestNet System: While the WestNet alerting system will be installed by others, the Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the WestNet installation so as to avoid work and time interference. i. Testing: The building shall be delivered to the City fully functional, less the WestNet system that will be installed by others. The cost of all required building tests as required by the Building Permits as well as testing the building for water tightness shall be made as a part of the price bid. Item No. 2 Changed Field Conditions: Work under this Item shall include those items encountered in the field that were not included in the Contract Documents. All work to be charged against this bid item can be initiated by either the Contractor or the Engineer but must be approved by the Engineer prior to starting work. The cost of any work started or completed without prior authorization from the Engineer shall be borne by the Contractor. The stipulated unit price listed on the Proposal by the City is the SP 10 of 13 maximum allowance value for the total of individual tasks completed. If no work is completed under this bid item, no compensation shall be made to the Contractor. Item No. 3 As -Built Plans: Prepare and provide as -built plans in PDF format. Final payment will not be processed without first having the as -built approved by the Engineer. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the third paragraph and replace with the following: "From each progress estimate, five (5) percent will be retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid." Add to this Section: "Partial payments for mobilization and traffic control shall be made in accordance with Section 10264 of the California Public Contract Code." PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 201--- CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class Add to this Section,"Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, the Portland Cement Concrete for construction shall be Class 560-C-3250." 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel Add to this Section, "Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, reinforcing steel shall be epoxy coated Grade 60 steel conforming to ASTM A-615 with 2 -inch minimum cover unless shown otherwise on the plans." PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 ---EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials Add to this Section: "Removal and disposal of material shall be done by City approved Licensed and Franchised Commercial Solid Waste Haulers. A current list of approved haulers can be provided upon request or be found on the City's website at: http://newportbeachca.gov/GSV/Franchised Haulers htm." SP 11 of 13 300-1.3.1 General Add to this Section: "The work shall be done in accordance with Section 300-1.3.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction except as modified and supplemented herein. Joints to existing pavement lines shall be full depth sawcuts. Final removal between the sawcut lines may be accomplished by the use of jackhammers or sledgehammers. Pavement breakers or stompers will not be permitted on the job. The Engineer must approve final removal accomplished by other means. The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each workday or as directed by the Engineer. 300-1.3.2 Requirements (c) Concrete Curb and Sidewalk. Replace the first sentence of this Section with: "Saw cuts shall be neatly made to a minimum of two (2) inches." Replace the words "1-'/2 inch" of the last sentence with the words "two (2) inches". 300-1.5 Solid Waste Diversion Non -reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. SECTION 302 ---ROADWAY SURFACING 302-6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302-6.6 Curing Add to this Section: "The Contractor shall not open the new improvements to vehicular use until P.C.C. has attained the minimum compressive strength specified in Section 201-1.1-2 of the Standard Specifications. Said strength may be attained more rapidly, to meet the time constraints in Section 6-7.1 herein, by the use of additional Portland cement or admixtures with prior approval of the Engineer." SP 12 of 13 SECTION 303 ---CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS AND WALKS 303-5.1 Requirements 303-5.1.1 General Add to this Section: "Newly poured P.C.C. improvements subject to vehicle loads shall not be opened to vehicle traffic until the concrete has cured to a minimum strength of 3,000 PSI." The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS which augments, but are not referenced to, sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. SP 13 of 13 DATE: July 2016 SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH JOB: 440-01-15 NEWPORT BEACH FIRE STATION NO.6 Apparatus Bay Replacement 1348 Irvine Avenue Newport Beach, CA 92660 Contract No. 6422 STK ARCHITECTURE, INC. ARCHITECTURE/PLANNING 42095 ZEVO DRIVE, STE A-15 TEMECULA, CA 92590 951.296.9110 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER T&B Engineering 4344 Latham St, Ste. 210 Riverside, CA 92501 951.684.6200 CIVIL ENGINEER Engineering Resources 3550 E. Florida Ave., Ste. B Hemet, CA 92544 951.765.6622 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER T -Squared Professional Engineers 1340 Specialty Drive, Suite E Vista, CA 92081 760.560.0100 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. 1310 South Santa Fe San Jacinto, CA 92583 951-654-1555 STK Architecture, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION SECTION TITLE General Conditions 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 2000 Contract Considerations 013000 Submittals 013100 Coordination 01 4500 Quality Control 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 7000 Execution Requirements 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 024100 Demolition 03 CONCRETE 033000 Cast -in -Place Concrete 04 MASONRY 040511 Mortar and Masonry Grout 042000 Unit Masonry System 05 METALS 054400 Cold Formed Metal Trusses 055000 Metal Fabrications 06 WOOD, PLASTICS and COMPOSITES 061000 Rough Carpentry 06 1053 Wood Blocking and Curbing June 2016 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100 Thermal Insulation 073113 Asphalt Shingles Newport Beach Fire Station Table of Contents — Page 1 STK Architecture, Inc. June 2016 DIVISION SECTION TITLE 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 077100 Roof Specialties 078400 Firestopping 079200 Joint Sealants 08 OPENINGS 081100 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 083100 Access Doors and Panels 083513 Four Fold Metal Doors 083613 Sectional Doors 085113 Aluminum Windows 087100 Door Hardware 088000 Glazing 09 FINISHES 092400 Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco) 099000 Painting and Coating 099600 High Performance Coating 10 SPECIALTIES 100001 Miscellaneous Specialties 104116 Rapid Entry System 104416 Fire Extinguishers 12 FURNISHINGS 123553 Laboratory Casework 22 PLUMBING 220517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping 220518 Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping 220523 General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 220719 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 1116 Domestic Water Piping 22 1316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 22 1319 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 221513 General -Service Compressed -Air Piping 22 4216.16 Commercial Sinks 23 MECHANICAL 230000 Basic Mechanical Requirements 230500 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Newport Beach Fire Station Table of Contents — Page 2 STK Architecture, Inc. DIVISION SECTION TITLE June 2016 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 233423 HVAC Power Ventilators 26 ELECTRICAL 260126 Electrical Acceptance and Start -Up Tests 260510 General Electrical Requirements 260519 Low -Voltage Electrical Pwr Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding 260529 Hangers and Supports 260533 Raceways and Boxes 260534 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 260923 Lighting Control Devices 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Fuses 265100 Interior Lighting 31 EARTHWORK 31 1000 Site Clearing 312200 Grading 312316 Excavation 31 2323 Fill and Backfill 32 321313 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Portland Cement Concrete Paving Newport Beach Fire Station Table of Contents — Page 3 STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 01 2000 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Schedule of Values. B. Application for Payment. C. Defect Assessment. D. Non-payment for Rejected Work. E. Change Procedures. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit Schedule of Values for approval at Pre -Construction Meeting. B. Format: Submit typed schedule based upon the Schedule of Values Format shown in Paragraph 3.01 (hereinafter). July 2016 C. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this section. D. Include within each line item, a directly proportional amount of Contractor's Overhead and Profit. E. Revise Schedule to list approved Change Orders, on continuation sheet, with each Application for Payment. 1.03 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit two (2) copies of each Application on AIA Form G702 - "Application and Certificate for Payment". B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. 1.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the work, or portions of the work, not conforming to specified requirements. B. If in the opinion of the Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, the Architect will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The defective work may remain, but the listed schedule of value will be adjusted to a new value at the discretion of the Architect. 2. The defective work will be partially repaired to the instructions and satisfaction of the Architect and the listed schedule of value will be adjusted to reflect a new value at the discretion of the Architect. 1.05 NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED WORK A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined to be unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the work. 6. Loading, hauling and disposing of rejected products. 1.06 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Architect will advise of minor changes in the work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions on AIA Form G710 - "Architect's Supplemental Instructions". B. The Architect may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. Contractor will prepare and submit a detailed estimate within 14 days. C. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a Change Order Request to the Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work. Include a statement describing Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 2000-1 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors. D. Stipulated Sum Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's Change Order Request as approved by Architect. E. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a directive, signed by the Owner and Architect, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change. F. Change Order Forms: Of type provided by the Owner. G. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. H. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item of work affected by the change and resubmit. I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any changes in Contract Time, revise sub -schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change and resubmit. J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE - - END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 2000-2 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 01 3000 SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Shop Drawings. 3. Product Data. 4. Samples. 5. Daily Construction Reports. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for Administrative Submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and Payment Bonds. 4. Insurance Certificates. 5. List of Subcontractors. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 01 3100 - "Coordination" specifies requirements governing preparation and submittal of required coordination drawings. 2. Section 014200 - "Quality Control" specifies requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. 1. Preparation of coordination drawings is specified in Section 01 3100 - "Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. B. Field Samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the work will judged. C. Mockups are full-size assemblies for review of construction, coordination, testing or operation; they are not Samples. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. a. Allow two (2) weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if the Architect must delay processing to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. c. Allow two (2) weeks for reprocessing each submittal. d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the work to permit processing. B. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form, including Job Name, Specification Section Number and Required Lead -Time. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 3000- 1 SUBMITTALS STK Architecture, Inc. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE July 2016 A. Submit five (5) copies of the Construction Schedule, broken down by trade or material, to the Architect for approval prior to the first Application for Payment. Schedule shall be by CPM or bar graph type, and shall show proposed starting and completion dates for each trade and activity for the work. Submit five (5) copies of the updated schedule at each Application for Payment review to the Architect. 1. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. B. Submit completed Construction Schedule to Architect no later than 20 calendar days after the date established for "Notice to Proceed", and update monthly during construction. Submit current schedule with each Application for Payment. C. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, Subcontractors and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project Meeting Room and temporary field office. D. Submit completed material delivery schedule to the Architect no later than 20 calendar days after the "Notice to Proceed". Identify material critical to the progress of the Project and those for which long lead-time in procurement is anticipated. Indicate projected dates for submittal, order and delivery of such material. 1.05 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, prepare a complete Schedule of Submittals. Submit the Schedule within 10 days of the date required for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS (SUBMITTALS) A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Job Name. 2. Location. 3. Dimensions. 4. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 5. If Shop Drawings are rejected twice by the Architect and a third submittal is required, the Trade Contractor will be billed $150/hour for review time. 1.07 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. B. A copy of manufacturer's installation instructions and warranty literature shall be provided for all products at time of Shop Drawing submittal. However, this submission shall not relieve the Contractor's duty to assemble warranty manuals and installation literature at the end of the project. Refer to Section 01 7700 - "Closeout Procedures". 1.08 SAMPLES A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 1. Submit samples for review of size, kind, finish, color, pattern and texture. Submit samples for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 3000-2 SUBMITTALS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations. 2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 1.09 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return. 1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "No Exception Taken", the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Final -but -Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Make Corrections Noted", the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal "Rejected", "Revise and Resubmit" do not proceed with work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked "Rejected", "Revise and Resubmit" at the project site or elsewhere where work is in progress. C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action. 1.10 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Prepare a Daily Construction Report recording the following information concerning events at the site, and submit duplicate copies to the Owner by 4:30pm the following day. 1. List of Subcontractors at the site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at the site. 3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. 4. Accidents and unusual events. 5. Meetings and significant decisions. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages and losses. 7. Emergency procedures. 8. Orders and requests of governing authorities. 9. Services connected, disconnected. 10. Equipment or system tests and startups. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE -- END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 3000-3 SUBMITTALS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 01 3100 COORDINATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Carefuly study and compare Contract Documents before proceeding with fabrication and installation of work. Promptly advise Architect of any error, inconsistency, omission or apparent discrepancy discovered. B. Allot time in construction scheduling for liason with Architect; establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications. Use "Request for Information " (RFI) form for requesting information. C. If Architect is able to respond to a Request for Information (RFI), by making specific reference to Drawing sheet of Specification section, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for charges of Architect and Architect's Consultants for performing review services for the Contractor. D. Coordinate work of various specification sections having interdependent responsibilities for installation, connection and operation. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel 3. Cleaning and protection. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 013000 - "Submittals" for preparing and submitting the Project Manager's Construction Schedule. 2. Section 01 7700 - "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating contract closeout. 1.03 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND LAYOUTS A. General: 1. Coordination Drawings are not Shop Drawings and are not to be submitted to Architect for approval. 2. Coordination drawings show relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided or to function as intended. B. Coordinate in field with affected trades for proper relationship to work based on project conditions. C. Notify Architect of conflicts and other coordination issues requiring resolution prior to commencing construction in each affected area. D. Make coordination documents available in field office for review by Architect and Owner during entire period of construction. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various sections of these specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work. 1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. The Contractor shall review the entire construction document set for dimensional coordination. Special attention should be placed on architectural/structural dimension coordination. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 3100-1 COORDINATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. If discrepancies occur, the Contractor is directed to place a written request to the Project Architect for clarification. This request must occur prior to any work occurring. 2. Proceeding into an area of work without checking the documents for dimensional coordination and resolving the condition in a timely manner will in no way release the Contractor from correction procedures. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. PART2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excessively high or low temperatures. 2. Excessively high or low humidity. 3. Air contamination or pollution. 4. Water or ice. 5. Solvents. 6. Chemicals. 7. Light. 8. Radiation. 9. Puncture. 10. Heavy traffic. 11. Soiling, staining and corrosion. 12. Combustion. 13. Electrical current. 14. Improper lubrication. 15. Unusual wear or other misuse. 16. Contact between incompatible materials. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 3100-2 COORDINATION STK Architecture, Inc. 17. Misalignment. 18. Excessive weathering. 19. Unprotected storage. 20. Improper shipping or handling. 21. Theft. 22. Vandalism. END OF SECTION July 2016 Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 3100-3 COORDINATION STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 01 4500 QUALITY CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY July 2016 A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality -control services. B. Quality -Control services include inspections, tests and related actions, including reports performed and/or directed by the Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated in the Construction Documents. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform specified inspections and testing. B. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the work, and to manufacturer's facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect/Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. a. Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and other quality -control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 1) Where individual sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality -control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality -control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. C. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests or other quality -control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. 1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor or Trade Subcontractor, is the Trade Subcontractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. 2. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment a the project site. D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The Independent Agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provie qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. 2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the work. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 014500-1 QUALITY CONTROL STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Independent Testing Agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test or similar service to the Architect and Structural Engineer. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. c. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. I. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested work complies with Contract Document requirements. I. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referrred to a Reference Standards, comply with requirements of the Standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to Reference Standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of Standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. F. Neither the contractural relationships, duties or responsibilities of the parties in contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference in any reference document. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independet Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independet Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. Each Independent Inspection and Testing Agency engaged on the project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the project is located. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 014500-2 QUALITY CONTROL STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 PART2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Section 01 7000 - "Execution Requirements". B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. D. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. E. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. F. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. G. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or and instructed by the manufacturer. H. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion and disfigurement. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as appicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 014500-3 QUALITY CONTROL STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Product options. E. Substitutions. 1.02 PRODUCTS July 2016 A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components. 1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate controlled enclosures. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. C. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. D. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. E. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. F. Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. G. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure Products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions 1.05 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. C. Products specified by naming only one Manufacturer is intended to establish the standard required. It is not intended to limit the selection of equal products of other manufacturers. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 016000-1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS July 2016 A. Owner, Architect/Engineer will consider requests for Equal / Substitutions at any time up to 35 days after the date of Owner Contractor Agreement. B. Equal / Substitutions will be approved only if the Owner, Architect/Engineer deems the product is of equal quality. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit six copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, Product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. 3. The Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION -- NOT APPLICABLE -- END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 6000-2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 01 7000 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Pre -installation meetings. C. Cutting and patching. D. Surveying for laying out the work. E. Cleaning and protection. F. Starting of systems and equipment. G. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Submittals: Submittal procedures. B. Section 014500 - Quality Control: Testing and inspection procedures. July 2016 C. Individual Product Specification Sections: 1. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. 2. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in the State of California and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and requirements of Section 01 31 00 - "Coordination" to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7000-1 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over -ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7000-2 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS July 2016 A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. C. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color, texture, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7000-3 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 F. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.09 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Architect and owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. 3.11 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7000-4 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures for Completion Reviews. 2. Final adjustments of accounts and payment. 3. As -built drawings. 4. Project record document submittal. 5. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 6. Submittals and warranties. 7. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate individual sections. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspections for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following: 1. Conduct inspection to substantiate basis for request that Work is substantially complete. Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete or non -conforming work, reason for being incomplete, and date of anticipated completion for each item. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instructions of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. 1.03 FINAL COMPLETION REVIEW A. Within 7 days after receipt of request for final review, Architect will make site review to determine whether Work is complete following procedures indicated in Conditions of the Contract. B. Should Architect consider Work to be incomplete or defective: 1. Architect will promptly notify Contractor listing incomplete or defective work. C. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Architect the Work is complete. 1. Architect will reinspect the Work. 2. Revisits for Site Reviews: a. Should Architect have to re -perform site reviews due to failure of work to comply with claims of completion made by Contractor, Owner will reimburse Architect for such Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7700-1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 additional services and will deduct amount of compensation from final payment to Contractor. 1.04 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS AND RELEASE OF LIENS A. Submit Contractor's affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims on AIA Document G706. B. Submit Contractor's affidavit of Release of Liens on AIA Document G706A with: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment: AIA G707. 2. Contractor's Release of Waiver of Liens. 3. Separate releases or waivers of liens from subcontractors, suppliers and others with lien rights against property of Owner, together with list of those parties. C. Execute Submittals before delivery to Owner. 1.05 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement of accounting to Architect. B. Show adjustments to Contract Sum: 1. Original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Allowances. c. Unit prices. d. Deductions for uncorrected work. e. Deductions for inspection payments. f. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum. 4. Previous Payments. 5. Retainage. 6. Sum remaining due. C. Architect will prepare final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum which are not included in Change Orders previously processed. 1.06 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract. 1.07 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS (AS-BUILTS) A. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -prints of Contract Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where installation varies substantially from the work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red ink. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings. B. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2 -inch, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Furnish Architect with five (5) complete sets within 30 calendar days of initial Certificate of Occupancy. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7700-2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn -around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Product data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. C. Spare Parts and Extra Stock Inventory: Transmit spare parts and extra stock to the Owner with an inventory checklist for review by the Owner. Checklist shall include an itemized listing of each type of item and quantity, a method for the Owner to check off each item accepted, and a receipt for the Owner to sign and return to the Contractor accepting the entire inventory. PART2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instructions by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. 1. Include a detailed review of the following items: a. Maintenance manuals. b. Record documents. c. Spare parts and manuals. d. Tools. e. Lubricants. f. Fuels. g. Identification systems. h. Control sequences. i. Hazards. j. Cleaning. k. Warranties and bonds. I. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. 2. As part of the instructions for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: a. Startup. b. Shutdown. c. Emergency operations. d. Noise and vibration adjustments. e. Safety procedures. f. Economy and efficiency adjustments. g. Effective energy utilization. B. Delivery of Spare Parts and Extra Stock: Deliver spare parts and extra stock to storage location designated by the Owner. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Section 01 7000 - "Execution Requirements". B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7700-3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the work during construction. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site as directed by the Owner. 1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 01 7700-4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 02 4100 DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selective demolition of built site elements. B. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 1000 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. July 2016 B. Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. C. Section 01 7000 - Execution Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring. D. Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling. E. Section 312200 - Grading: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. F. Section 312323 - Fill and Backfill: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2013. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 SCOPE A. Remove portions of existing buildings in the following sequence: 1. as required to allow Fire Department to remain in service.. 2. as indicated in plans. B. Remove paving and curbs as required to accomplish new work. C. Remove concrete slabs on grade as indicated on drawings. D. Fill excavations, open pits, and holes in ground areas generated as result of removals, using specified fill; compact fill as specified in Section 31 2200. 2.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 7000. B. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 241. 3. Use of explosives is not permitted. 4. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 5. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 6. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 7. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 024100-1 DEMOLITION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 8. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 9. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. C. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner. D. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. E. If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Architect and Owner; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. F. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. 1. Comply with requirements of Section 01 7419 - Waste Management. 2. Dismantle existing construction and separate materials. 3. Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse. G. Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface. 2.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Owner. E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take -offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Owner. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. H. Prepare building demolition areas by disconnecting and capping utilities outside the demolition zone; identify and mark utilities to be subsequently reconnected, in same manner as other utilities to remain. 2.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B. Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction . C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 024100-2 DEMOLITION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace with new construction specified. 2. Remove items indicated on drawings. E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Electrical, and Telecommunications): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification. F. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. 2.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Remove from site all materials not to be reused on site; comply with requirements of Section 01 7419 - Waste Management. C. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 024100-3 DEMOLITION STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 03 3000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Concrete reinforcement. C. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads. D. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 32 1313 - Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2010 (Errata 2012). C. ACI 302.11R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004 (Errata 2007). D. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. E. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). F. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. G. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2014. H. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. I. ASTM Al064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2015. J. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2013. K. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2014. L. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2015. M. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. N. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015. 0. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing; 2014. P. ASTM El54/E154M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover; 2008a (Reapproved 2013). Q. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011. R. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 033000-1 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design. 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - Concrete Mixtures. 2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 - Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing. C. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) (420 MPa). B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, plain type, ASTM A1064/A1064M. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type II -Moderate Portland type. 1. Acquire all cement for entire project from same source. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1. Acquire all aggregates for entire project from same source. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. D. Admixtures: Fly ash, calcium chloride or other admixtures are Not Allowed. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Underslab Vapor Retarder: 10 Mil Visqueen or equivalent, complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable for installation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. The use of single ply polyethylene is prohibited. 1. Installation: Comply with ASTM E1643. 2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations in vapor retarder. B. Form Release Agent: Material which will not stain concrete or absorb moisture. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 4,500 pounds per square inch. 2. Maximum Slump: 3 inches (75 mm). 2.06 MIXING A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685. Mix each batch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes. 1. Fiber Reinforcement: Batch and mix as recommended by manufacturer for specific project conditions. B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 033000-2 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE STK Architecture, Inc. 3.02 PREPARATION July 2016 A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches (150 mm). Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Install welded wire reinforcement in maximum possible lengths, and offset end laps in both directions. Splice laps with tie wire. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. C. Prepare base directly under concrete slabs smooth and compacted. No sharp gravel or protrusions permitted. Compacted sand over base is acceptable to smooth base prior to installation of vapor barrier. Sand or granular fill over vapor barrier is prohibited. D. No penetration of vapor barrier permitted. E. Prior to pouring, remove standing water by powered blower or other suitable means. 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 3.06 FLOOR SLABS A. Saw cut control joints within four (4) to eight (8) hours after finishing. Cut slabs with 3/16 -inch thick blade, cutting 1/4 of depth of slab thickness. B. Finish surfaces as schedules - See Drawings. 3.07 SCHEDULE OF FLOOR SLAB FINISHES A. Finish concrete slab free from small hollows or bumps and graded to elevations called for, with depressions in floors between high spots not greater than 1/8" below a ten -foot straightedge in accordance with ACI 302, Surface Finish. B. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1 R, and as follows: 1. Steel trowel surfaces that will receive carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, thin set quarry or ceramic tile. 2. Steel trowel surfaces that will be left exposed. 3. Broom finish (medium) at exterior flatwork. 4. Light broom finish at Apparatus Bays and Storage Building. 3.08 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 033000-3 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE STK Architecture, Inc. 3.09 PROTECTION July 2016 A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station 96 033000-4 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 04 0511 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Mortar for masonry. B. Grout for masonry. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 014500 - Quality Control. B. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry System: Installation of mortar and grout. C. Section 08 1100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Products and execution for grouting steel door frames installed in masonry. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C5 - Standard Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes; 2010. B. ASTM C94/C 94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2012. C. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2011. D. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. E. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). F. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2012. G. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2011. H. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 2010. I. ASTM C780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry; 2012. J. ASTM C1019 - Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Include design mix and indicate whether the Proportion or Property specification of ASTM C270 is to be used. Also include required environmental conditions and admixture limitations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range. D. Reports: Submit reports on mortar indicating conformance of mortar to property requirements of ASTM C 270 and test and evaluation reports per ASTM C 780. E. Reports: Submit reports on grout indicating conformance of component grout materials to requirements of ASTM C476 and test and evaluation reports to requirements of ASTM C 1019. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. 1.07 MIX TEST A. Testing of Mortar Mix: In accordance with ASTM C780. B. Test mortar mix for compressive strength. C. Testing of Grout Mix: In accordance with ASTM C1019. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 040511 -1 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2.05 GROUT MIXES A. Grout: 2000 psi strength at 28 days; 10 inches slump. 2.06 GROUT MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C94/C 94M. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476 for fine and coarse grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of section(s) in which masonry is specified. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. D. Remove excess mortar from grout spaces. 3.03 GROUTING A. Use either high -lift or low -lift grouting techniques, at Contractor's option, subject to other limitations of contract documents. B. Low -Lift Grouting: 1. Limit height of pours to 12 inches (300 mm). 2. Limit height of masonry to 16 inches (400 mm) above each pour. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 040511 -2 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT D. Test grout mix for compressive strength. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT APPLICATIONS A. Mortar Mix Designs: ASTM C270, Property Specification. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II - Moderate; standard gray color. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Quicklime: ASTM C5, non -hydraulic type. D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144. E. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. F. Water: Clean and potable. 2.03 MORTAR MIXES A. Mortar for Reinforced Masonry: ASTM C270, utilizing the Proportion Method to achieve 1800 psi strength. 2.04 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients using mechanical batch mixer, in accordance with ASTM C270 and in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. C. Do not use anti -freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. D. If water is lost by evaporation, re -temper only within two hours of mixing. E. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F. 2.05 GROUT MIXES A. Grout: 2000 psi strength at 28 days; 10 inches slump. 2.06 GROUT MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C94/C 94M. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476 for fine and coarse grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of section(s) in which masonry is specified. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. D. Remove excess mortar from grout spaces. 3.03 GROUTING A. Use either high -lift or low -lift grouting techniques, at Contractor's option, subject to other limitations of contract documents. B. Low -Lift Grouting: 1. Limit height of pours to 12 inches (300 mm). 2. Limit height of masonry to 16 inches (400 mm) above each pour. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 040511 -2 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Pour grout only after vertical reinforcing is in place; place horizontal reinforcing as grout is poured. Prevent displacement of bars as grout is poured. 4. Place grout for each pour continuously and consolidate immediately; do not interrupt pours for more than 1-1/2 hours. C. High -Lift Grouting: 1. Verify that horizontal and vertical reinforcement is in proper position and adequately secured before beginning pours. 2. Place grout for spanning elements in single, continuous pour. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 040511 -3 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 04 2000 UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete Block. B. Mortar and Grout. C. Reinforcement and Anchorage. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 4500 - Quality COntrol B. Section 04 0511 - MORTAR AND Masonry GROUT. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing control and expansion joints. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. B. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2014. C. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2014a. D. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, and mortar. C. Samples: Submit two samples of decorative block units to illustrate color, texture, and extremes of color range. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years of experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 x 4 inches and nominal depth of 8 inches (200 mm). 2. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 x 4 inches and nominal depth of 12 inches (200 mm). 3. Load -Bearing Units: ASTM C90, medium weight. a. Grade N, Type 1 -Moisture Controlled b. Hollow block, as indicated. c. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture where indicated. B. Manufacturer: 1. Orco Block Co. a. Product - Precision CMU b. Color: to be selected by Architect from standard range of colors. 2. Or approved equal. 3. Subtitutions and Product Options: under provisions of Section 01 600 - "Product Requirements". Newport Beach Fire Station #6 042000-1 UNIT MASONRY STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, deformed billet bars of yeild strength indicated on the structural drawings. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, using the Proportion Specification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. D. Begining of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied for installation under other sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.03 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Stacked. 3.04 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. B. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortarjoints is not permitted. C. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. D. Interlock intersections and external corners. E. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. 3.05 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control or expansion joints. 3.06 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch (- mm). Newport Beach Fire Station #6 042000-2 UNIT MASONRY STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm/3 m) and 1/2 inch in 20 ft (13 mm/6 m) or more. C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story non -cumulative; 1/2 inch (13 mm) in two stories or more. D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft (3 mm/m) and 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm/3 m); 1/2 inch in 30 ft (13 mm/9 m). E. Maximum Variation of Mortar Joint Thickness: Head joint, minus 1/4 inch, plus 3/8 inch (minus 6.4 mm, plus 9.5 mm). F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3.08 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for pipes, conduit, and sleeves. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 042000-3 UNIT MASONRY STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION O5 4400 COLD -FORMED METAL TRUSSES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Light gage cold -formed steel roof trusses. B. Anchorages, bracing, and bridging. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Roof sheathing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. AISI S100-12 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2012. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. C. ASTM A780/A780M - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings; 2009 (Reapproved 2015). D. AWS B2.1/B2.1M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification; American Welding Society; 2014. E. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code -- Steel; American Welding Society; 2011 with Errata. F. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code -- Sheet Steel; American Welding Society; 2008. G. CFSEI 5000 - Field Installation Guide for Cold -Formed Steel Roof Trusses; Cold -Formed Steel Engineers Institute; May 2000. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Span charts. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Include detailed roof truss layout. 2. Show member type, location, spacing, size and gage, methods of attachment, and erection details. Indicate supplemental bracing, strapping, splices, bridging, and accessories. 3. Include truss design drawings, signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer registered in the State in which the Project is located, verifying ability of each truss design to meet applicable code and design requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Steel truss fabricator with minimum 10 years of experience designing and fabricating truss systems equivalent to those required for this project and licensed by an acceptable manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Experienced installer approved by truss system fabricator. C. Welders: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS B2.1 /B2.1 M. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver trusses and other materials in manufacturer's unopened bundles or containers, each marked with manufacturer's name, brand, type, and grade. Exercise care to avoid damage during unloading, storing, and erection. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 054400-1 COLD -FORMED METAL TRUSSES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Store trusses on blocking, pallets, platforms, or other supports, off the ground and in an upright position, sufficiently braced to avoid damage from excessive bending. Gently slope stored trusses to avoid accumulation of water on interior of truss chord members. C. Protect trusses and accessories from contact with earth, corrosion, deformation, mechanical damage, or other deterioration when stored at project site. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cold -Formed Steel Trusses: 1. Aegis Metal Framing, a Division of MiTek Industries: www.aegismetalframing.com. 2. TrusSteel Division of Alpine Engineered Products, Inc: www.trussteel.com. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 TRUSS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design: Calculate structural characteristics of cold -formed steel truss members according to AISI 5100-12. B. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and erect trusses to withstand specified design loads for project conditions within required limits. 1. Design Loads: In accordance with applicable codes. 2. Deflections: Live load deflection meeting the following, unless otherwise indicated: a. Roofs: Maximum vertical deflection under live load of 1/240 of span. 3. Design trusses to accommodate movement attributable to temperature changes within a range of 120 degrees F (67 degrees C) without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other deleterious effects. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Trusses: Light gage steel assemblies providing a complete horizontal framing system for locations indicated, ready for plywood deck installation. 1. Truss Type, Span, and Height: As indicated on drawings. 2. Chord and Web Members: Fabricate required shapes from commercial quality galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, with minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi (275 MPa); minimum G60/Z180 coating; gages as required for load conditions; all edges rolled or closed. B. Fasteners: Self -drilling, self -tapping screw fasteners with corrosion -resistant plated finish, as recommended by steel truss manufacturer and marked for easy identification. 1. Welding: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.3/D1.3M. C. Bracing, Bridging, and Blocking Members: Fabricate required shapes from commercial quality galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, with minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa); minimum G60/Z180 coating; gages as required for load conditions. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Factory fabricate cold -formed steel trusses plumb, square, true to line, and with secure connections, complying with manufacturer's recommendations and project requirements. 1. Fabricate trusses using jig templates. 2. Cut truss members by sawing, shearing, or plasma cutting. 3. Fasten members in full compliance with instructions of manufacturer. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. B. Tolerances: Fabricate trusses to maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level and true line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:1000). Newport Beach Fire Station #6 054400-2 COLD -FORMED METAL TRUSSES STK Architecture, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION K11111111J,I I:/_liLfla July 2016 A. Examine structure, substrates, and installation conditions. Notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Proceeding with installation indicates installer's acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install cold -formed steel trusses in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings, using approved fastening methods. B. Install temporary erection bracing and permanent bracing and bridging before application of any loads. Erect trusses with plane of truss webs vertical and parallel to each other, accurately located at spacing indicated. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points. C. Adequately distribute applied loads to avoid exceeding the carrying capacity of any one joint, truss, or other component. D. Exercise care to avoid damaging truss members during lifting and erection and to minimize horizontal bending of trusses. E. Removal, cutting, or alteration of any truss chord, web, or bracing member in the field is prohibited, unless approved in advance by Architect or the engineer of record and the truss manufacturer. F. Repair or replace damaged members and complete trusses as directed and approved in writing by Architect or the engineer of record and the truss manufacturer. G. Galvanizing Repair: Touch up bare steel with zinc -rich paint in compliance with ASTM A780/A780M. H. Roof Trusses: 1. Comply with recommendations of CFSEI 5000. 2. Align truss bottom chords with load-bearing studs or continuously reinforce track as required to transfer loads to structure. 3. Install continuous bridging and permanent truss bracing as indicated. 4. Install roof cross bracing and diagonal bracing as indicated. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Install trusses to maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:1000). B. Space individual trusses not more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error in placement may not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other material fastened to trusses. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect trusses from damage by subsequent construction activities. B. Repair or replace damaged trusses, truss members, and bracing members; obtain approval in advance by Architect or the engineer of record and the truss manufacturer for all cutting, repairs, and replacements. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 054400-3 COLD -FORMED METAL TRUSSES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. C. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 1.05 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Plates: ASTM A283. C. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40. D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. E. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. F. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 05 5000 - 1 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel. B. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated Welded and Seamless; '07. C. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. D. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; '09. E. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates; 2013. F. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2014. G. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. H. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2011 w/Errata. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. C. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 1.05 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Plates: ASTM A283. C. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40. D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. E. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. F. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 05 5000 - 1 METAL FABRICATIONS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Grind exposed joints Flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; prime paint finish. 2.04 FINISHES A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items with one coat. D. Galvanize in accordance with ASTM A123, structural steel members. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components as indicated on drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E. Obtain Architect/Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 -inch per story, non -cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From Plumb: 1/4 -inch. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. The Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to drawing details for items not specifically scheduled. B. Bollards: Steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; galvanized finish. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 055000-2 METAL FABRICATIONS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural dimension lumber framing. B. Non-structural dimension lumber framing. C. Rough opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings. D. Sheathing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Setting anchors in concrete. B. Section 06 1753 - Shop -Fabricated Wood Trusses. C. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Air barrier over sheathing. July 2016 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AFPA (WFCM) -Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two -Family Dwellings; American Forest and Paper Association; 2012. B. ASTM A153/A153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. D. PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood -Based Structural -Use Panels; National Institute of Standards and Technology, U.S. Department of Commerce; 2010. E. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce; 2010. F. WCLIB (GR) - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber No. 17; West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; 2004, and supplements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch, unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. B. Moisture Content: S-dryor MC19. 2.03 EXPOSED DIMENSION LUMBER A. Grading Agency: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB). B. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings. C. Moisture Content: S-dryor MC19. 2.04 TIMBERS FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Grading Agency: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB). B. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. C. Moisture Content: S -dry (23 percent maximum). Newport Beach Fire Station #6 061000-1 ROUGH CARPENTRY STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Beams and Posts 5 inches (125 mm) and over in thickness: 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch. 2. Grade: Select Structural or as indicated on Structural Drawings. 2.05 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: APA PRP -108, Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, and as follows: 1. Bond Classification: Exterior with reflective barrier from manufacturer. 2. Span Rating: 24/0 (10/0). 3. Thickness: As indicated on Structural Drawings. B. Other Applications: 1. Plywood Concealed From View But Located Within Exterior Enclosure: PS 1, C -C Plugged or better, Exterior grade. 2. Plywood Exposed to View But Not Exposed to Weather: PS 1, A -D, or better. 3. Other Locations: PS 1, C -D Plugged or better. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot -dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative -treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AFPA Wood Frame Construction Manual. E. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. F. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels with long dimension perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and over firm bearing. 1. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. B. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using nails, screws, or staples. C. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches (610 mm) on center on all edges and into studs in field of board. 1. At fire -rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire -rated assembly. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 061000-2 ROUGH CARPENTRY STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Size and Location: As indicated on drawings. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch (6 mm) from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet (2 mm/m) maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet (7 mm in 10 m) maximum. 3.06 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: Comply with the requirements of Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. 4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co -generation facilities or "waste -to -energy' facilities. B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 061000-3 ROUGH CARPENTRY STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 06 1053 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Blocking in wall and roof openings. B. Wood furring and grounds. C. Wood treatment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standard. B. APA - American Plywood Association: Grades and Standards. C. AW PA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood -Preservers' Association; 2012. D. FS TT -W-571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. E. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Provide technical data on wood preserative materials and application instructions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: WCLIB. B. Softwood Lumber: Douglas Fir - Larch species, standard grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content. C. Plywood: APA Grade C -D, with waterproof glue, sanded. D. Fasteners: Electro -galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AW PA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. B. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): FS TT -W-571 using water borne preservative with 0.30 percent retainage. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 061053-1 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING STK Architecture, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION July 2016 A. Set members level and plumb, in correct position. B. Space framing and furring members, 16 -inches o.c. C. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. D. Coordinate work with installation of decking and support of decking at openings. I=[:IRZ87; IM =rot K61.1I Newport Beach Fire Station #6 061053-2 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces, and crevices in exterior wall and roof. B. Fasteners and sealants. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 02 4100 - Demolition: Selective demolition, site demolition, structure removal. B. Section 092116 -Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria and limitations. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Owings/Corning Fiberglas. B. Certainteed. C. Manville. D. Substitutions and Product Options: Under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". 2.02 MATERIALS A. Batt Insulation: Preformed glass fiber (thermal and sound) batt friction fit at walls, mechanically adhered to underside of roof sheathing and lay on channels between trusses where indicated. Conform to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance. a. R of 38: Attic 2. Facing: a. Roof - Foil Faced. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials and insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation. B. Verify that building structure and building systems such as electrical conduit to be concealed are completed and approved. C. Correct any unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior walls and roof spaces without gaps or voids. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. D. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. E. Staple or nail in place at maximum 6 -inches o.c. For wired installation, utilize 80 gauge line wire, run perpendicular to insulation, spaced at 24 -inches o.c. F. Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 072100-1 THERMAL INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 G. Extend vapor and air barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape and seal in place. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 072100-2 THERMAL INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 07 3113 ASPHALT SHINGLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Asphalt shingle roofing. B. Flexible sheet membranes for eave protection and underlayment. C. Associated metal flashings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Roof sheathing. B. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Edge and cap flashings. C. Section 07 7200 - Roof Accessories: Attic Vents. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. ASTM D3161/D3161M - Standard Test Method for Wind -Resistance of Steep Slope Roofing Products (Fan -Induced Method); 2014. B. ASTM D3462/D3642M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made From Glass Felt and Surfaced With Mineral Granules; 2010a. C. ASTM D4586/D4586M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free; 2007 (Reapproved 2012)e1. D. NRCA MS104 - The NRCA Steep Roofing Manual; National Roofing Contractors Association; 2001, Fifth Edition, with interim updates. E. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2012. F. UL (RMSD) - Roofing Materials and Systems Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating material characteristics. C. Samples: Submit two samples of each shingle color indicating color range and finish texture/pattern. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the recommendations of NRCA Steep Roofing Manual. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHINGLES A. Manufacturers: 1. GAF; Timberline American Harvest: www,gaf.com. B. Asphalt Shingles: Asphalt -coated glass felt, mineral granule surfaced, complying with ASTM D3462/D3642M; Class A fire resistance. 1. Algae Resistant. 2. Self-sealing type. 3. Style: Square. 4. Color: as selected by Architect. 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Underlayment: Self -Adhering Sheet Membrane. 30 mil thickness 1. Manufacture: Grace Ultra by Grace Construction Products with the following characteristics: Newport Beach Fire Station #6 073113-1 ASPHALT SHINGLES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Material: Cold applied, self -adhering membrane composed of a high strength polyethylene film coated on one side with a layer of butyl rubber adhesive and interwound with a disposable release sheet. An embossed, slip resistant surface is provided on the polyethylene. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Standard round wire shingle type, of hot -dipped zinc coated steel, 10 wire gage, 0.1019 inch (2.59 mm) shank diameter, 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) head diameter, of sufficient length to penetrate through roof sheathing or 3/4 inch (19 mm) into roof sheathing or decking. B. Ridge Vents: Plastic, extruded with vent openings that do not permit direct water or weather entry; flanged to receive shingles; Cobra manufactured by GAF. 2.04 METAL FLASHINGS A. Metal Flashings: Provide sheet metal eave edge, gable edge, and ridge. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Verify that deck is of sufficient thickness to accept fasteners. C. Verify that roof penetrations and plumbing stacks are in place and flashed to deck surface. D. Verify roof openings are correctly framed. E. Verify deck surfaces are dry, free of ridges, warps, or voids. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Seal roof deck joints wider than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) as recommended by shingle manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION - UNDERLAYMENT A. Underlayment At Roof Slopes Up to 4:12 (At Roof Slopes Up to 1:3): Install two layers of underlayment over area not protected by eave protection, with ends and edges weather lapped minimum 4 inches (100 mm). Stagger end laps of each consecutive layer. Nail in place. B. Items projecting through or mounted on roof: Weather lap and seal watertight with plastic cement. 3.04 INSTALLATION -METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES A. Weather lap joints minimum 2 inches (50 mm) and seal weather tight with plastic cement. B. Secure in place with nails at 12 inches (305 mm) on center. Conceal fastenings. C. Items Projecting Through or Mounted on Roofing: Flash and seal weather tight with plastic cement. 3.05 INSTALLATION -SHINGLES A. Install shingles in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Fasten individual shingles using 2 nails per shingle, or as required by code, whichever is greater. 2. Fasten strip shingles using 4 nails per strip, or as required by code, whichever is greater. B. Place shingles in straight coursing pattern with 5 inch (125 mm) weather exposure to produce double thickness over full roof area. Provide double course of shingles at eaves. C. Project first course of shingles 3/4 inch (19 mm) beyond fascia boards. D. Extend shingles 1/2 inch (13 mm) beyond face of gable edge fascia boards. E. Complete installation to provide weather tight service. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 073113-2 ASPHALT SHINGLES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings and counterflashings. B. Sealants for joints within sheet metal fabrications. C. Roof flashings. D. Counter -flashings at roof mounted vent stacks. E. Flashings, counterflashings, gutters, downspouts, sheet metal roofing, and fabricated sheet metal items. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06 1053 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Wood blocking, nailers and grounds. B. Section 07 3113 - Asphalt Shingles: Non-metallic flashings associated with shingle roofing. C. Section 07 7100 - Roof Specialties: Manufactured copings, flashings, and expansion joint covers. D. Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Prime and finish painting. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. C. FS O -F-506 - Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid. D. FS QQ-S-571 - Solder, Tin Alloy. E. FS SS -C-153 - Cement, Bituminous, Plastic. F. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2012. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Flashings and counter -flashings shall be installed at the junction of roofs with vertical surfaces and at all points as shown or as necessary to make work watertight. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA (ASMM) and CDA A4050 requirements and standard details, except as otherwise indicated. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". B. Stack preformed and pre -finished material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. C. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration or staining, or damage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, 24 -gauge core steel. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fastener: Galvanized steel with soft neoprene washers at exposed fasteners B. Underlayment: Polyethylene, 6 mils (0.15 mm) thick. C. Sealant to be Concealed in Completed Work: Non -curing butyl sealant. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 076200-1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Sealant to be Exposed in Completed Work: ASTM C920; elastomeric sealant, 100 percent silicone with minimum movement capability of plus/minus 25 percent and recommended by manufacturer for substrates to be sealed; clear. E. Sealant: Type specified in Section 07900 - "Joint Sealers". F. Plastic Cement: FS SS -C-153, Type I -asphaltic base cement. G. Reglets: Surface mounted galvanized steel. H. Solder: FS QQ-S-571. I. Flux: FS 0-F-506. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheet, interlockable with sheet. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 -inch miter and seam corners. E. Form material with flat lock seam. F. Solder and seal metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints clean. G. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 -inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. H. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 -inch and hemmed to form drip. 2.04 FINISH A. Shop prepare and prime exposed ferrous metal surfaces. B. Backpaint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 -mil. C. Gutters and Downspouts; powder coated, color selected by architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips and reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. C. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant. D. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit. Secure in place with plastic wedges. Seal flashings into reglets with sealant. E. Lap and seal all joints. F. Solder metal joints watertight for full metal surface contact. After soldering, wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Conform to drawing details included in SMACNA manual: B. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where permitted. C. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 076200-2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 076200-3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 07 7100 ROOF SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured roof specialties, including vents. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 3113 Asphalt Shingles 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NRCA ML104 - The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; National Roofing Contractors Association; Fifth Edition, with interim updates. B. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2012. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on shape of components, materials and finishes, anchor types and locations. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Low Profile Attic Vent 1. Award Metals, www.awardmetals.com 2. 1450 Virginia Ave, Baldwin Park, CA Ph: 626-814-4410 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Roofing Vents:"Stealth" Low profile metal attic vent. 1. Paint ready aluminim zinc. 2. 24" wide, 40 sq.in. net free air 3. Paint to match shingles. 4. ICC report; ER -5463 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that deck, curbs, roof membrane, base flashing, and other items affecting work of this Section are in place and positioned correctly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 07 7100 - 1 ROOF SPECIALTIES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 07 8400 FIRESTOPPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping systems. B. Firestopping of all joints and penetrations in fire resistance rated and smoke resistant assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum wallboard fireproofing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a. B. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. C. FM P7825 - Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition. D. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No. 1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. E. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and limitations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Certificate from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. 1. Listing in the current -year classification or certification books of UL, FM, or ITS (Warnock Hersey) will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 2. Valid evaluation report published by ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC -ES) at www.icc-es.org will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and: 1. With minimum 3 years documented experience installing work of this type. 2. Licensed by authority having jurisdiction. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. B. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent -cured materials are being installed. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly design. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 078400-1 FIRESTOPPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Fire Ratings: Use any system listed by UL or that has F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and that meets all other specified requirements. 2. Fire Ratings: See Drawings for required systems and ratings. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Firestopping Sealants: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. Elastomeric Silicone Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming to the following: 1. Durability and Longevity: Permanent. 2. Color: Black, dark gray, or red. 3. Manufacturers: a. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc: www.adfire.com. b. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop. c. Hilt!, Inc: www.us.hilti.com. d. Substitutions and Product Options: Under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". C. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly design. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter that could adversely affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials that could adversely affect bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 078400-2 FIRESTOPPING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Self -leveling pourable joint sealants. C. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS July 2016 A. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Sealants required in conjunction with air barriers and vapor retarders. B. Section 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE: Setting exterior door thresholds in sealant. C. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. D. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Sealing acoustical and sound -rated walls and ceilings. E. Section 09 3000 -Tiling: Sealant between tile and plumbing fixtures and at junctions with other materials and changes in plane. F. Section 23 3100 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Duct sealants. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2010. B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013. D. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). E. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants; 2010. F. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Nonsag Sealants: Permits application in joints on vertical surfaces without sagging or slumping. 1. Adhesives Technology Corporation: www.atcepoxy.com. 2. The QUIKRETE Companies: www.quikrete.com. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. Selfleveling Sealants: Pourable or self -leveling sealant that has sufficient flow to form a smooth, level surface when applied in a horizontal joint. 1. Adhesives Technology Corporation: www.atcepoxy.com. 2. The QUIKRETE Companies: www.quikrete.com. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 07 9200 - 1 JOINT SEALANTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL A. Sealants and Primers: Provide products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than indicated in South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD); Rule 1168. B. Silicone Sealant: FS TT -S-01543, Class A, low modulus type; color as selected; manufactured by Dow Corning, General Electric, Sonneborn or approved equal. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. C. Masking Tape: Self-adhesive, nonabsorbent, non -staining, removable without adhesive residue, and compatible with surfaces adjacent to joints and sealants. D. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. E. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non -staining. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. E. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. F. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field quality control inspection/testing as specified in PART 1 under QUALITY ASSURANCE article. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 079200-2 JOINT SEALANTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Remove and replace failed portions of sealants using same materials and procedures as indicated for original installation. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 079200-3 JOINT SEALANTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION O8 1100 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rated rolled steel doors and frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 0511 - Mortar and Masonry Grout: Grouting of steel frames in masonry. B. Section 08 7100 - Door Hardware. C. Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glass for doors. D. Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Field painting of doors and frames. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A250.11 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames;'01. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. C. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength, Low Alloy, and High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2015. D. ASTM A1011/A1011 M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength; 2014. E. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. F. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2012. G. SDI 100 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; Steel Door Institute; '91. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide door configurations, location of cut-outs or hardware reinforcement. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, cut-outs for glazing, and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to SDI -100. B. Fire rated frame construction to conform to NFPA 252. C. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated on drawings. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated frames. B. Fire Rated Door Construction: Conform to NFPA 252. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". B. Protect frames with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. C. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 08 1100-1 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Doors: SDI -100 Grade I. 1. Exterior: Amweld, Steelcraft, Republic or approved equal, 16 -gauge thick material, core thickness. To suit grade and model of door. a. Fire Rating: As indicated on Door Schedule, tested in accordance with UL 10C and NFPA 252 ("positive pressure fire tests"). b. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch (44.5 mm), nominal. B. Frames: Exterior Door Frames: Face welded type. 1. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch (1.3 mm), minimum. 2.02 DOOR CORE A. Core: Impregnated cardboard honeycomb. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. B. Louvers: Manufacturer's standard with filter. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames as welded unit type. B. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. C. Reinforce frames wider than 48 -inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. D. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors on strike side, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. E. Attach fire rated label to each frame unit. F. Close top edge of exterior doors flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. 2.05 FINISH A. Primer: Air dried. B. Finish: Paint of color selected. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frames in accordance with ANSI 250.11. C. Install doors in accordance with DHI. D. Coordinate with wallboard wall construction for anchor placement. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 -inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 08 1100 - 2 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION O8 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non -rated access doors and frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Openings in parititions and ceilings. B. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Field paint finish. July 2016 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS UNITS A. In Gypsum Board Walls: Model "M" manufactured by Milcor. (Or approved equal). B. In Gypsum Board Ceilings: Model "DW" manufactured by Milcor. (Or approved equal). 2.02 WALL AND CEILING UNITS A. Manufacturers: 1. Activar Inc. CPG, www.activarcpg.com B. Access Doors: Factory fabricated door and frame units, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled, and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with assemblies that units are to be installed in. 1. Fire Rated: Activar Double Leaf Door FD2D 2. Material: Steel. 3. Style: Exposed frame with door surface flush with frame surface. a. Fire Rated Double Leaf Door; 60" x 30" b. 4. Door Style: double leaf with removable center mullion.. 5. Heavy Duty Frames: 14 gage, 0.0747 inch (1.89 mm), minimum. 6. Double -Skinned Hollow Steel Door Panels: 18 gage, .047 inch (1.27 mm), minimum, on both sides and each edge. 7. Insulation: Non-combustible mineral or glass fiber. 8. Steel Finish: Primed. 9. Hardware: a. Hardware for Fire Rated Units: As required for listing. b. Handle: Fixed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in openings. Secure rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to the concealed work requiring access. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 08 3100 - 1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION O8 3513 FOUR -FOLD METAL DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Four -Fold (bi-fold) metal doors with factory finish. B. Overhead mounted electro -mechanical operators. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS July 2016 A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Fundamental product requirements, substitutions and product options, delivery, storage, and handling. B. Section 08 33 23 - Overhead Coiling Doors: Remote controls interconnection. C. Division 26 - Electrical: Electric connection to door operator and door operator to control station. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; '05. B. ASTM A366/A366M - Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent) Cold Rolled;'97e1. C. ASTM A569/A569M - Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial; '98. D. NEMA 4 - Standard for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's technical Product Data and installation instructions, including data substantiating that products comply with specified requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate fabrication and installation drawings including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, hardware, operating mechanism, and attachments to the other units of work. 1. Include wiring diagrams and coordination with electrical trade. D. Maintenance Data: Indicate lubrication requirements and frequency, periodic adjustments required. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Doors shall be designed to withstand external or internal horizontal wind loads of 20 lbs/sq ft. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed 1/120 of the span. Fiber stresses in main members shall be limited to 27,000 lbs/sq inch. Steel frames shall be designed in accordance with AISC "Steel Construciton Manual". 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products as required by Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements" and recommended by manufacturer. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Door Engineering and Manufacturing Co. 1. Distributor: Byron Epp, Inc. Tel: 877-377-6030. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 083513-1 FOUR -FOLD METAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Product: FF300 Series: Glazed Four -Fold Doors. 1. EPD Electric Power Door with provisions for manual over -ride. C. Substitutions and Product Options: Under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements" 2.02 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Sheets: Steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A366/A366M cold -rolled steel sheet, or A569/A569M, hot -rolled steel sheet. C. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard components. D. Fasteners: Zinc -coated steel. 2.03 FOUR -FOLD DOORS A. Construction: Door framing shall be 14 -gauge structural steel tube with 14 -gauge sheet steel on the exterior and interior faces. Sheeting shall be formed on the vertical edges with no visible welds on the interior or exterior panel faces. 1. All frames and framing members shall be true to dimension and square in all directions, and no door shall be bowed, warped, or out of line, in the vertical or horizontal plane of the door opening by more than 1/8" in 20 feet. 2. Exposed welds and welds which interfere with the installation of various parts shall be ground smooth and flush. B. Insulation: Fiberglass (or polyisocyanurate) as standard with the manufacturer. C. Door Finish: Factory applied exterior grade powder coat primeron operating parts. All exposed steel shall be finished with manufacturer's standard epoxy primer and polyurethane top coat. Color to be selected by Architect from standard RAL color chart provided with submittal package. D. Operating Hardware: Hardware shall include guide tracks and brackets, trolleys, center guides, not less than three pairs of jamb and fold hinges per opening, and all bolts, nuts, fasteners, etc. necessary for complete installation and operation. 1. Jamb hinges shall be dual shear and have two thrust bearings and two needle bearings. Fold hinges shall be dual shear with two thrust bearings. 2. All bearings shall be completely concealed within the hinge barrel. 3. All hinge pins shall be minimum 3/4" diameter hardened steel. 4. All trolleys to be equipped with nylon, bronze or ball bearing rollers. E. Weatherstripping: Material shall be adjustable and readily replaceable and provide a substantially weathertight installation. Weatherstripping at center shall be 1/16" cloth inserted neoprene. Weatherstripping at sill shall be 1/16" cloth inserted neoprene on interior and exterior. Weatherstripping shall be retained continuously. F. Perimeter Weatherstripping: Provide jamb and head weatherstripping of 1/16" cloth -inserted neoprene bulb (or closed cell neoprene). G. Vision Panels: Provide vision panels of the type, size, shape and location as noted on the drawings. 2.04 OPERATOR A. Each Four -Fold door shall be operated by an overhead mounted electro -mechanical drive unit designed for high cycle operation. Operator consists of an electric motor, gear reducer, and rotating drive arm. B. Door shall be operated with connecting rods attached to the rotating drive arm on the operator and control arms attached to the jamb door sections and to the door lintel. Connecting rods shall be positive drive, keeping the door under firm control at all times. Connecting rods shall be fitted with spherical bearings and control arms shall be equipped with oil impregnated bronze bearings on polished shafts. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 083513-2 FOUR -FOLD METAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Operator shall be instantly reversible, open and close rapidly and start and stop gradually. Operator shall be adjustable to allow door to clear the opening. Operator shall automatically lock the door in the closed position. D. Electricl motor shall be of sufficient size to operate doors under normal operating conditions at no more than 75 percent of rated capacity. The motor shall be wound for three phase 208/260/480 VAC, 60 Hertz operation. E. Electric Controls: Controls shall be furnished by the door manufacturer and shall be complete for each door, and built in accordance with the latest NEMA Standards. Control circuits shall not exceed a nominal 110 volts. 1. Controls shall include a self diagnostic programmable logic controller with digital message display and input LED's. Controller shall include programmable close time delays and maximum open and close run-time timers. 2. Motor starters shall be magnetic reversing, factory wired with overload and under voltage protection, and equipped with mechanical interlocks. All control components shall be enclosed in one enclosure with a wiring diagram placed on the inside of the cover.. 3. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4 with disconnect switch. 4. Pushbuttons (interior) for each door shall have one momentary pressure three -button push-button station marked "OPEN", "CLOSE" and "STOP". Push button enclosure shall be NEMA 4 enclosure. 5. Limit switches shall be provided to stop the travel of the door in its fully open or fully closed position. Provide auxiliary limit switch to be used for HVAC or exhaust removal system. F. Safety Edges: Provide electric safety edges on leading edge of all doors to reverse door upon contact with obstruction. Provide wireless safety edge transmitters with low battery alarm. G. Photo eyes: Provide one interior (UL 325) and one exterior (NEMA 4) mounted photo eye (sender/receiver type) with mounting brackets. H. Radio Controls: Combine/interconnect with Overhead Coiling Door radio controls. 1. Wiring: Door manufacturer shall supply controls only. Electrical Contractor shall install controls and furnish and install conduits and wiring for jobsite power and control wiring. 1. All wiring to be encased in conduit within walls. Exposed conduits/wire are not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Verify that opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install four -fold metal doors in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings by qualified door erection crews. All door openings shall be completely prepared by the General Contractor prior to the installation of the doors. Permanent electrical wiring shall be brought to the door opening before installation is started and shall be completed so as not to delay the inspection test. C. Doors shall be set plumb, level and square, and with all parts properly fastened and mounted. All moving parts shall be tested and adjusted and left in good operating condition. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Inspection of the doors and a complete operating test will be made by the installer in the presence of the General Contractor, Owner's Representative and Architect. Any defects noted shall be corrected. B. After door approval in the above test, the General Contractor must assume the responsibility for any damage or rough handling of the doors during construction until the building is turned over to the Owner and Final Inspection is made. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 083513-3 FOUR -FOLD METAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. 3.04 CLEANING July 2016 A. Clean surfaces and repaint abraded or damaged primed surfaces to match factory -applied finish. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 083513-4 FOUR -FOLD METAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION O8 3613 SECTIONAL DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Overhead sectional doors, electrically operated, with manual over -ride. B. Operating hardware and supports. C. Electrical controls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 26 - Electrical: Equipment Wiring. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. B. ASTM E283-04(2012), Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, 2012, C. ASTM C518-15, Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, 2015 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Show component construction, anchorage method, and hardware. D. Samples: Submit two panel finish samples, 6 x 6 -inches in size, illustrating color and finish. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include any special procedures required by project conditions. F. Operation Data: Include normal operation, troubleshooting, and adjusting. G. Maintenance Data: Include data for motor and transmission, shaft and gearing, lubrication frequency, spare part sources. H. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of experience. C. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. B. Warranty: Include coverage for electric motor and transmission. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Raynor Garage Doors, Dixon, IL. Tel: 800-4-RAYNOR. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 08 3613 - 1 SECTIONAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Product: Model TC320 Commercial Sectional Garage Doors, with windows. C. Windows: Manufacturer's standard, encased in extruded PVC window frame. Locations to comply with door elevation drawings. 1. Glazing: Full View Windows, tempered plate; Glass: 3/16" Insulated. D. Substitutions and Product Options: Under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". 2.02 STEEL DOOR COMPONENTS A. Steel Doors: Exterior - 20 gauge; Interior - 25 gauge. 1. Door Nominal Thickness: 3 -inches thick. 2. Stiles: 14 gauge. 3. Finish: Powder coat, as selected from manufacturer's range of standard colors. 2.03 DOOR COMPONENTS A. Hinge and Roller Assemblies: Heavy duty hinges and adjustable roller holders of galvanized steel; floating hardened steel bearing rollers, located at top and bottom of each panel, each side. B. Lift Mechanism: Torsion spring on cross head shaft, with braided galvanized steel lifting cables. C. Sill Weatherstripping: Resilient hollow rubber strip, one piece; fitted to bottom of door panel, full length contact. D. Jamb Weatherstripping: Roll formed steel section full height of jamb, fitted with resilient weatherstripping, placed in moderate contact with door panels. E. Head Weatherstripping: EPDM rubber seal, one piece full length. F. Panel Joint Weatherstripping: Neoprene foam seal, one piece full length. G. Lock: Inside center mounted, adjustable keeper, spring activated latch bar with feature to retain in locked or retracted position; interior and exterior handle. 2.04 INSULATION A. Polystyrene with R of 17.05. 2.05 OPERATION A. Doors shall be motor operated with chain hoist override. B. Electrical Operators: 1. ControlHoist "STANDARD", 3/4 HP, 115/230 v, 1 -Phase, with hand chain option, mounted in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. a. Provide push button stations (interior) per the electrical plan, with a radio control option. Provide two (2) electronic transmitters. b. Interior Control Station: Recessed, standard three -button (open -close -stop) control for each operator, 24 volt circuit (NEMA 250, Type 4). 1) Buttons to be round in shape. 2. Safety Edge: Located at door bottom, full width, electro -mechanical sensitized type, wired to reverse door upon striking object, hollow neoprene covered seal. 3. Commercial Protector System (CPS): a. Provide "non -contact" photo safety sensors designed to sense an obstruction between jambs and signals the door operator to reverse. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within specified limits. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 083613-2 SECTIONAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural members only. D. Fit and align door assembly including hardware. E. Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete power and control wiring from disconnect to unit components. F. Ensure that units are installed plumb and true, free of warp or twist, and within tolerances specified by manufacturer for smooth operation. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). B. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). C. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from 10 ft (3 m) straight edge. D. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust door assembly for smooth operation and full contact with weatherstripping. B. Have manufacturer's field representative present to confirm proper operation and identify adjustments to door assembly for specified operation. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct the Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of units. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean doors and frames and glazing. B. Remove temporary labels and visible markings. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. B. Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment and cleaning. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 083613-3 SECTIONAL DOORS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION O8 5113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extruded aluminum windows with fixed sash. B. Factory glazing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between window frames and adjacent construction. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. AAMA/W DMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights; American Architectural Manufacturers Association/Window, and Door Manufacturers Association/Canadian Standards Association; 2011. B. AAMA CW -10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; 2015. C. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. D. ASTM 8209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. E. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013. F. ASTM B221 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric]; 2013. G. ASTM E1105 - Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference; 2015. H. ASTM E2112 - Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights; 2007. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, elevations of different types, framed opening tolerances, method for achieving air and vapor barrier seal to adjacent construction, anchorage locations, , and installation requirements. C. Grade Substantiation: Prior to submitting shop drawings or starting fabrication, submit one of the following showing compliance with specified grade: 1. Evidence of AAMA Certification. 2. Evidence of WDMA Certification. 3. Evidence of CSA Certification. 4. Test report(s) by independent testing agency itemizing compliance and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in fabrication of commercial aluminum windows of types required, with not fewer than three years of experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of AAMA CW -10. B. Protect finished surfaces with wrapping paper or strippable coating during installation. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to substrate when exposed to sunlight or weather. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 085113-1 ALUMINUM WINDOWS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F (5 degrees C). B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 24 hours after installation of sealants. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7700 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units, including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish. Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Aluminum Windows: 1. Columbia Commercial Building Products, or approved equal. 2. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 WINDOWS A. Aluminum Windows: Extruded aluminum frame and sash, factory fabricated, factory finished, with operating hardware, related flashings, and anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Columbia Commercial Building Products Series C-3100 2. Frame Depth: 4 inches (101.6 mm). 3. Fabrication: Joints and corners flush, hairline, and weatherproof, accurately fitted and secured; prepared to receive anchors; fasteners and attachments concealed from view; reinforced as required for operating hardware and imposed loads. 4. Perimeter Clearance: Minimize space between framing members and adjacent construction while allowing expected movement. 5. Movement: Accommodate movement between window and perimeter framing and deflection of lintel, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 6. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. B. Performance Requirements: Provide products that comply with the following: 1. Grade: AAMA/W DMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 requirements for specific window type: a. Performance Class (PC): R. C. Fixed, Non -Operable Type: 1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Glazing: Double; clear; transparent. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM 8209 (ASTM 3209M), 5005 alloy, H12 or H14 temper. C. Concealed Steel Items: Profiled to suit mullion sections; galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. 2.04 FINISHES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive aluminum windows. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 085113-2 ALUMINUM WINDOWS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Install window assembly in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. C. Install windows in accordance with ASTM E2112. D. Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. E. Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. F. Install sill and sill end angles. G. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 1/16 inches every 3 ft (1.5 mm/m) non -cumulative or 1/8 inches per 10 ft (3 mm/3 m), whichever is less. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test installed windows for compliance with performance requirements for water penetration, in accordance with ASTM E1105 using uniform pressure and the same pressure difference as specified for laboratory testing. 1. If any window fails, test additional windows at Contractor's expense. B. Replace windows that have failed field testing and retest until performance is satisfactory. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and secure weathertight closure. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from factory finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 085113-3 ALUMINUM WINDOWS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for hollow metal doors. B. Hardware for fire -rated doors. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 1100 -Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CBC - 2013 California Building Code, based on 2012 International Building Code (IBC), with California Amendments. B. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2016. C. SDI - Steel Door Institute. D. UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products that door hardware will be installed upon. B. Coordinate work of this section with other directly affected sections involving manufacturer of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for requirements to fire rated doors and frames. B. Accessibility Requirements. 1. Conform to CBC: a. Section 1132A.6, Closer -Effort to Operate Doors. 1) Maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 8-1/2 pounds for exterior doors and 5 pounds for interior doors, such pull or push effort being applied at right angles to hinged doors and at the center plane of sliding or folding doors. Compensating devices or automatic door operators may be utilized to meet these standards. When fire doors are required, the maximum effort to operate the door may be increased to the minimum allowable by the appropriate enforcement agency, not to exceed 15 pounds. b. Section 1132A.8, Hand -Activated Door Hardware. 1) Hand -activated door latching, locking and opening hardware shall be centered between 30 inches and 44 inches above the floor. Latching and locking doors that are hand -activated and on an accessible route shall be operable with a single effort by lever -type hardware, panic bars, push-pull activating bars or other hardware designed to provide passage without requiring the ability to grasp the opening hardware. Locked exit doors shall operate consistent with Section 1132A.6 in direction of egress. c. Section 1126A.4.1, Door Closer. 1) If the door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Submit Schedule of Hardware. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 087100-1 DOOR HARDWARE STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Provde product data on specified hardware. E. Submit manufacturer's parts lists, templates and installation instructions. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data. B. Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventive maintenance. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01 6000 - "Product Requirements" B. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. C. Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. D. Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in secure area. 1.09 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - BASIS OF DESIGN 2.02 DOOR HARDWARE - GENERAL A. Provide hardware specified or required to make doors fully functional, compliant with applicable codes, and secure to the extent indicated. B. Provide items of a single type of the same model by the same manufacturer. C. Provide products that comply with the following: 1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes. 2. Fire -Rated Doors: NFPA 80. 3. Hardware on Fire -Rated Doors, Except Hinges: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 4. Hardware for Smoke and Draft Control Doors (Indicated as "S" on Drawings): Provide hardware that enables door assembly to comply with air leakage requirements of the applicable code. 2.03 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Locks: Provide a lock for every door, unless specifically indicated as not requiring locking. 1. If no hardware set is indicated for a swinging door provide an office lockset. 2. Trim: Provide lever handle or pull trim on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no outside trim. 3. Lock Cylinders: Provide key access on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no locking or no outside trim. B. Lock Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, six -pin standard core. 1. Provide cams and/or tailpieces as required for locking devices required. C. Keying: Grand master keyed. D. Latches: Provide a latch for every door that is not required to lock, unless specifically indicated "push/pull" or "not required to latch". 2.04 HINGES A. Refer to Hardware Sets at end of section. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 087100-2 DOOR HARDWARE STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Hinges: Provide hinges on every swinging door. 1. Provide five -knuckle full mortise butt hinges unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide ball-bearing hinges at all doors having closers. 3. Provide hinges in the quantities indicated. 4. Provide non -removable pins on exterior outswinging doors. 5. Where electrified hardware is mounted in door leaf, provide power transfer hinges. 2.05 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Locks: Provide a lock for every door, unless specifically indicated as not requiring locking. 1. Hardware Sets indicate locking functions required for each door. 2. If no hardware set is indicated for a swinging door provide an office lockset. 3. Trim: Provide lever handle or pull trim on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no outside trim. 4. Lock Cylinders: Provide key access on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no locking or no outside trim. B. Lock Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, six -pin standard core. 1. Provide cams and/or tailpieces as required for locking devices required. C. Keying: Grand master keyed. D. Latches: Provide a latch for every door that is not required to lock, unless specifically indicated "push/pull" or "not required to latch". 2.06 KEYING A. Door Locks: Construction keying only. The Owner to provide key system compatible with the 5 pin system after acceptance of the building. B. Supply two (2) keys for each lock. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work; labeled, fire -rated doors and frames are present and properly installed, and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, requirements of SDI and applicable codes. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Install hardware on fire -rated doors and frames in accordance with code and NFPA 80. D. Conform to ANSI At 17.1 for positioning requirements for the handicapped. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Numbers have been taken from the following: HAG - Hager Hinge PEM - Pemko YALE - Yale Jack Lindgren Builders' Hardware, Inc. 6531 Brockton Avenue Riverside, California 92506 Phone: 951-684-6134 NOR - Norton TRM - Trimco GJ - Glenn Johnson Newport Beach Fire Station #6 087100-3 DOOR HARDWARE STK Architecture, Inc. HDG #1 DRS #1, 3 EACH DOOR TO HAVE July 2016 3 Ea Hinge BB12794-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 HAG 1 Ea Lockset 5408 LN -AU 626 YALE 1 Ea Closer 8501 689 NOR 1 Ea Kick Plate K0050 10 x 34 630 TRM 1 Ea Stop 1214 -ES 626 TRM 1 Ea Threshold 255A 628 PMK 1 Ea Or Sweep 3452ANB 628 PMK 1 Set Seal S88D PMK 1 EaDust Prf Stk3911626TRM Signage"This Door to Remain..." 1 EaThreshold272A628PMK HDG #2 DRS #2 EACH DOOR TO HAVE 3 Ea Hinge BB12794-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 HAG 1 Ea Passage 5404 LN- AU 626 YALE 1 Ea Closer 8501 689 NOR 1 Ea Kick Plate K0050 10 x 34 630 TRM 1 Ea Stop 1214-ES626TRM 1 Ea Threshold 255A 628 PMK 1 Ea Dr Sweep 3452ANB 628 PMK 1 Set SeaIS88DPEM HDG #3 DRS #4 3 Ea Hinge BB12794-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 HAG 1 Ea Lockset 5408 LN -AU 626 YALE 1 Ea Closer 8501 689 NOR 1 Ea Kick Plate K0050 10 x 34 630 TRM 1 Ea Stop 1214 -ES 626 TRM 1 Ea Threshold 255A 628 PMK 1 Ea Dr Sweep 3452ANB 628 PMK 1 Set Seal S88D PMK 1 Ea Signage"This Door to Remain..." END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 087100-4 DOOR HARDWARE STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 08 8000 GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass and glazing for hollow metal work, windows and doors. B. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealants for other than glazing purposes. B. Section 08 1100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Glazed metal doors. C. Section 08 1400 - Wood Doors: Glazed wood doors. D. Section 10 2800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories: Mirrors. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005 (Reapproved 2011). B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. C. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011e1. D. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat -Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass; 2012. E. ASTM C1172 - Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass; 2014. F. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2011a. G. ASTM E 773 - Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating Glass Units; 2001. H. ASTM E 774 - Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units; 1997. I. ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2010. J. FS DD -G-451 - Glass, Float or Plate, Sheet, Figured (Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors and Other Uses). K. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2009. L. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2008. M. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code; 2015. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to Glass Association of North America (GANA) Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C. Product Data on Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special precautions required. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE GLASS MANUFACTURERS A. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. B. Libby Owens Ford Glass Co. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 08 8000 - 1 GLAZING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Guardian Industries Corp. D. Substitutions and Product Options: Under provisions of Section 01 60 00 -"Product Requirements". E. Pilkington 2.02 GLASS MATERIALS A. Float Glass: Provide float glass based glazing unless noted otherwise. 1. Annealed Type: ASTM C1036, Type I - Transparent Flat, Class 1 - Clear, Quality -Q3. 2. Heat -Strengthened and Fully Tempered Types: ASTM C1048, Kind HS and Kind FT. 3. Tinted Types: ASTM C1036, Class 2 - Tinted, color and performance characteristics as indicated. 4. Thicknesses: As indicated; for exterior glazing comply with requirements indicated for wind load design regardless of thickness indicated. B. Safety Glass: Type B, Clear, fully tempered. C. Wire Glass: Type F, Clear, polished both sides; square mesh of woven stainless steel wire of 1/2 -inch grid size; 1/4 -inch thick. D. Insulating Glass Units: Solar Control Low -E Insulating Glass. E. Fire -Protection -Rated Glazing: Type, thickness, and configuration as required to achieve indicated ratings. 1. IBC Fire Protection Rating: As indicated on drawings. 2. Provide products listed by Underwriters Laboratories. 3. Labeling: Provide permanent label on each piece giving the IBC rating and other information required by the applicable code. 4. 7 -Rated" Products: Where D -H -T-90 or D -H -T-60 rating is indicated, provide one of the following products: a. Technical Glass Products; Pilkington Pyrostop: www.fireglass.com. b. ASTM E 119; UL 263 c. Substitutions: Refer to Section 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.03 SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNITS A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Type SG -S 1. Application: Exterior, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E2190. 3. Edge Spacers: Aluminum, bent and soldered comers. 4. Edge Seal: Glass to elastomer with supplementary silicone sealant. 5. Purge interpane space with dry hermetic air. 2.04 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Silicone Sealant: Single component; chemical curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non-bleeding, non -staining; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, A and G; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25; black color. 2.05 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot (25 mm for each square meter) of glazing or minimum 4 inch (100 mm) x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Minimum 3 inch (75 mm) long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. C. Glazing Tape, Back Bedding Mastic Type: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids compound with integral resilient spacer rod applicable to application indicated; hardness range of 5 to 30 cured Shore A durometer; coiled on release paper; black color. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 088000-2 GLAZING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides, maximum water absorption by volume of 2 percent, designed for compression of 25 percent to effect an air barrier and vapor retarder seal; _x inch (_x mm) size. E. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. D. Install sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193 and GANA Sealant Manual. E. Install sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B. Remove labels after Work is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 088000-3 GLAZING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 09 2400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) July 2016 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland cement plaster for installation over metal lath, masonry, concrete, and solid surfaces. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood stud framing for plaster. B. Section 08 3100 - Access Doors and Panels: Access panels. C. Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating. Elastomeric painted color finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. B. ASTM C206 - Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime; 2014. C. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). D. ASTM C926 - Standard Specification for Application of Portland Cement -Based Plaster; 2015b. E. ASTM C932 - Standard Specification for Surface -Applied Bonding Compounds for Exterior Plastering; 2006 (Reapproved 2013). F. PCA EB049 - Portland Cement Plaster/Stucco Manual; Portland Cement Association; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics and limitations of products specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Copies of Documents at Project Site: Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is under 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) or over 80 degrees F (27 degrees C). B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) during installation of plaster and until cured. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER ASSEMBLIES A. Exterior Stucco: Portland cement plaster system, made of finish, brown, and scratch coat and reinforcing mesh. 1. Provide weather resistive barrier and air barrier as part of the system, by the same manufacturer. 2. Manufacturers: a. La Habra: www.lahabrastucco.com. b. Omega: www.omega-products.com. c. Or approved equal. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Portland Cement, Aggregates, and Other Materials: In accordance with ASTM C926. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 092400-1 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Premixed One -Coat Stucco: Mixture of Type I Portland cement, complying with ASTM C150/C150M, hydrated lime complying with ASTM C207, fibers and other approved ingredients, install in accordance with ASTM C926. C. Premixed Base Coat: Mixture of cement, aggregate, and proprietary admixtures for scratch and brown coats, installed in accordance with ASTM C926. D. Premixed Finish Coat: Same product as base coat. E. Premixed Textured Coating: Polymer modified acrylic coating, integrally colored, trowel applied to substrates prepared in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Color: As indicated on drawings. F. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I. G. Lime: ASTM C206, Type S. H. Aggregate: In accordance with PCA EB049 - Portland Cement Plaster/Stucco Manual. I. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter that could adversely affect plaster. J. Plaster Mix Reinforcement: Glass fibers, chopped to 1/2 inch (13 mm) nominal length, alkali resistant. K. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent -based non -curing butyl sealant. 2.03 FURRING AND LATHING A. Weather Resistive Barrier: As specified in Section 07 2500 - "Weather Barriers". B. Self -Furring Woven Wire Lath: 1-1/2 inch hexagon -shaped mesh formed from 17 gauge galvanized steel wire and complying with UBC Standard No. 17-1. 1. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. K -Lath Building Products, Fontana, CA (800 / 794-2738). b. Or approved equal. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2. Separate application of paper and wire is required. C. Metal Lath: 2.5 Ib/sq yd expanded metal, self -furring type, galvanized finish. D. Galvanized Lathing Accessories: All galvanized metal moldings shall be 26 gauge thick, installed in full ten -foot minimum lengths wherever possible. Molding shall standard products specified, meeting ASTM D2201 (to be set for 7/8" grounds). 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. CEMCO (California Expanded Metal Company), City of Industry, CA (800 / 775-2362). b. Delta Star Inc., Belmont, CA (800 / 892-8673). c. Stockton Products, Orange, CA (714 / 998-6330). d. Or approved equal. 2. Exterior Galvanized Plaster Corneraid: Stockton #Wire -CA. 3. Exterior Galvanized / Plaster Plastic Nose Corner Bead: Stockton #Wire-PNCB. 4. Conventional Arch -Aid: Stockton #Wire -AA. 5. Plastic Nose Arch Bead: Stockton #W ire -DCB. 6. Exterior "Long Flange" Galvanized / Plaster Plastic Nose Corner Bead: Stockton #W ire -PN LF. 7. Exterior Galvanized Casing Beads: CEMCO #66 Casing Bead. 2.04 PLASTER MIXES A. Mix and proportion cement plaster in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Over Metal Lath: Three -coat application, mixed and proportioned in accordance with ASTM C926. C. Base Coat and Brown Coat: One part cement, minimum 3-1/2 and maximum 4 parts aggregate, and minimum 15 percent and maximum 25 percent hydrated lime, per sack of cement. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 09 2400 - 2 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Finish Coat: One part cement minimum and maximum 3 parts aggregate, and maximum 1/2 part lime. E. Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set. F. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding water. G. Protect mixtures from freezing, frost, contamination, and excessive evaporation. H. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify the suitability of existing conditions before starting work. B. Metal Lath and Accessories: Verify lath is flat, secured to substrate, and joint and surface perimeter accessories are in place. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surfaces near the work of this section from damage or disconfiguration. 3.03 CONTROL JOINTS A. Locate exterior control joints every 12 feet in each direction, or as indicated on plans. B. Establish control joints with specified joint device. C. Coordinate joint placement with other related work. 3.04 PLASTERING A. Apply premixed plaster in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply plaster in accordance with ASTM C926. C. Moist cure base coats. D. Apply second coat immediately following initial set of first coat. E. After curing, dampen previous coat prior to applying finish coat. F. Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to surface. G. Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours. H. At acoustical assemblies, provide resilient seal to penetrations, such as conduit, piping, outlet boxes, using acoustic sealant, rather than plastering tight to penetrations, except where firestopping is provided. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m). END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 09 2400 - 3 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 09 9000 PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings. C. Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory -finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items fully factory -finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having factory -applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically so indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. E. See Surface Finish Schedule. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Shop -primed items. B. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Wall primers prior to texturing. C. Section 09 2400 - Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco). D. Section 26 0553 - Electrical Identification: Painted identification. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. B. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2014. C. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood -Base Materials; 2007. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 8 x 10 inch in size, illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled. D. Submit manufacturer's application instructions. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099000-1 PAINTING AND COATING STK Architecture, Inc. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE July 2016 A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing approved by product manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles (860 Ix) measured mid -height at substrate surface. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Supply 1 gallon (4L) of each color, texture, and type; store where directed. B. Label each container with color, texture and room locations, in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. B. Provide all paint and coating products from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide all specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. 2. Substitution of other products by the same manufacturer is preferred over substitution of products by a different manufacturer. 3. Substitution of a different paint system using MPI -approved products by the same manufacturer will be considered. C. Paints: 1. Vista Paint: www.vistapaint.com. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. D. Transparent Finishes: 1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. E. Stains: 1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. F. Primer Sealers: Same manufacturer as top coats. G. Block Fillers: Same manufacturer as top coats. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099000-2 PAINTING AND COATING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 H. Elastomeric Paint: Vista Paint or approved equal. I. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field -catalyzed coating. 1. Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Primers: As follows unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats; where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D --National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop -applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Stucco: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Exterior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. G. Plaster Surfaces to be Painted: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099000-3 PAINTING AND COATING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 H. Exterior Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. I. Exterior Wood to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter; seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after sealer has been applied. Prime concealed surfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Exterior Wood to Receive Opaque Finish: If final painting must be delayed more than 2 weeks after installation of woodwork, apply primer within 2 weeks and final coating within 4 weeks. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. E. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. G. Wood to Receive Transparent Finishes: Tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. H. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished coatings until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged coatings after Substantial Completion. 3.06 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood - Transparent: 1. One coat stain - Olympic Stain, Semi -Transparent. 2. One coat sealer - As directed. B. Concrete, Concrete Block: 0 1. One coat block primer - Vista Paint 018, 100% Acrylic Block Filler. 2. One coat primer sealer latex - Vista Paint 4600 Uniprime II. 3. One coat latex paint - Vista Paint 3000 Acribond. C. Cement Plaster 1. Two coats Acrylic paint - Acriglo Flat D. Steel - Unprimed: 1. One coat zinc chromate primer - Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro or Carbomastic 90. 2. Two coats acrylic enamel, semi -gloss - Vista Paint 8400 Semi -Gloss or 7900 Premogloss or Carboline 133 VOC. E. Steel - Shop Primed: 1. Touch-up with zinc chromate primer - Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro or Carbomastic 90. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss - Vista Paint 8400 Semi -Gloss or 7900 Premogloss or Carboline 133 VOC. F. Steel - Galvanized (where indicated). 1. Pretreatment - Jasco Prep N Prime. 2. One coat zinc chromate primer - Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro or Carbomastic 90. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099000-4 PAINTING AND COATING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Two coats acrylic enamel, semi -gloss - Vista Paint 8400 Semi -Gloss or 7900 Premogloss or Carboline 133 VOC. G. Pavement Markings: 1. "Laycold Line Paint" or Vista Paint 6900 On -Line Traffic Marking Paint. 3.07 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood - Painted: 1. One coat alkyd prime sealer - Vista Paint 6600 Aqua Lac. 2. Two coats latex, eggshell - Vista Paint 8300 Carefree Eggshell. B. Wood - Transparent: 1. Filler coat (for open grained wood only). 2. One coat stain - VWS Series. 3. One coat sealer - Valspar NAS 1820. 4. One coat varnish satin - Valspar NAS 1822. C. Steel - Unprimed: 1. One coat zinc chromate primer - Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro. 2. Two coats semi -gloss - Vista Paint 8400 Carefree Semi -Gloss or Rust-Oleum Sierra S70 or S71 Primer and Rust-Oleum Sierra S22 Finish. D. Steel - Primed: 1. Touch-up with original primer - Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro. 2. Two coats semi -gloss - Vista Paint 8400 Carefree Semi -Gloss or Rust-Oleum Sierra S70 or S71 Primer and Rust-Oleum Sierra S22 Finish. E. Steel - Galvanized: 1. Pretreatment - Jasco Prep N Prime. 2. One coat zinc chromate primer - Vista Paint 4800 Metal Pro. 3. Two coats semi -gloss - Vista Paint 8400 Carefree Semi -Gloss or Rust-Oleum Sierra S70 or S71 Primer and Rust-Oleum Sierra S22 Finish. F. Plaster, Gypsum Board: 1. One coat alkyd primer sealer - Vista Paint 1100 High Build PVA. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, eggshell - Vista Paint 8300 Carefree Eggshell. G. Concrete Masonry Block - Epoxy Paint 1. One coat Carboline Sanitile 100 HB Block Filler 2. Two Coats Carboline Carboguard 890 VOC Epoxy H. Concrete Masonry Block 1. One coat Carboline Sanitile 100 HB Block Filler 2. Two Coats 7000 Acriglo Semi -Gloss END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099000-5 PAINTING AND COATING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 09 9600 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. High performance coatings. B. Surface preparation. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. ASTM D4258 - Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating; 2005 (Reapproved 2012). B. MPI (APL) - Master Painters Institute Approved Products List; Master Painters and Decorators Association; current edition, www.paint!nfo.com. C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; current edition, www.paintinfo.com. D. SSPC V1 (PM1)- Good Painting Practice: Painting Manual, Volume 1; Society for Protective Coatings; Fourth Edition. E. SSPC-PA 2 - Procedure For Determining Conformance To Dry Coating Thickness Requirements; 2015. F. SSPC-SP 13 - Surface Preparation of Concrete; Society for Protective Coatings; 1997 (Reaffirmed 2013). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified coating system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. D. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning procedures and repair and patching techniques. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each referenced document that applies to application on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1. Applicator shall designate a single individual as Project Foreman who shall be on site at all times during installation. C. Convene a pre -application meeting before the start of application of coating system. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including: Architect, Contractor, Applicator, and authorized representative of the coating system manufacturer and interfacing trades to review the following: 1. Drawings and Specifications affecting work of this section. 2. Protection of adjacent surfaces. 3. Surface preparation and substrate conditions. 4. Application. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099600-1 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 5. Field Quality Control. 6. Cleaning. 7. Protection of coating system. 8. Repair of coating system. 9. Coordination with other work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of coating, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Coating Materials: Store all materials in a clean, dry place with a temperature range in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Keep away from fire or open flame. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the coating product manufacturer. C. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Upon completion of the work of this section, provide a written warranty from the manufacturer against defect of materials for a period of 5 (five) years. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Westcoat Specialty Coatings, 770 Gateway Center Drive, San Diego, CA 92102. Tel: (800) 2504519 / www.westcoat.com B. Or approved equal. C. Substitutions: Section 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Epoxy Slurry System: 100% Solids High BuildEpoxy Slurry 1. Primer: EC -12, 5-8 mils. 2. Slurry Coat: 1 1/2 gal. EC-34Epoxy Topcoat mixed with 1 1/2 gal. TC -71 Slurry Filler. Apply at a rate of 25-100 square feet per mix. 3. Skid resistance shall be broadcast into the first top coat. 4. Second Top Coat: EC -34 Epoxy topcoat pigmented 250-300 feet per gallon., 3-5 mils. 5. Colors: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Shellac: Pure, white type. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Supplemental Materials: 1. Patching material shall be EC -72/74 epoxy gel or paste or TC -5 Concrete Patch. 2. Optional aggregate shall be CA -30 Safe Grip, TC -65 Quartz Sand, B-23 Monterey, or other sand designated to meet the Owner's skid resistance requirements. 3. EC -11 Waterbased Epoxy Primer and EC -100, 100% Solids Polyurea Top Coat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly prepared. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099600-2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the coating manufacturer. Obtain and follow manufacturer's instructions for examination and testing of substrates. D. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter. B. Remove substances that would bleed through finished coatings. If unremovable, seal surface with shellac. C. Remove finish hardware, fixture covers, and accessories and store. D. Protect adjacent surfaces and materials not receiving coating from spatter and overspray; mask if necessary to provide adequate protection. Repair damage. 3.03 PRIMING A. Apply primer to all surfaces, unless specifically not required by coating manufacturer. Apply in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. B. Concrete: Prior to priming, patch with masonry filler to produce smooth surface. 3.04 COATING APPLICATION A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, to thicknesses specified and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting and Specification Manual". B. Apply in uniform thickness coats, without runs, drips, pinholes, brush marks, or variations in color, texture, or finish. Finish edges, crevices, corners, and other changes in dimension with full coating thickness. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify coatings and other materials are as specified. B. Verify mil thickness of the system as work progresses. Areas found not to meet the required thickness shall receive additional material until specified thickness is attained. C. Manufacture's representative shall provide technical assistance and guidance for surface preparation and application of coating systems. 3.06 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. B. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material. C. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work from damage. 3.08 MAINTENANCE A. Contractor shall provide to Owner, maintenance and cleaning instructions for the traffic coating system upon completion of work. Owner is required to clean and maintain the surfaces to maintain manufacturer's warranty. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 099600-3 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 10 0001 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Signage (cast metal letters). 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CBC - 2013 California Building Code, based on 2012 International Building Code (IBC), with California Amendments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product data, accessories, configurations and insallatin instructions.. C. Provide Shop Drawings for signage (cast metal) indicating layout and mounting methods. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01 60 00 - "Product Requirements". PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS (OR APPROVED EQUAL) A. Signage (Cast Metal Letters): 1. Install cast letters as shown on drawings. 2. Letters: Gemini Signs, Inc. or as approved by Architect. a. Furnish and install all letters indicated on drawings. b. Letters to be "Helvetica", cast aluminum F214 alloy, no scrap permitted. Letters must have sharp corners, flat face, and accurate profiles. c. Letters shall be as shown on drawings. Depth to be 1/2 -inch. Finish to be baked enamel (2 coats, each coat separately baked). Color to be Aluminum. d. Mounting to be PM mount. Provide mounting template for installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 ANCHORAGE A. Furnish and install all anchorage devices required to install the item and its appurtenances, complete. Provide anchorage in ample time, when required to be built-in by other trades. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install all items not called for to be installed by manufacturer or supplier. Install per details on drawings, manufacturer's printed installation instructions and any additional requirements specified. All wall -mounted items shall be securely fastened to solid backing or blocking. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust operating devices to ensure that equipment functions smoothly. B. Clean all exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 100001 -1 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 10 4116 RAPID ENTRY SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Rapid Entry System (Key Lock Box). 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Federal Specification TT -C -490D - Cleaning Methods for Ferrous Surfaces and Pretreatments for Organic Coatings, '93. B. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product information, including installation instructions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Final acceptance will be contingent upon compliance with Fire Department requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. KNOX-BOX, 3200 Series, with hinged door, recessed with optional alarm tamper switch, or approved equal. 1. Two (2) each, as indicated. 2. Lock: UL listed. Double -action rotating tumblers and hardened steel. 3. Finish: Pre-treatment, zinc -phosphate to Federal Standard TT -C -490D Type II. a. Final coating - weather resistant interior and exterior TGIC polyester powder coat. b. Calor: As selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as approved by the Fire Department. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 104116-1 RAPID ENTRY SYSTEM STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 10 4416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. C. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS July 2016 A. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; National Fire Protection Association; 2010. B. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re -certification requirements. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinquishers (Interior): J.L. Industries Cosmic 5E, 5# capacity, UL rated for 2A:1 OBC type fres, or approved equal. 1. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets: J.L. Industries SMB -W Series, or approved equal. B. Comply with requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent. C. Provide extinguishers labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify rough openings for cabinets are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings (interior), as indicated. C. Place extinguishers and accessories in cabinets. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 104416-1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 Newport Beach Fire Station #6 12 3553 - 1 LABORATORY CASEWORK SECTION 12 3553 LABORATORY CASEWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Laboratory Casework. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings, progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination. B. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance (O&M) data, warranties and bonds. C. Section 06 2000: Finish Carpentry. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Woodwork Institute, Section 400. B. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. SEFA 3-2003, 8-1999 Recommended Practices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. C. Submit Shop Drawings in conformance with American Woodwork Institute requirements. D. Submit samples of color selection. E. Samples: Submit two 2, 2" x 2" inch (- mm) in size, illustrating color and core. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store cabinets under cover, in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation and elevated above grade. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for delamination. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 CASEWORK AND CABINETRY A. General: Decorative papers impregnated with the melamine resin on faces with a clear protective overcoat and integrally compression molded within a core consisting of phenolic resin impregnated kraft paper. 1. Fire resistance: Core meets Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Class A fire resistance per ASTM E 84. 2. Colors: a. Core: Thru Color - Black. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 12 3553 - 1 LABORATORY CASEWORK STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 b. Interior: White. B. Doors: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick solid phenolic composite material. 1. Corners: Rounded. 2. Edges: Crescent profile; machine polished and free from tooling imperfections. C. Cabinet Bodies: 1. Exposed edges: Straight profile; eased edges to remove sharpness; machine polished and free from tooling imperfections. 2. Cabinet Sides and Bottoms: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thickness. 3. Door and Drawer Heads: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thickness. 4. Horizontal Rail Supports: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thickness. 5. Wall Cabinet Backs: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thickness. 6. Cabinet Shelves: 3/4 inch(19 mm) thickness. 7. Middle Stretchers: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thickness. 8. Drawer Box: 3/8 inch (10 mm) thickness. 9. Top Stretcher: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thickness. D. Shelving 1. Thickness: 5/8" E. Ancillary Panels: Finished end panels and closures fabricated of 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick solid phenolic composite material. 2.03 CABINET HARDWARE A. Hinges: Heavy duty stainless steel. Five -knuckle, fixed pin, and all edges eased. Each to have a minimum of four screw attachment holes. Hinges to accommodate 1/2 inch (13 mm) door thickness. Meets or exceeds ANSI/BHMA A156.9-2003 load and cycle tests. 1. One pair per door to 48 inch (1219 mm) height. 2. One and one half pair per door 48 (1219 mm) through 72 inch (1829 mm) height 3. Two pair per door over 72 (1829 mm) height. 4. Hinge to allow for no door protrusion at 140 degrees of opening and have integral stay -close feature. B. Pulls to be 316 stainless steel satin 5 inch (127 mm) wire pull. 1. Drawers less than 24 inches (610 mm) in width to receive one pull. 2. Drawers over 24 inches (610 mm) in width to receive two pulls. 3. Doors receive one pull. C. Adjustable shelf supports: Shelf clips to be nickel -plated 1/4 inch (13 mm) angular with riveted pin to engage shelf in such a way as to avoid slippage and movement of shelf. 2.04 CABINETRY FABRICATION A. Each cabinet is complete, modular, and rigid, permitting relocation at any time. B. Cabinets incorporate full overlay and European style design. The door and drawer heads create a 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) horizontal and vertical reveal. C. Mechanically fasten vertical and horizontal members. Exposed edges on cabinet components, doors and drawer heads to be machined polished black core and enclose underside of toe space. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been property prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 CABINET INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets in locations as shown on shop drawings per manufacturer's instructions. B. Install cabinets plumb, level, square, rigid, and flush. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 123553-2 LABORATORY CASEWORK STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Install all required trim, fillers, end panels, and closures per manufacturer's instructions. D. Use hardware supplied or recommended by the manufacturer. E. Correct and/or replace damaged components as directed by architect. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean all surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not use abrasive cleaners. B. Adjust doors and locks for smooth operation without binding. C. Lubricate door hinges and locks per manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed Casework from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 123553-3 LABORATORY CASEWORK STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 22 0517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. July 2016 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized -Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. D. PVC -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. E. Galvanized -Steel -Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239 -inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.02 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 5. Proco Products, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1 -inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 0517 - 1 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.02 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.03 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel wall sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: PVC -pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: PVC -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 0517 - 2 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 22 0518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING July 2016 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. C. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. 2.02 FLOOR PLATES A. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. C. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with rough - brass finish. I. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass type with rough -brass finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220518-1 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Brass ball valves. 2. Bronze ball valves. 3. Bronze swing check valves. 4. Bronze gate valves. 5. Iron gate valves. 6. Bronze globe valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 3. Division 33 water distribution piping Sections for general -duty and specialty valves for site construction piping. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME 816.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. D. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2 -inch stem extensions and the following features: 1. Gate Valves: With rising stem. 2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. 3. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. E. Valve -End Connections: 1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. 2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME 131.20.1. 2.02 BRASS BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Kitz Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220523-1 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. j. Port: Full. 2.03 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig. C. CWP Rating: 600 psig. d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Bronze. i. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. j. Port: Full. 2.04 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Kitz Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Kitz Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 4. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220523-2 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2.05 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Kitz Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron or bronze. B. Class 125, RS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Kitz Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron or bronze. 2.06 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Kitz Corporation. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. C. NIBCO INC. d. Red -White Valve Corporation. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron or bronze. B. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220523-3 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron or bronze. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball or gate valves. 2. Throttling Service: Globe or ball valves. 3. Pump -Discharge Check Valves: a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder -joint valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3.04 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder -joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 3. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass brass trim. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. 5. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS. 6. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220523-4 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 22 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 1.02 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS July 2016 2.01 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.040 -inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.02 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220553-1 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.02 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.03 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting." B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Base color coding and size of letters and arrows shall conform to ANSI A 13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems." END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 0553 - 2 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 22 0719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services: 1. Domestic hot-water piping. 2. Domestic recirculating hot-water piping. 3. Condensate drain piping. 4. Supplies and drains for handicap -accessible lavatories and sinks. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 Section 'Plumbing Equipment Insulation." 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 6. Detail application of field -applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. B. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in 'Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-1 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. C. K -Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K -FLEX LS. 2.02 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. K -Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. C. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. C. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. 2.03 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL -PRF -19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 -mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above -ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP -10. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-2 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625 -inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.04 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 4. Color: White or gray. 5. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. 2.05 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.06 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. C. Proto Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended byjacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap and supply covers for lavatories. C. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing. C. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-3 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil -thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil- thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 6. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2 -piece or gore, 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows. C. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. D. Underground Direct -Buried Jacket: 125 -mil- thick vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin reinforced with a woven -glass fiber or polyester scrim and laminated aluminum foil. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittwrap. b. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Insulrap No Torch 125. 2.07 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Plumberex. b. McGuire Manufacturing. C. Truebro; a brand of IPS Corporation. d. Zurn Industries, LLC; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation. 2. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot-water supply and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures, 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Truebro; a brand of IPS Corporation. b. Zurn Industries, LLC; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation. 2. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and Cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-4 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along bath edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Cleanouts. 3.03 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-5 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section 'Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section 'Penetration Firestopping." 3.04 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-6 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below -ambient services and a breather mastic for above -ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. E. Buried Piping: Provide factory fabricated assembly with inner all-purpose service jacket with self-sealing lap, and asphalt impregnated open mesh glass fabric, with one mil (0.025 mm) thick aluminum foil sandwiched between three layers of bituminous compound; outer surface faced with a polyester film. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-7 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.06 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch- wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor -retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor -barrier mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.07 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass -Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-8 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3.09 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick. B. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch thick. C. Sanitary Waste Piping Where Heat Tracing Is Installed: Mineral -fiber, preformed pipe insulation, Type I, 1-1/2 inches thick. 3.11 OUTDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field - applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. 2. PVC: 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum, Corrugated: 0.016 inch thick. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. 2. Painted Aluminum, Corrugated: 0.016 inch thick. 3.12 UNDERGROUND, FIELD -INSTALLED INSULATION JACKET A. For underground direct -buried piping applications, install underground direct -buried jacket over insulation material. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 220719-9 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Section Includes: 1. Under -building slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and specialties inside the building. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Flexible connectors. 4. Water meters furnished by utility company for installation by Contractor. B. Related Section: 1. Division 22 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water -service piping and water meters outside the building from source to the point where water -service piping enters the building. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Domestic water piping and support and installation shall withstand effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in 'Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.02 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M), ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B) and ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C) water tube, drawn temper. 1. Cast -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. 2. Wrought -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. 3. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. 4. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder -joint or threaded ends. 5. Copper Pressure -Seal -Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division. 2) NIBCO INC. 3) Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems. b. NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought -copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end. C. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Cast -bronze or wrought -copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O- ring seal in each end. 6. Copper Push -on -Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 1116-1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1) NVent LLC. b. Description: Cast -copper fitting complying with ASME 816.18 or wrought -copper fitting complying with ASME B 16.22; with stainless-steel teeth and EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end instead of solder -joint ends. 2.03 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME 816.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, unless otherwise indicated; full -face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general - duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. 2.04 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general -duty metal valves. B. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for balancing valves, drain valves, backflow preventers, and vacuum breakers. 2.05 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. B. Sleeve -Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. 2.06 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 180 deg F. b. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Description: a. Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum. C. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder - joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric -Flange Kits: 1. Description: a. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. C. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. d. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. e. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. E. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Description: a. Electroplated steel nipple. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F. C. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. d. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Bronze -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated -bronze tubing with bronze wire -braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221116-2 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain -end copper tube. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged copper alloy. B. Stainless -Steel -Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated -stainless-steel tubing with stainless- steel wire -braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 2. End Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel -pipe nipple. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged steel nipple. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install ductile -iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. D. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages and Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for drain valves and strainers. E. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. F. Install water -pressure -reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for pressure -reducing valves. G. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. H. Rough -in domestic water piping for water -meter installation according to utility company's requirements. I. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic -restraint devices. J. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. K. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. L. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. M. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. N. Install piping to permit valve servicing. O. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. P. Install piping free of sags and bends. Q. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. R. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. S. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages. T. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for thermostats. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221116-3 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 U. Install thermometers on outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers. V. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." W. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." X. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" Chapter. E. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." F. Pressure -Sealed Joints: Join copper tube and pressure -seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. G. Copper -Tubing, Push -on Joints: Clean end of tube. Measure insertion depth with manufacturer's depth gage. Join copper tube and push -on -joint fittings by inserting tube to measured depth. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos -free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. I. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.04 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 1. Hose -End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Stop -and -Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose -end drain valves where indicated. D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for balancing valves. 3.05 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221116-4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting -type coupling. 2. NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve -type coupling. C. Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water Piping NPS 2 and Smaller: Plastic -to -metal transition fittings or unions. 3.06 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges. D. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 to NPS 6: Use dielectric flange kits. 3.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION A. Install bronze -hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing. B. Install stainless -steel -hose flexible connectors in steel domestic water piping. 3.08 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic -restraint devices. B. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. 3. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. G. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.09 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold -water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation. B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221116-5 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Piping Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Piping Tests: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. D. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWAC651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221116-6 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3.13 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Under -building -slab, domestic water, building service piping, NPS 3 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K. wrought -copper solder -joint fittings; and brazed joints. D. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought -copper solder -joint fittings; and soldered joints. 3.14 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot -Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory -stop balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. C. Iron grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 1116-7 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 22 1316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PARTS -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe fittings. B. Related Section: 1. Division 22 Section "Facility Sanitary Sewers" for sanitary sewerage piping and structures outside the building. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For waste and vent piping, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF -sewer" for plastic sewer piping. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.02 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. B. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ANACO-Husky. b. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. C. Fernco Inc. d. Matco-Norca, Inc. e. MIFAB, Inc. f. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. g. Stant. h. Tyler Pipe. 2. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310. 3. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. C. Heavy -Duty, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221316-1 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 a. ANACO-Husky. b. Clamp -All Corp. C. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. d. MIFAB, Inc. e. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. f. Stant. g. Tyler Pipe. 2. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and ASTM C 1540. 3. Description: Stainless-steel shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 2.03 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. B. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME 816.23, cast copper or ASME 816.29, wrought copper, solder -joint fittings. C. Copper Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, cast copper with solder -joint end. 1. Flange Gasket Materials: ASME 816.21, full -face, flat, nonmetallic, asbestos -free, 1/8 - inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. 2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead free with ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux. 2.04 ABS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid -Wall ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40. B. Cellular -Core ABS Pipe: ASTM F 628, Schedule 40. C. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. 1. ABS solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 325 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.05 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in OD's or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. 2. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 3. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. 2) Fernco Inc. 3) Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. 4) Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies, Inc. b. Standard: ASTM C 1173. C. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve -type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. d. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Cast -Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. 2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 4. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. 2) Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221316-2 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 b. Standard: ASTM C 1460. C. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion -resistant outer shield and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EARTH MOVING A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Division 22 Section 'Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." I. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y -branch and 1/8 -bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. J. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. K. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 2 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. L. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." M. Install aboveground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." N. Install underground ABS piping according to ASTM D 2321. O. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install backwater valves in sanitary waste gravity -flow piping. Comply with requirements for backwater valves specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity -flow piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." Newport Beach Fire Station tib 221316-3 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity -flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." P. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. B. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. C. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B 828. Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B 32, lead -free -alloy solder. D. Flanged Joints: Align bolt holes. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Torque bolts in cross pattern. E. Plastic, Nonpressure -Piping, Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. 3.04 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's. 2. In Drainage Piping: Unshielded, nonpressure transition couplings. 3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Install carbon -steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install carbon -steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 3. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 4. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 5. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 6. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting, valve, and coupling. D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum rods. F. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8 -inch rod. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221316-4 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 4. Spacing for 10 -foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. G. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. H. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 4. NPS 3 and NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. I. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. J. Install hangers for ABS piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 48 inches with 3/4 -inch rod. K. Install supports for vertical ABS piping every 48 inches. L. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.06 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. 5. Comply with requirements for cleanouts and drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 6. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.07 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221316-5 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing -in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10 -foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1 -inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.09 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. D. Exposed ABS Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water- based latex paint. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. C. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Solid wall Cellular -core ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. E. Aboveground condensate drain. - 1 . rain:1. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221316-6 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 22 1513 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes piping and related specialties for general -service compressed -air systems operating at 150 psig or less. B. See Division 22 Section "General -Service Packaged Air Compressors and Receivers" for general -service air compressors and accessories. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Compressed -air piping and support and installation shall withstand effects of seismic events determined according to SEI/ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures." 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pressure regulators. Include rated capacities and operating characteristics. 2. Automatic drain valves. 3. Filters. Include rated capacities and operating characteristics. 4. Lubricators. Include rated capacities and operating characteristics. B. Field quality -control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for low-pressure compressed -air piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K or L seamless, drawn -temper, water tube. 1. Wrought -Copper Fittings: ASME 1316.22, solder -joint pressure type or MSS SP -73, wrought copper with dimensions for brazed joints. 2. Cast -Copper -Alloy Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150 or 300. 3. Copper Unions: ASME B16.22 or MSS SP -123. B. Transition Couplings for Metal Piping: Metal coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 2.02 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for compressed -air piping system contents. 1. ASME 816.21, nonmetallic, flat, full -face, asbestos free, 1/8 -inch maximum thickness. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general - duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 VALVES A. Metal Ball, Butterfly, Check, Gate, and Globe Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2.04 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements for Dielectric Fittings: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with insulating material; suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. Include threaded, solder -joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated union assembly, for 250-psigminimum working pressure at 180 deg F Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221513-1 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2.05 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Bronze -Hose Flexible Pipe Connectors: Corrugated -bronze tubing with bronze wire -braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: 200 psig minimum. 2. End Connections, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain -end copper tube. 3. End Connections, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged copper alloy. B. Stainless -Steel -Hose Flexible Pipe Connectors: Corrugated -stainless-steel tubing with stainless-steel wire -braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: 200 prig minimum. 2. End Connections, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel pipe nipple. 3. End Connections, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged steel nipple. 2.06 SPECIALTIES A. Safety Valves: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, 'Pressure Vessels," construction; National Board certified, labeled, and factory sealed; constructed of bronze body with poppet -type safety valve for compressed -air service. 1. Pressure Settings: Higher than discharge pressure and same or lower than receiver pressure rating. B. Air -Main Pressure Regulators: Bronze body, direct acting, spring-loaded manual pressure - setting adjustment, and rated for 250-psig inlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. C. Air -Line Pressure Regulators: Diaphragm operated, bronze body, direct acting, spring-loaded manual pressure -setting adjustment, and rated for 200-psig minimum inlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. D. Automatic Drain Valves: Stainless-steel body and internal parts, rated for 200-psig minimum working pressure, capable of automatic discharge of collected condensate. Include mounting bracket if wall mounting is indicated. E. Coalescing Filters: Coalescing type with activated carbon capable of removing water and oil aerosols; with color -change dye to indicate when carbon is saturated and warning light to indicate when selected maximum pressure drop has been exceeded. Include mounting bracket if wall mounting is indicated. F. Mechanical Filters: Two-stage, mechanical -separation -type, air -line filters. Equip with deflector plates, resin -impregnated -ribbon -type filters with edge filtration, and drain cock. Include mounting bracket if wall mounting is indicated. 2.07 QUICK COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Aeroquip Corporation; Eaton Corp. 2. Bowes Manufacturing Inc. 3. Foster Manufacturing, Inc. 4. Milton Industries, Inc. 5. Parker Hannifin Corp.; Fluid Connectors Group; Quick Coupling Div. 6. Rectus Corp. 7. Schrader -Bridgeport; Amflo Div. 8. Schrader-Bridgeport/Standard Thomson, 9. Snap-Tite, Inc.; Quick Disconnect & Valve Division. 10. TOMCO Products Inc. 11. Tuthill Corporation; Hansen Coupling Div. B. General Requirements for Quick Couplings: Assembly with locking -mechanism feature for quick connection and disconnection of compressed -air hose. C. Automatic -Shutoff Quick Couplings: Straight -through brass body with O-ring or gasket seal and stainless-steel or nickel -plated -steel operating parts. 1. Socket End: With one-way valve and threaded inlet for connection to piping or threaded hose fitting. 2. Plug End: Check -valve Straight -through type with barbed outlet for attaching hose. D. Valveless Quick Couplings: Straight -through brass body with stainless-steel or nickel -plated - steel operating parts. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221513-2 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Socket End: With O-ring or gasket seal, without valve, and with barbed inlet for attaching hose. 2. Plug End: With barbed outlet for attaching hose. 2.08 HOSE ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Compatible hose, clamps, couplings, and splicers suitable for compressed -air service, of nominal diameter indicated, and rated for 300-psig minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Hose: Reinforced single -wire -braid, CR -covered hose for compressed -air service. 2. Hose Clamps: Stainless-steel clamps or bands. 3. Hose Couplings: Two-piece, straight -through, threaded brass or stainless-steel O-ring or gasket -seal swivel coupling with barbed ends for connecting two sections of hose. 4. Hose Splicers: One-piece, straight -through brass or stainless-steel fitting with barbed ends for connecting two sections of hose. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Compressed -Air Piping between Air Compressors and Receivers: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Type L, copper tube; wrought -copper fittings; and brazed joints. B. Low -Pressure Compressed -Air Distribution Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Type L, copper tube; wrought -copper fittings; and brazed or soldered joints. C. Drain Piping: Use the following piping materials: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Type L (Type B) copper tube; wrought -copper fittings; and brazed or soldered joints. 3.02 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Comply with requirements in 'Valve Applications" Article in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." B. Equipment Isolation Valves: Safety -exhaust, copper -alloy ball valve with exhaust vent and pressure rating at least as great as piping system operating pressure. 3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of compressed -air piping. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, air -compressor sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal and to coordinate with other services occupying that space. E. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. F. Install air and drain piping with 1 percent slope downward in direction of flow. G. Install nipples, flanges, unions, transition and special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating, unless otherwise indicated. H. Equipment and Specialty Flanged Connections: 1. Use cast -copper -alloy companion flange with gasket and brazed or soldered joint for connection to copper tube. Do not use soldered joints for connection to air compressors or to equipment or machines producing shock or vibration. I. Install branch connections to compressed -air mains from top of main. Provide drain leg and drain trap at end of each main and branch and at low points. Newport Beach Fire Station fib 221513-3 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 J. Install thermometer and pressure gage on discharge piping from each air compressor and on each receiver. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." K. Install piping to permit valve servicing. L. Install piping free of sags and bends. M. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. N. Install seismic restraints on piping. Seismic -restraint devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." O. Install unions, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment and machine. P. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." Q. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. D. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Join according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. E. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Join according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." F. Flanged Joints: Use asbestos -free, nonmetallic gasket suitable for compressed air. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9 for bolting procedure. G. Dissimilar Metal Piping Material Joints: Use dielectric fittings. 3.05 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." B. Install shutoff valves and unions or flanged joints at compressed -air piping to air compressors. C. Install shutoff valve at inlet to each automatic drain valve, filter, lubricator, and pressure regulator. D. Install check valves to maintain correct direction of compressed -air flow to and from compressed -air piping specialties and equipment. 3.06 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric unions in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. 3.07 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION A. Install flexible pipe connectors in discharge piping and in inlet air piping from remote air -inlet filter of each air compressor. B. Install bronze -hose flexible pipe connectors in copper compressed -air tubing. C. Install stainless -steel -hose flexible pipe connectors in steel compressed -air piping. 3.08 SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. Install safety valves on receivers in quantity and size to relieve at least the capacity of connected air compressors. B. Install air -main pressure regulators in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors. C. Install air -line pressure regulators in branch piping to equipment. D. Install automatic drain valves on aftercoolers, receivers, and dryers. Discharge condensate onto nearest floor drain. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221513-4 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 E. Install coalescing filters in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors and upstream from mechanical filters. Mount on wall at locations indicated. F. Install mechanical filters in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors and downstream from coalescing filters. Mount on wall at locations indicated. G. Install quick couplings at piping terminals for hose connections. H. Install hose assemblies at hose connections. 3.09 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section 'Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic -restraint devices. B. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support devices. C. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. D. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: 1. 100 Feet or Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. 2. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. E. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. F. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. G. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. H. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum rods. I. Install supports for vertical, Schedule 40, steel piping every 15 feet. J. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1/4: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3/8 and NPS 1/2: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 3/4: 84 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 1: 96 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 5. NPS 1-1/4: 108 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 6. NPS 1-1/2: 10 feet with 3/8 -inch rod. 7. NPS 2: 11 feet with 3/8 -inch rod. K. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. 3.10 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Install identifying labels and devices for general -service compressed -air piping, valves, and specialties. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Piping Leak Tests: Test new and modified parts of existing piping. Cap and fill general - service compressed -air piping with oil -free dry air or gaseous nitrogen to pressure of 50 psig above system operating pressure, but not less than 150 psig Isolate test source and let stand for four hours to equalize temperature. Refill system, if required, to test pressure; hold for two hours with no drop in pressure. 2. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Inspect filters, lubricators and pressure regulators for proper operation. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 221513-5 GENERAL -SERVICE COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 22 4216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Utility sinks. 2. Sink faucets. 3. Supply fittings. 4. Waste fittings. 1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Product Data: For each type of product. July 2016 1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Counter cutout templates for mounting of counter -mounted lavatories. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 UTILITY SINKS A. Service Sinks: Enameled, cast iron, floor mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with following: a. CECO Sinks. b. American Standard America. C. Commercial Enameling Company. d. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC. requirements, provide products by one of the e. Kohler Co. 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME Al 12.19.1/CSA B45.2. b. Style: With front apron and raised back. C. Nominal Size: 28 by 28 inches. d. Color: White. e. Drain: Grid with NPS 3 outlet. f. Rim Guard: Coated wire. B. Utility Sinks: Stainless steel, counter mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Just Manufacturing. b. Advance Tabco. C. Eagle Group; Foodservice Equipment Division. d. Elkay Manufacturing Co. 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME Al12.19.3/CSA B45.4. b. Type: Ledge back. C. Number of Compartments: One or Two. d. Metal Thickness: 0.050 inch e. Each Compartment: 1) Drains: NPS 1-1/2 tailpiece with stopper. 2) Drain Location: Centered in compartment. 2.02 SINK FAUCETS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," for faucet -spout materials that will be in contact with potable water. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 4216.16 - 1 COMMERCIAL SINKS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Sink Faucets:Manual type, single -control mixing valve. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chicago Faucets. b. Elkay Manufacturing Co. C. Just Manufacturing. d. Moen Incorporated. e. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. f. Zurn Industries, LLC; Commercial Brass and Fixtures. 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA 8125.1. 3. General: Include hot- and cold -water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4. Body Type: Centerset. 5. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. 6. Finish: Polished chrome plate 7. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.2 gpm. 8. Handle(s): Lever 9. Mounting Type: Deck, exposed. 10. Spout Outlet: Aerator. 2.03 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61, 'Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," for supply -fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. C. Supply Piping: Chrome -plated brass pipe or chrome -plated copper tube matching water -supply piping size. Include chrome -plated brass or stainless-steel wall flange. D. Supply Stops: Chrome -plated brass, one -quarter -turn, ball -type or compression valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. E. Operation: Loose key. F. Risers: 1. NPS 1/2 2. ASME Al 12.18.6, braided flexible hose. 2.04 WASTE FITTINGS A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA 8125.2. B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/2 offset and straight tailpiece. C. Trap: 1. Size: NPS 1-1/2. 2. Material: Chrome -plated, two-piece, cast -brass trap and ground -joint swivel elbow with 0.032 -inch- thick brass tube to wall; and chrome -plated brass or steel wall flange. 3. Material: Stainless-steel, two-piece trap and swivel elbow with 0.012 -inch- thick stainless-steel tube to wall; and stainless-steel wall flange. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before sink installation. B. Examine walls, floors, and counters for suitable conditions where sinks will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install sinks level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall -hung sinks. C. Install accessible wall -mounted sinks at handicapped/elderly mounting height according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. D. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each sink faucet. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 4216.16 - 2 COMMERCIAL SINKS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with sink. Comply with valve requirements specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." F. Seal joints between sinks and counters, floors, and walls using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew - resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." G. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible sinks. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Connect sinks with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust sinks and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning sinks, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of sinks, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean sinks, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed sinks and fittings. D. Do not allow use of sinks for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 22 4216.16 - 3 COMMERCIAL SINKS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 23 0000 July 2016 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The General conditions, supplementary conditions, special Requirements, and applicable portions of Division 1 of the specification are a part of this Division and the requirements contained herein are supplementary to them. B. This Division is an integrated whole comprising interrelated and interdependent sections and shall be considered in its entirety in determining requirements. C. Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements or information regarding the subjects of this Section. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS (as used on Division 23 Drawings and herein) A. This Division is abbreviated and includes incomplete sentences. Supply omitted words by inference. B. Symbols: "S" means submittals are required; "[M/O]" means Maintenance/Operating data is required; see paragraphs hereinafter. C. 'Provide" means furnish, install and connect unless otherwise described in specific instances. D. 'Piping" means pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. E. "Ductwork" means ducts, plenums, compartments, casings or any like devices, including the building structure, which are used to convey or contain air. F. "Extend", "Submit', 'Repair", "Abandon", 'Replace", 'Remove" and similar words mean that the Contractor (or his designated subcontractor) shall accomplish the action described. G. "Codes" or "Code" means all codes, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees, and other requirements of all legally constructed authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction. H. 'Products", "Materials" and "Equipment' are used interchangeably and mean materials, fixtures, equipment, accessories, etc. I. "Utility Areas" are defined as mechanical, electrical, janitorial, and similar rooms or spaces which are normally used or occupied only by custodial or maintenance personnel. "Public Areas" are defined as the rooms or spaces which are not included in the utility areas definition. J. 'Building Boundary" includes concrete walkways immediately adjacent to the building structure. K. 'Below Grade" means buried in the ground. L. "Substantial Mechanical Completion" means all components of all systems are functioning but lacking in final adjustment. M. Pressure rating specified (such as for valves and the like) means design working pressure for and with references to the fluid which the device will serve. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete and operable installation, including all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tools, apparatus, transportation, warehousing, rigging, scaffolding and other equipment and services necessary to accomplish the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of these drawings and specifications. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Coordination: Refer to Architectural, Civil, Structural, and Electrical Drawings for the construction details and coordinate the work of this Division with that of other Divisions. Order the work of this Division so that progress will harmonize with that of other Divisions and all work will proceed expeditiously. The work of this Division shall include direct responsibility for the correct placing and connection of mechanical work in relation to the work of other Divisions. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-1 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Examine other Divisions for work related to the work of this Division especially Division 26 - ELECTRICAL. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Visit the site prior to bidding and investigate the existing conditions which affect or will be affected by the work of this Division. Become thoroughly familiar with the working conditions and take into account any special or unusual features peculiar to this job. By the act of submitting a Bid, the Contractor will be deemed to have complied with the forgoing, to have accepted such conditions, and to have made allowance therefore in preparing his Bid. B. The locations of existing concealed utility lines are shown in accordance with reference data received by the Architect. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of such data. The points of connection are therefore approximate and the Bidder shall include adequate funds in his bid to cover costs of connection regardless of their exact location. C. Exercise extreme caution during trenching operations. Repair the damage caused by such operations to existing utility lines at no cost to the Owner, whether the lines are shown on drawings or not. 1.06 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Drawings and specifications are intended to complement each other. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the drawings and/or the specifications, request clarification. B. The Architect shall interpret the drawings and the specifications, and his decision as to the true intent and meaning thereof and the quality, quantity, and sufficiency of the materials and workmanship furnished there under shall be accepted as final and conclusive. C. In case of conflict not clarified prior to Bidding deadline, use the most costly alternative (better quality, greater quantity, or larger size) in preparing the Bid. A clarification will be issued to the successful bidder as soon as feasible after the Award and if appropriate a deductive change order will be issued. D. All provisions shall be deemed mandatory except as expressly indicated as optional by the word "may" or "option". 1.07 WATER (DOMESTIC AND FIRE), SANITARY (AND STORM) SEWERS AND NATURAL GAS SERVICE A. Within 5 days after award of contract, notify the serving utilities that the project is under construction and apply for permanent service in the name of the Owner. Furnish pertinent load and location information to them including the required dates for permanent service. Verify service locations and conform to utility company requirements. Contractor shall pay charges for permanent service connections levied by the utilities for which he will be reimbursed by the Owner. The reimbursement shall be limited to the actual amount of the utility service charges and a copy of the billing from the utility company shall accompany the Contractor's invoice. 1.08 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain, schedule and pay for permits, licenses, approvals, tests, and inspections required by legally constituted authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction over the work. B. Afford the Architect's representative every facility for evaluating the skill and competence of the mechanics and to examine the materials. Concealed work shall be reopened when so directed during his periodic visits. 1.09 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. By submitting a bid, Contractor is deemed to represent himself as competent to accomplish the work of this Division in conformance with applicable Codes. In case of conflict between the Contract documents and the Code requirements, the Codes shall take precedence. Should such conflicts appear, cease work on the parts of the contract affected and immediately notify the Architect in writing. It shall be the Contractor's Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-2 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 responsibility to correct, at no cost to the Owner, any work he executes in violation of Code requirements. Specify references to codes elsewhere in this Division are either to aid the Contractor in locating applicable information or to deny him permission to use options which are permitted by Codes. B. Applicable Codes: (Current editions unless otherwise noted) 1. All local codes; city and/or County as applicable 2. OSHA requirements 3. Uniform Building Code 4. Uniform Mechanical Code 5. Uniform Plumbing Code 6. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Titles 7. Fire Marshal Regulations 8. Regulations of all other authorities having jurisdiction. C. Where conflict or variation exists among codes, the most stringent shall govern. D. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance: Submit original and not pre-printed certifications. Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as", "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications", "equal or exceed the services and performance of the specified material". Simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. E. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. F. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. G. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. H. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. I. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.10 RECORD AND DOCUMENTATION A. Accumulate the following and deliver to the Owner's representative prior to final acceptance of the work: 1. Record (As -Built) Drawings: a. Maintain in good order in the field office a complete set of prints for all work being done under Division 23. Update the drawings daily with neat and legible annotations in red ink showing the work as actually installed. b. The actual size, location and elevation of all buried lines, valve boxes, manholes, monuments, and stub -outs shall be accurately located and dimensioned from building walls or other permanent landmarks. C. Furnish the originals. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Furnish an operation and maintenance manual covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. Seven copies of the manual, bound in hardback binders or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Architect in accordance with the Division 1 section on Maintenance and Operation Manuals. Furnish one complete manual prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed. Furnish the remaining manuals before the contract is completed. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PROJECT TITLE ................. CONTRACTOR .................... Provide a table of contents. Insert tab sheets to identify discrete subjects. Instruction sheets shall be legible and easily understood, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall be complete in all Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-3 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 respects for all materials, piping, valves, devices and equipment, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following: a. Updated approved materials list, shop drawings and catalog information of all items indicated by symbol "M/O" at titles or beginning of paragraphs. b. System layout showing piping, valves and controls. C. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each component. d. A control sequence describing start-up, operation and shutdown. e. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. f. Procedure for starting. g. Procedure for operation. h. Shut -down instruction. I. Installation instructions. j. Adjustments, maintenance and overhaul instructions. k. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature range and frequency. I. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations. M. Test procedures. n. Performance data. o. Parts lists, with manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. P. Preventive maintenance schedule. q. Service organization with name, address and telephone number. r. Valve identification chart and schedule. S. ASME certification t. Air Balance report. B. Standard Compliance: Where equipment or materials are specified to conform with requirements of standards of recognized technical or industrial organizations such as American National Standards (ANSI), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American Refrigeration Institute (ARI), American Gas Association (AGA), or National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), that use a label or published listing as a method of indicating compliance, proof of such conformance shall be submitted and approved. The label or listing of the specified organization will be acceptable evidence. C. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance: Submit original and not pre-printed certifications. Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements specified, such as "as good as", "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications", "equal or exceed the services and performance of the specified material". Simply state that the product conforms to the requirements specified. D. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. E. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. F. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. G. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. H. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.11 TOOLS A. Provide all special tools needed for proper operation and routine adjustment and Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-4 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 maintenance of systems and equipment. Deliver tools to Owner's representative and request a receipt for same. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION COST BREAKDOWN A. To assist the Architect and Engineer in evaluation of the construction cost, the Contractor shall prepare and submit for review a construction cost breakdown for the major subdivisions of the mechanical work. B. Subdivide each item on the breakdown into two headings: labor and materials. Include overhead and profit in each entry. C. Cost breakdowns shall be submitted and approved prior to the first payment request. Send one copy of the breakdown directly to the Engineer and the remaining copies sent through regular channels. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Standard Products: Materials and equipment shall be essentially the standard cataloged products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment and shall be their latest standard designs that comply with the specification requirements. Materials and equipment shall duplicate items that have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use at least two years prior to bid opening. Where two or more units of the same type of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. The components thereof, however, are not required to be exclusively of the same manufacturer. Each major component of equipment shall have manufacturer's name, address, model, and serial number on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. B. Whenever on the plans, or in these specifications, products are identified by the name of one manufacturer, it is intended that equivalent products of other manufacturers are acceptable, unless otherwise indicated, if accepted as a substitution by the Architect. Where three or more manufacturers are listed as "acceptable manufacturers" however, then the products furnished shall be the product of one of the manufacturers listed. Manufacturers listed as "acceptable manufacturers" shall meet quality and performance of a particular one specified by both name and catalog number. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: Should the Contractor desire to substitute for specified products, he shall submit with the Material List a complete list of the requested substitutions. The request shall contain complete descriptive information of the products. Samples for evaluation shall also be submitted upon the Architect's request. If in the Architect's opinion the products as presented in this first submittal are in variance with the specified products, or if the information submitted is not sufficiently complete to allow proper evaluation, the substitution will be disallowed from consideration and the specified products shall be furnished. By proposing a substitution, it is deemed that the Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes (whether architectural, structural, electrical or mechanical) necessary to accommodate the substitution. B. Specific: Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. 2.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Provide for all items indicated with the symbol "[S]" at titles or beginning of paragraphs in accordance with the Division 1 section covering submittals and as herein specified. Where warranty of longer than one year is specified, include such warranty with submittal. Architect's review of the submittal is only for general conformance with design compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The submittal procedure is required as an effort to minimize the problems which occur due to the discovery of Contractor non-compliance at the construction site. The Contractor is responsible for conformation and Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-5 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 correlation of the dimensions, quantities and sizes, for information that pertains to fabrication methods or construction techniques, and for coordination of work of all Divisions of the work. Deviations, if any, from Contract documents shall be clearly and completely indicated (by a separate letter if deviations are extensive) in the submittals, and the lack of such is deemed complete compliance with Contract Documents without any deviations. Submittals favorably processed will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for deviations not so reported nor for errors in the submittal. 2. In addition to the above, upon permission to proceed after review of submittal and prior to the installation of work, submit dimensioned and scaled drawings (not less than 1/4 -inch equal to one foot) of all mechanical equipment rooms and areas. Such layouts shall indicate, but not be limited to, all mechanical equipment, control panels, piping, housekeeping pads, ductwork, tube pull, access and maintenance clearances, and other like items. The layout shall also indicate major equipment to be provided under other Sections of work. 3. Contractor Stamp: All submittals shall be stamped with the following text and signed by the Contractors representative: "IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED THAT THE PRODUCTS SHOWN AND MARKED IN THIS SUBMITTAL ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND CAN BE INSTALLED IN THE ALLOCATED SPACES EXCEPT WHERE NOTED AS DEVIATIONS. CERTIFIED BY:------------------------- DATE: ---------- 4. All submittals shall be complete and with catalog data and information properly marked to show, among other things, equality of material (where substitution is allowed and desired), adequacy in capacity and performance to meet minimum capacities of performance as specified or indicated. Arrange the submittals in the same sequence as these specifications, and reference (at the upper right-hand corner) the particular specification provision for which each submittal is intended. Incomplete submittals will be rejected. 5. For all work under Division 23, the notations by the Contractor or Supplier on submittal documents "Per Plans and Specifications", or "As Specified", or similar wording or phrasing is not acceptable and will be cause of rejection. Complete descriptive submittals are required for all Division 23 work. 6. Refer to the other sections of this Division for specific requirements. B. Material List: Within 15 days after award of Contract, submit for approval a complete list of materials proposed for use. Furnish names and addresses of manufacturers, catalog numbers (where applicable) types and trade names. For purposes of uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each class or type of material. This list is in addition to Shop Drawings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings with such promptness as to cause no delay in the work. Do not commence fabrication of the equipment until the approved drawings are received from the Owner's representative. D. Other Submittals: As required by other sections of this Division. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION METHODS A. Workmanship shall be in the best standard practice of the trade. B. Execute the work so as to contribute to ease of operation and maintenance, maximum accessibility and best appearance. Execute it so that the installation will conform and adjust itself to the building structure, its equipment and its usage. The work shall be symmetrical, plumb, uniform, properly aligned, and firmly secured in place. C. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations unless otherwise noted or specified. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-6 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3.02 TESTS A General: 1. Demonstrate that all components of the work of this Division have been provided and that they operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Provide instruments and personnel for tests and demonstrations. Submit signed test results. B. Specific: Refer to the other sections of this Division for test requirements. 3.03 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND PROTECTION OF WORK A. Protect materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage both while in storage and during construction. B. Cover materials in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred or splattered with plaster or paint and all moving parts will be kept clean and dry. C. Replace or refinish any damaged materials including fronts of control panels, ductwork fittings, and shop fabricated ductwork. D. Keep cabinets and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. 3.04 CLEANUP AND HOUSEKEEPING A. Cleaning shall be done as the work proceeds. Periodically remove waste and debris to keep the site as clean as is practical. B. Leave exposed parts of the mechanical work in a neat, clean and usable condition, with painted surfaces unblemished and plated metal surfaces polished. 3.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Examinations and Conditions: 1. Regard information relative to existing conditions, services and structure as approximate only. Verify dimensions and locations, and be knowledgeable of all working conditions before submitting Bid. Verify pressure, location, size, and elevation of existing services (to which points of connection are to be made or crossed) as soon as possible and prior to commencement of any new work. 2. Make minor deviations necessary to conform to actual locations and conditions. Submission of Bid presumes proper examination of Site, locations, dimensions and conditions, and no additional cost will be honored for lack of such examinations. B. Existing Services: Examine the Contract Drawings and visit the project site to ascertain the extent of the existing services. Where existing equipment/services serving existing structures and/or existing structures to be demolished are to remain in service, reroute, relocate, or extend such existing equipment and/or services to accommodate this project without additional cost. C. Interruption of Existing Services: Where it is necessary to reroute existing services or utilities, or to make connections of new work to existing services or utilities, give timely written notice of such intent to the Owner and secure written approval before proceeding. Make all such interruptions at such time as permitted by the Owner. Anticipate such interruptions to be made outside of normal working hours or normal working days; therefore, no additional cost will be permitted for such work. Except in a case of emergency involving life, limb or health, do not operate any existing equipment (including valves). Where such operations are necessary, they shall be performed by the Owner's personnel. D. Access and Placement of Work: 1. Check and coordinate for clearance, accessibility and placement of equipment either by going through openings provided or by placing equipment during construction. Ordering of equipment to be shipped disassembled, or disassembly of equipment at Project Site and re -assembly of equipment to accomplish this requirement shall be executed without additional cost. Where provided openings are inadequate to accommodate equipment, provide new openings and restoration of same, all at no additional cost. Obtain written approval for new openings before proceeding. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-7 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Verify location of all plumbing fixtures and equipment within finished spaces with the Architectural Drawings. In the event that Mechanical Drawings do not indicate exact locations, or are in conflict with the Architectural Drawings, obtain information regarding proper locations. Installation of work without proper instruction under such circumstances will result in relocation of work, when directed, without additional cost. E. Verification and Coordination: Drawings indicating suggested distribution routes are diagrammatic only, and all scaled and figured dimensions are approximate and are indicated for estimating purposes only. The Drawings do not indicate necessary offsets and like items. Do not construe Contract Drawings as fabrication drawings. Prior to fabrication and installation of work, verify all dimensions, sizes and distribution routes with actual conditions, and prepare submittal and fabrication drawings. Coordinate to avoid possible conflicts and resolve same where such exist. Install work to conform to structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passageway clear. Changes necessary, resulting from such verification and coordination, shall not be a cause for additional cost. F. See Drawings for extent of demolition. 3.06 WARRANTY A. Guarantee, in writing, all work against fault of any product or workmanship for a period of not less than one year after formal acceptance by the Owner; except, where longer periods are specified in the Specifications, such longer periods shall govern. However, when any component fails at any time during this period, the warranty period for such component and all other components that are inactive because of said failure shall be suspended. The warranty period for such component shall resume running for the remaining portion of the warranty period when failed component is completely repaired and in operation; however, in no case shall the resumed portion of the warranty period be less than 3 months in duration. B. Neither payments for work, nor total or partial occupancy of work by the Owner, within or prior to the warranty period specified, shall be construed as acceptance of faulty work or shall condone any negligence of omission of Contractor in doing the work. 3.07 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Enclose and guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys and other rotating parts in accordance with the OSHA 1910.219. Insulate, guard, and cover any high-temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or creature a fire hazard. 3.08 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material or equipment being installed, furnish printed copies of these recommendations to the installing Contractor and Architect prior to installation. Do not proceed with the installation of the item until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0000-8 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 23 0500 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The contract documents shall apply in their entirety to the work specified herein July 2016 B. Submittals: Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's data on each item marked [S] in accordance with the Division 1 section on submittals and Section 23 00 00, Basic Mechanical Requirements. C. Maintenance and Operation Manuals: Provide manufacturer's maintenance and operation manuals on each item marked IM/01 in accordance with the Division 1 section on maintenance and operation manuals and Section 23 00 00, Basic Mechanical Requirements. I MMiF413iII00JUI&I 2.01 ELECTRICAL MOTORS [S] [M/O] A. Provide all motors indicated on drawings necessary for equipment under the Mechanical Work. See electrical drawings for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. Unless otherwise specified, all motors 1/2 HP or larger: heavy duty, ball bearing, squirrel cage induction type in drip proof or splash proof enclosure, 1.15 service factor, and shall be suitable for the voltage system specified or indicated. Motor speed shall not exceed 1750 rpm unless otherwise indicated or specified. Motors exposed outdoors: either epoxy encapsulated winding or TEFC enclosure. C. Each motor shall have sufficient starting torque to start the apparatus driven. D. Provide all motors with junction boxes or terminals boxes and provide adjustable slide rails for all motors with belt drives. All motors shall have a nameplate voltage rating of the specified operating voltage. E. Provide overload protection on single phase motors. F. Motors rated 1 HP and larger shall have shaft, bearings, and etc. capable of operating with multiple grooved sheaves and two or more belts. G. Provide with nameplates permanently attached to exterior housing with manufacturer's name and all electrical characteristics specified thereon. H. Brake horsepower shall not exceed 90% of rated motor horsepower. I. Motors shall be Lincoln, Westinghouse, General Electric, or approved equivalent. 2.02 MOTOR STARTERS [S] [M/O] A. See Electrical Drawings for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. Starters for motors will be provided under Division 26. Provide to Division 26 the data necessary for motor starter heater sizing for all motors. C. Enclosure: NEMA 1 (unless location of starters dictates otherwise) of sufficient size to contain all accessories specified. 2.03 BELT DRIVES [S] [M/O] A. V Type. Drives requiring not more than 2 belts: variable pitch type; size for mid -point of operating range. Drives requiring 3 or more belts: nonadjustable constant speed type. Provide belts in matched sets. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-1 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. All belt drives shall have a minimum rating of 1.5 times the motor nameplate horsepower rating. 2.04 BELT AND DRIVE GUARDS [S] A. Provide all rotating equipment drives and couplings with suitable guards. B Drive guards shall be as standard by the equipment manufacturer. C. Belt guards shall be as standard by the equipment manufacturer. 2.05 DIELECTRIC UNIONS [S] A. Dielectric unions or flanged unions: constructed so that two pipes being connected are completely insulated (including bolt sleeves and washers) from each other with no metal - to -metal contact; EPCO or approved equivalent. B. Unions shall have a water -impervious insulation barrier capable of limiting galvanic current to 1 percent of the short-circuit current in a corresponding bimetallic joint and, when dry, shall also be able to withstand a 600 -volt breakdown test. 2.06 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS [S] A. Brass body and gasketed cap, 1/4 -inch mpt fitting to receive either a temperature or pressure probe 1/8 -inch O.D. with neoprene (max. 200 degrees F) at 500 psi or nordel (max. 275 degrees F) at 500 psi valve core; "Pete's Plug" or approved equivalent. 2.07 PIPING SUPPORTS [S] A. See Section 23 05 48 Vibration Isolation regarding structural supports in compliance with seismic requirements; supports shall be as specified therein. Unless otherwise indicated or superseded by cited seismic requirements, pipe hangers and supports as follows: B. Pipe Hangers: Carbon steel hanger with plain (black) or galvanized finish. 1. Piping 5 -inches or smaller: Conforms to Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS) SP -58, Type 5 hangers; Kin -Line 450 or approved equivalent. 2. Hangers for copper piping shall be furnished with a processed felt lining; Kin -Line 450F or approved equivalent. C. Pipe Clamps: Carbon steel with plain (black) or galvanized finish. Provide with copper finish for use on copper piping. 1. For Vertical Piping: Conforms to MSS SP -58, Type 8; Kin -Line 470 or approved equivalent. 2. For Horizontal Piping and Framing Channels: Short clamp (strap) for channel mounting; Kin -Line 477 or approved equivalent. D. U -Bolts: Carbon steel U -bolt with plain (black) or galvanized finish and four finished hex nuts; conforms to MSS SP -58 type 24; Kin -Line 438 or approved equivalent. E. Pipe Anchor Chair: Unit consisting of a carbon steel, notched, HR channel; U -bolt; and hex nuts; Kin -Line 438, or approved equivalent. (no known equivalent) F. Pipe Anchors: 1. Welded Tee Pipe Anchor, for piping 3 -inches to 6 -inches: Steel, welded, tee - shaped anchor; Pipe Shields Model C1000, or approved equivalent (no known equivalent). G. Trapeze Hangers: Trapeze hangers for piping shall be used where indicated or required and shall be fabricated in accordance with SMACNA Seismic Restraint Guide, latest edition. H. Support Channels: 1 -5/8 -inch by 1 -5/8 -inch, 12 gauge steel channel. Single channel: Superstrut A-1200, or approved equivalent. Double channel: Superstrut A-1202, or approved equivalent. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-2 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 Hanger Rods: Solid mild steel, sizes as specified below. Pipe Size Rod Diameter 1/2 -inch through 2 -inches 3/8 -inch 2 -1/2 -inches through 3-1/2 inches 1/2 -inch 4 -inches and 5 -inches 5/8 -inch J. Sound and Electrolysis Isolators: Provide sound and electrolysis isolators at all hangers and supports for un -insulated piping and on other piping where incompatible metals would contact each other. Isolators shall be factory fabricated, hinged, cadmium plated steel shell with processed, non -conducting hair felt isolating pad permanently attached with adhesive; Stoneman "Trisolators", or approved equivalent. 1. Option: Piping isolators for bare un -insulated piping can be integral part of the pipe hanger. K. Connection of Hangers to Structure: Factory fabricated steel devices or other equal suitable steel inserts, clamps, and brackets as required, Devices shall comply to MSS - SP -58. 2.08 PIPE INSULATION INSERTS [S] A. All insulated piping 2 -inches and larger shall be provided with pipe insulation inserts with steel jackets at all pipe hangers and supports. B. Pipe Insulation Inserts: Insert shall consist of a galvanized steel jacket, minimum of 26 gauge to 16 gauge thickness depending on pipe size, and a waterproofed calcium silicate insulation insert impregnated with a fire resistive vapor barrier compound; insert thickness shall match the thickness of the specified insulation and shall extend a maximum of 1 -inch beyond sheet metal; pipe Shields Model A2000, Kin -Line #463CW or approved equivalent. 2.09 ACCESS DOORS [S] A. Flush -mounted sheet metal access doors with lock and concealed hinge; stainless steel door; Milcore, or approved equivalent. 1. Access doors through fire -rated separations shall have like fire rating. 2.10 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION [S] A. General: Identify all equipment using brass discs or laminated plastics. Install as specified below in readily visible locations not interfering with insulation or equipment operation. 1. Brass Discs: Provide minimum 0.040 -inch in thickness and 2 -inches in diameter or square. Top line of each tag shall have 1/4 -inch high black filled letters to indicate designation of service. Bottom line shall have 7/16 -inch high black filled numbers to indicate equipment or valve number. 2. Laminated Plastic: Provide white on black with engraved black letters. The equipment identifying name and number lettering size shall be a minimum of 1/4 - inch in height, nameplate data 3/16 -inch in height and the manufacturer's name and location 1/8 -inch in height. Provide laminated plastic tags either 2 -1/2 -inches by 3 -1/2 -inches or 3 -1/2 -inches by 5 -inches, as required. 2.11 PIPING IDENTIFICATION [S] A. Piping identification shall be by semi-rigid plastic markers or vinyl coated cloth; minimum information: base color, flow direction arrow, and fluid being conveyed. 1. Service Markers, Interior Locations: W.H. Brady Co. Type B-500 vinyl coated cloth tape or Type B-350 Perma-Code Thin Film, or approved equivalent. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-3 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Service Markers, Exterior Locations: W.H. Brady Co. Type B -946G, Brady B-915 Snap -on, or approved equivalent. Apply mechanically affixed with coated wire straps or approved equivalent. B. Base color coding and size of letters and arrows shall conform to ANSI A 13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems." 2.12 PRIMERS AND PAINTS [S] A. All equipment furnished under Division 15, unless otherwise noted, shall be furnished with a factory applied prime coat. B. Where field priming or touch-up priming is required, primer shall be as follows for ferrous metal surfaces: 1. Metal Surfaces, Not Galvanized: Latex, corrosion resistant primer suitable for metal surfaces or Epoxy-polyamide, green primer paint, formula 150, type I (QPL). 2. Metal Surfaces, Galvanized: Galvanized repair compound with high zinc dust content; ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound, or approved equivalent (no known equivalent). C. Finish painting of Mechanical equipment furnished under Division 15: See Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings. 1. Non-metallic surfaces: Latex (Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior Wood and Masonry) Paint. 2.13 SEALANTS [S] A. Non -fireproof Penetrations: Silicone rubber sealant; DowCorning 785/4, or approved equivalent. B. Fireproof Penetrations: Sealant shall comply with ASTM -E-814 (UL 1479 or UL 94); 3M Brand Fire Barrier Penetration Sealing System with CP -25 caulk, or approved equivalent. 2.14 SEALANTS, WATERSTOP A. Cold applied, pre -formed, plasticized, waterstop sealing compound consisting of blends of refined hydrocarbon resins and plasticizing compounds; Synko-Flex Waterstop and Primer, or approved equivalent (no known equivalent). 2.15 BOLTED MECHANICAL SEALS [S] A. Seals shall be modular, bolted, mechanical link type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. Tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand to form a water -tight seal between the pipe and the sleeve; Thunderline "Link -Seal' Model LS, or approved equivalent. 2.16 PIPE SLEEVES A. Sleeves in Concrete Floor Slabs: Schedule 40 black steel pipe. B. Sleeves in all Fire Walls (regardless of Construction). Concrete or Masonry Walls: Schedule 40 black steel pipe. C. Sleeves in all Walls and Partitions (except Fire Walls, Concrete or Masonry Walls): 18 - gauge galvanized steel. 2.17 NON -SHRINK GROUT Newport Beach Fire Station #6 2305004 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 A. Non -shrink, non-metallic, non -corrosive cementious grout; 5000 psi compressive strength at 28 days; Sika SilkaGrout 212, or approved equivalent. 2.18 VENT STACK FLASHING A. Factory -fabricated, caulk type flashing for piping up to 8 -inches; Josam 26450, or approved equivalent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install products in accordance with product manufacturer's recommendations. After installation of systems and until formal acceptance of systems by the Owner, be responsible for operation and maintenance of systems. 3.02 FORMING, CUTTING, AND PATCHING A. Provide Forming, recesses, chases, blocking and grounds necessary for Mechanical Work. B. Provide Cutting (including core drilling and saw cutting), patching and repairing existing structures to accommodate the Mechanical Work. Such work shall include voids, holes, and the like resulting from removal of existing or addition of new Mechanical Work. Restoration shall match existing work. C. Core drill all holes through existing concrete structures. Before drilling through any structural members, obtain written permissions form the Architect. Before coring, check all proposed hole locations with electronic device to assure clearance of obstruction (i.e., reinforcement bars, piping, conduits, etc.). D. Saw cut all existing concrete and masonry openings and slabs. 3.03 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Coordinate with Division 26. See Division 26 Contract Documents for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. All power wiring and conduits for same serving motors, and where indicated on Division 26 Contract Drawings, to mechanical control panels, separate or equipment mounted, shall be provided under Division 26. C. The following shall be provided under Division 23: 1. Pre -wired mechanical control panels. 2. All automatic or temperature control and interlock wiring, regardless of voltage, and conduits for same necessary for proper operation of equipment under Division 23. This includes interlock wiring between motor starter coils, interlocking relays, contactors, mechanical equipment control panels, temperature control devices, and temperature control panels. 3. Power wiring and conduits for same not indicated on the Division 26 Contract Drawings to mechanical control panels (separate or equipment mounted). D. Install all wiring under Division 23 in rigid conduit or electrical metallic tubing indoors and in rigid conduit outdoors. All such wiring shall be concealed. 3.04 BELT DRIVES A. Select drives for proper speed required for conditions indicated. Conditions indicated are estimated conditions and may vary under actual operating conditions. To adjust speed for actual operating conditions, change drive as often as necessary, at no additional cost. 3.05 DIELECTRIC UNIONS A. Install dielectric unions in acceptable locations and provide devices for all piping and equipment Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-5 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 connections where ferrous and copper metal is joined. B. Where piping is buried, provide additional protection in the following manner. Thoroughly clean device and piping surfaces 5 -feet upstream and downstream of connection point. Prime piping surface to be covered. Wrap connection point and piping with double wrapping of identified pressure -sensitive tape. 3.06 FLASHING A. Flash and counter flash with metal to make waterproof all penetrations through roofs or exterior walls. Roof flashing shall have a minimum 8 -inch skirt. The metal flashing and counterflashing shall be the same material as the equipment to which they are attached. Factory -fabricated flashing may be used for piping. Prior to any interior finish work, test the integrity of all flashing with water hose. 3.07 WELDING A All welding shall comply with provisions of applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, ANSI Code for Pressure Piping, or other statutes or ordinances having jurisdiction. All welders shall be certified for all welding positions under the qualification tests prescribed by the National Certified Welding Bureau; National Association of Plumbing, Heating, Cooling Contractors; or by other reputable testing laboratories, using procedures covered in the ASME Boiler Construction Code, Section IX, Qualification standards for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers and Welding and Brazing Operators; and shall hold a current certification of his qualifications obtained within 12 months prior to date of contract. Prior to welding operation, submit for review evidence of such certification. 3.08 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Division 2 section on the excavation and backfilling, as specified in other Division 23 sections, and as herein described. Where depths or invert elevations are not indicated, provide minimum coverage (above top of pipes) as follows: 1. Any piping under slab (top of pipe to underside of slab): 18 -inches. 2. Steel, cast iron, and copper in other locations: 18 -inches. B. Excavate to undisturbed earth; cut level and form true. Remove debris, rubbish and soft material (such as mud). Where rock is encountered, undercut trenches 6 -inches and fill with well tamped neutral sand and pea gravel to proper elevation. During installation of piping, maintain excavation free of standing water. Undercut trench 6 -inches and install piping in a 6 -inch neutral sand envelope. C. Do not backfill until piping has been successfully tested. D. Backfill to a point 12 -inches above top of piping with earth (excavated material may be used) free of clay, debris, rubbish, rocks, or clods over 4 -inches in the greatest dimensions. Backfill above 12 -inches from top of piping may be with excavated material. Apply backfill by hand in 6 -inch deep layers the full width of the trench. Moisten each layer (do not flood or puddle), and hand tamp to a minimum 90 percent compaction before proceeding with the next layer of backfill. E. Do not excavate under foundations or footings except in manner permitted. Do not backfill until installed piping has been successfully tested. F. Provide a 12 -inch neutral sand envelope all around buried tanks. G. Dewatering: 1. Lay pipe in dry trenches and keep trenches completely dry until piping system has been tested, cleaned, insulated, sealed, inspected and accepted by the Owner and completely backfilled before dewatering function ceases. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-6 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Furnish and operate pumps, well points, siphons or other equipment as may be required to provide complete dewatering of trenches and disposal of excess water. 3.09 PIPE SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Support all piping, horizontal and vertical, with clamps or brackets. Independently support all line -mounted equipment. Provide at least one hanger for each branch piping and at each change of direction. Secure all hanger rods with double nuts and lock washers. Do not use perforated (plumber's) tape. Support vertical multiple -story piping at each floor with pipe clamps. B. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 1. Cast Iron Soil, Waste, or vent Piping: Hangers at 5 -feet and at each joint or fitting. 2. Steel Piping: 1 -inch and smaller, hangers at 8 -feet; 1 -1/4 -inches and larger, hangers at 10 -feet. 3. Copper Piping: 1 -1/2 -inches and smaller, hangers at 6 -feet; 2 -inches and larger, hangers at 10 -feet. 4. In all cases, space pipe supports to provide adequate support for the pipes, the medium in the pipes, insulation, valves, and fittings to prevent any sagging or separation of joints. 3.10 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Layout of work: 1. Perform all dimensional layout of the Work and establish all lines and grades as set forth on the Drawings. 2. Be responsible for conformity of the finished work with drawings and specifications. B. Installation: 1. Inspect all piping prior to installation. Pipe found unsatisfactory on inspection or damaged by handling shall be promptly removed from the job site. 2. All piping systems shall be graded and valved to provide complete drainage, venting, and control of all systems. 3. Install all buried non-metallic piping with a continuous number 14 plastic -coated copper wire paralleling piping. 4. Use reducing fittings for pipe size changes; do not use brushings. Make all changes in pipe material with pipe adapters. 5. Prior to installation of piping to or at mechanical equipment, verify with the equipment manufacturers as to the clearance required for maintenance, repair, inspection, and part replacement for the respective equipment. Install piping to provide such clearance so that an absolute minimum of piping is required to be disturbed. Provide means for removal of such piping. Provide unions/flanges/mechanical couplings at connections to equipment. 6. Where equipment connection sizes are smaller than piping sizes indicated, make size reduction immediately adjacent to the equipment connections. Flanges or unions at such equipment connection points may be the same size as the equipment connections. 7. Install horizontal sanitary piping to uniform grades conforming to the applicable Code for this installation. 8. Conceal all piping in finished portions of the building unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 9. Coupled short sections of pipe, bushings, close nipples, long screws, bullhead tees and crosses are prohibited. Bullhead tees and crosses are permitted only in fire sprinkler systems. 10. Install all piping in such a manner as to prevent any undue noise form the flow of Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-7 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 water under normal conditions. 11. Branch tees in piping, provided that the branch size is two pipe sizes or smaller than the main size, may be made with factory -manufactured outlet fittings with funneled inlet and with socket or threaded outlet as required. The fittings schedule shall be the same as the piping to which they are connected. For copper tubing fittings shall be joined to main by silver brazing. The use of extruded tees for branch takeoffs that are fabricated from the piping material being installed is expressly prohibited and will be rejected. 12. Install piping to permit free expansion and contraction, except where the Drawings specifically indicate an anchor or guide. Do not connect stiffening structural members to bends or elbows. 13. Use offsets necessary to prevent undue strain on piping. The springing of piping into place is prohibited. 14. Select and install pipe supports and hangers in such a manner as to impose only negligible restraint on the free movement of piping and not deform piping. No anchors shall be employed, except as indicated on Drawings. 15. Locate pipe supports as close as possible to valves or other heavy piping specialties. 16. Carefully locate supports and hangers so they do not hinder free movement of adjoining piping or occupy open space in a pipe rack. 17. Mark all stub -outs below grade with monuments identifying the services. 18. Provide shut-off valves at each division of main piping and at each branch serving one room or a group of adjoining rooms to enable isolation of fluid carrying piping systems for each portion of the building (buried piping excepted). 19. Valves shall be full size of the line in which they are installed (automatic control valves excepted). Prior to installation of control valves, verify with control manufacturer as to sizes, piping hookup, and the like for same. 20. Install valves with stems straight up wherever possible; do not install valves with stems below the horizontal position. 21. Provide spool between two adjacent valves. 22. Properly grade all water piping to provide flow, air elimination, and drainage. Do not install piping so as to create noise or flow impairment. 23. Separately pipe, with shut-off valve, equipment drains to nearest floor drain, or as noted on Contract Drawings. 24. Do not permit the use of any mechanical piping system under this Division of Work to be used as electrical grounding. 25. Buried Piping: a. Carefully handle and lower pipe in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipe. b. Excavate a socket hole under the joint so that pipe will be supported on its body. Provide socket holes large enough (but not excessive) to allow adequate space for workmen to "make" the joints. 26. Thrust Blocks: a. Provide concrete thrust blocks at all changes in direction of buried piping of non -restrained mechanical joined pressure systems and other systems as required. b. Provide thrust blocks for buried restrained mechanical jointed piping systems where indicated. C. Provide thrust blocks of 3000 psi concrete mix conforming to the requirements of the Division 3 section on concrete. d. Provide thrust blocks of the required size and shape necessary for the specific system pressure and soil bearing capacity at the particular locations. e. Exercise care to avoid encasing fittings, bends, valves, etc., in concrete to the extent that it will hamper maintenance. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-8 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. 3.11 PIPE JOINTS July 2016 A. Threaded Steel or Brass Pipe: 1. Cut square and remove all burrs. Ream for full flow. 2. Cut threads with clean dies. Apply thread compound to male threads only. Refer to specific piping system for type of thread compound. 3. After joining, not more than three full threads shall remain exposed. Coat exposed threads of steel pipe with appropriate type red paint. 4. Make-up brass, chrome plated pipe, or stainless steel pipe with strap wrenches. B. Copper Tubing: 1. Cut square and remove all burrs. Ream for full flow. 2. Clean outside ends of tubing and male fittings and sockets of female fittings to bright finish. Clean with emery cloth. 3. Properly apply flux to surfaces being jointed. Application and type of flux shall be as recommended by the specific brazing or solder manufacturer. 4. Remove stems, washers and internal parts of valves prior to brazing or soldering. 5. Refer to specific piping system for type of brazing metal and solder. C. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fitting Mechanical Joints: Install mechanical joints in accordance with AWWA C 600. D. Grooved Pipe and Fitting Mechanical Joints: Install joints including grooving of pipe, in accordance with the coupling and fittings manufacturer's recommendations and printed instructions. Before couplings are assembled, pipe ends and gasket exterior surfaces shall be lightly coated with a lubricant manufactured especially for this application and recommended by the coupling and fitting manufacturer. E. Flanged Joints: Use flanged joints for making piping connections to flanged valves, fixtures, and equipment, and to other flanged piping components. Install joints so that flange faces bear uniformly on gaskets. Engage bolts so that there is complete threading through the nuts and tighten so that bolts are uniformly stressed (equally torqued). F. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: 1. Hubless Joints:lnstall clamp assemblies with bolts alternately and incrementally tightened to manufacturer's recommended torque. Use a single set -point torque wrench manufactured specifically for this purpose. The use of screwdrivers or other types of wrenches will not be permitted. After a period of at least 24 hours, re -torque each bolt. G. Solvent -Weld Joints in Plastic Piping: Install solvent welded joints for CPVC, PVC or ABS plastic piping in accordance with the recommendations and printed instructions of each respective pipe and fitting manufacturers and with requirements of pertinent ASTM standards. 3.12 WELDING A. Welded joints, fabrication, assembly and erection shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B 31.1 "Power Piping" of the American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping. Perform all welding by the metal -arc welding process, either manual, semi- automatic or automatic. B. Welding qualifications shall conform to the requirements of Section IX "Welding and Brazing Qualifications" of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Proof of qualifications, issued within the previous twelve months, is required from a testing agency approved by the Owner. 3.13 PIPE SLEEVES AND PLATES A. Sleeves: 1. Provide sleeves for all pipes passing through walls, partitions of floor slabs Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-9 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 unless specified otherwise. 2. Sleeves in concrete floor slabs: Sleeves shall project 2 -inches above finished floors, unless specified otherwise. 3. Sleeves in all Fire Walls (regardless of construction), Concrete or Masonry Walls: Finished flush with wall finish, unless specified otherwise. 4. Sleeves in all Walls and Partitions (except Fire Walls, Concrete or Masonry Walls): Finished flush with wall or partition finish. 5. Provide 1/2 -inch clearance completely around pipe between sleeve and non - insulated piping, except where pipes pass through exterior walls below grade, provide full 1 -inch clearance between pipe and sleeve. 6. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be sized for insulation, pipe and clearance specified for non -insulated pipes. 7. Caulk sleeves set in fire rated construction with sealant specified for fireproof penetrations and caulk sleeves set in non -fireproof construction with sealant specified for non -fireproof penetrations. 8. Seal sleeves watertight when they are installed in outside walls, walls below grade and in floor slabs with waterproof epoxy grout, except as specified otherwise. B. Plates: Provide chrome -plated hinged escutcheon plates with locking devices where pipes pierce finished surfaces. Plates shall fit outside of pipe insulation. 3.14 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Install equipment where shown, as indicated, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the specific service. B. Provide anchor bolts, setting Drawings and templates for setting equipment. C. Assure correct alignment of equipment after setting. D. Where grouting is necessary, use non -shrink type. E. Before bolting any equipment coat threads with an anti -seize and lubricating compound. Do not use powder driven anchors unless written permission has been obtained from the Architect. F. Provide all exposed moving or rotating parts of machines with guards in compliance with OSHA requirements. Install all guards in removable sections, if necessary, and with studs and wing nuts for removal of same in maintenance. Make provision for RPM readings on guards covering end of shafts; enclose fan belts at both sides of belts. 3.15 MAINTENANCE AND ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT A. Where valves, dampers, control devices, coils, or other like devices (i.e, plumbing P4rap, water hammer arresters, gauges, thermometers) requiring maintenance, checking or readings are inaccessibly concealed in walls or ceilings, and where indicated, provide square or rectangular access doors. Where space permits, doors for ceiling installation shall not be less than 18 -inches by 18 -inches. Prior to installation, verify all access locations. B. Where there are lubrications within equipment, extend such to exterior of equipment. 3.16 REVIEW OF WORK A. Do not allow or cause any mechanical work to be covered, concealed or enclosed until such work has been tested and reviewed. Should such work be covered, concealed or enclosed before being tested and reviewed, such shall be uncovered and thereafter restored at no additional cost. 3.17 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-10 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 A. Manufacturer's Nameplates: Provide all equipment with manufacturer's nameplates secured to the respective equipment and indicating, but not being limited to, the manufacturer's name, model, size, serial number, capacity and electrical characteristics. Clean, polish and protect all such nameplates with a coat of clear protective finish. B. Equipment Tags: Identify all equipment (such as machinery, motor starters, control panels, pushbuttons and other like devices) exposed to view with identification tags. Secure tags to equipment surface. Where size or surface curvature does not permit such, secure with No. 16 brass jack chain. C. Valve Tags: 1. Identify each valve with a tag with distinguishing number. Secure tags to valves with No. 16 brass jack chain. 2. Provide valve chart and schedule in aluminum frame with clear heavy plastic shield, and mount same at location directed. Indicate on the Record Drawings the location of valves with numbers corresponding to the valve schedule. Valve chart and schedule shall include, but not be limited to, tag number, location, usage/function, valve manufacturer's name and valve model number. Numbers for new valves shall continue from existing valve numbering system. D. Piping Identification: 1. Identify each pipe, whether concealed or exposed, as to the content and character of material it carries (piping buried excepted). 2. Location of Markers: Not to exceed 20 -feet on straight run of pipe (including risers and drops) and so located as to be conspicuously visible from any reasonable vantage point; adjacent each valve; adjacent each tee; at each side of penetration of the structure or enclosure; at each obstruction. 3.18 PRIMING, PAINTING, AND COATING A. Properly clean surfaces to be touched up of rust, dirt, scale, wax and other deleterious materials. Prime surfaces. Touch up with like material all damaged galvanized or factory - primed metal surfaces. Do not prime over manufacturer's nameplates on equipment. B. Coat all bare steel parts of piping accessories below grade with coats of coal -tar based bituminous mastic. C. Except for factory priming, factory finish painting and otherwise specified under this Article, all field priming (except touch up) and finish painting shall be under other Divisions. D. Paint flat black interior surfaces of all concealed unlined galvanized sheet metal ductwork behind air outlets and inlets. E. All exposed insulation surfaces in finished areas shall be ready for finish painting; glue size if necessary. 3.19 CLEANING AND DE -GREASING OF PIPING A General: 1. Clean all piping systems to remove all dirt, grease, scale, foreign substances, etc., as specified in each separate section of the Specifications. 2. Prior to commencing work, submit for approval a complete procedure for cleaning and flushing for each separate piping system. Include flushing source, system inlet flushing pressure and size of inlet and outlet flushing connections with their locations for each system. Install flushing connections at all low points of each piping system to ensure complete flushing of the system. 3. Use air and/or gas blown through the lines of gas and air systems, unless specified otherwise, to prove the piping clean. All other piping systems shall be thoroughly flushed out with water unless specified otherwise. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-11 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. 3.20 TESTING OF PIPING July 2016 A. Provide notification of test at least three working days prior to tests on all part of any piping system. Do not allow or cause any piping system to be insulated, covered, concealed or enclosed until such systems have been tested and reviewed. B. Provide all necessary materials (including temporary isolation valves or caps), pumps, testing media and labor for testing. Temporarily remove any device in piping system which will not withstand test pressure specified, and reinstall same after successful testing. Test time begins to accrue full test pressure is achieved. C. Testing and inspection of all piping systems and associated equipment for leaks shall be accomplished after installation and cleaning and prior to placing into service. Flanges, threaded joints and all welds shall be left unpainted and un -insulated until the piping systems have been approved. D. A rigid visual inspection of each specific piping system shall be made prior to conducting tightness tests, to ascertain that all appurtenances and equipment are provided, properly connected and supported, and in all respects ready for testing. E. Equipment such as safety valves and similar equipment shall not be subjected to the piping system test pressure. Equipment shall either be disconnected from the piping or be isolated by valves or blanks during testing and reinstalled after acceptance by the Owner. F. Indicating pressure gauges mounted locally may be tested with the lines provided the test pressure does not exceed the scale range. G. Orifice plates, rotometers, displacement meters and other line inserts shall either not be installed until completion of all testing, or shall be removed prior to any tests and reinstalled after test has been accepted by the Owner. H. The application of pressure to a system shall be under control at all times, so that in no case shall the test pressure be exceeded by more than 6 percent. I. Gauges used for testing shall be tested for accuracy as directed or approved by the Owner, and then installed as close as possible to the low point of the piping system. J. Do not apply test pressure until the piping system and its contents approach the same temperature. K. While piping is under test, exercise care so that excessive pressure does not occur due to increase in ambient temperature. L. Piping test pressure shall be as noted in tabulation. If test pressures are not specified, they shall be 150 percent of design pressure for the specific system being tested. SYSTEM TEST MEDIUM TEST PRESSURE DURATION ACCEPTANCE PSIG HOURS TOLERANCE Sewer & Vent Water Top of highest 4 No joint sweat vent Water Water 150 4 None except temp. change Pumped Storm Water 150 4 None except temp. Water change Fire Sprinkler Water 200 4 None except temp. change Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-12 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. 3.21 July 2016 M. Conduct hydrostatic tests with water at a temperature below 100 degrees F. 1. Fill the system slowly with water and vent at highest points to expel the air before pressurizing. 2. Carefully examine all joints for leaks or defects. 3. Provide connections as required to accomplish the above. N. Keep accurate test records of each line or system tested and provide copies of same to Owner after acceptance. Each test shall include: 1. Identification of piping system and test number. 2. Testing medium. 3. Test pressure. 4. Date of test acceptance. Yd* 1&11_\:197_1111111-jddI=1 Y11V A. At the completion of the Work, completely adjust all valves and equipment for their proper use and rating. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 230500-13 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 23 0548 July 2016 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Vibration isolators. B. Seismic restraints. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 033000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate inertia bases and locate vibration isolators, with static and dynamic load on each. Indicate seismic control measures. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions with special procedures and setting dimensions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. MW Sausse, Inc. B. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com. C. Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com. 2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch (7 mm) clearance. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. B. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch (7 mm) clearance and limit stops. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. C. Spring Hanger: 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Housings: Incorporate rubber hanger with threaded insert. 3. Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0548 -1 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT STK Architecture, Inc. D. Neoprene Pad Isolators July 2016 1. Rubber or neoprene waffle pads. a. Hardness: 30 durometer. b. Thickness: Minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Maximum Loading: 50 psi (345 kPa). d. Rib Height: Maximum 0.7 times width. 2. Configuration: Single layer. 3. Configuration: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick waffle pads bonded each side of 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick steel plate. E. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.4 inch (10 mm) deflection with threaded insert. _. Seismic Snubbers: 1. Type: Non -directional and double acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements. 2. Elements: Replaceable neoprene, minimum of 0.75 inch (18 mm) thick with minimum 1/8 inch (3 mm) air gap. 3. Capacity: 4 times load assigned to mount groupings at 0.4 inch (10 mm) deflection. 4. Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding 3 times rated load capacity of seismic snubber. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Bases: 1. Set steel bases for one inch (25 mm) clearance between housekeeping pad and base. 2. Adjust equipment level. C. On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions. D. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal. E. Provide pairs of horizontal limit springs on fans with more than 6.0 inches WC (1.5 kPa) static pressure, and on hanger supported, horizontally mounted axial fans. F. Provide seismic snubbers for all equipment, piping, and ductwork mounted on isolators. Each inertia base shall have minimum of four seismic snubbers located close to isolators. Snub equipment designated for post -disaster use to 0.05 inch (1.5 mm) maximum clearance. Other snubbers shall have clearance between 0.15 inch (4 mm) and 0.25 inch (7 mm). G. Support piping connections to equipment mounted on isolators using isolators or resilient hangers as follows: 1. Up to 4 Inches (100 mm) Pipe Size: First three points of support. 2. 5 to 8 Inches (125 to 200 mm) Pipe Size: First four points of support. 3. 10 inches (250 mm) Pipe Size and Over: First six points of support. 4. Select three hangers closest to vibration source for minimum 1.0 inch (25 mm) static deflection or static deflection of isolated equipment. Select remaining isolators for minimum 1.0 inch (25 mm) static deflection or 1/2 static deflection of isolated equipment. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report. Include static deflections. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Pipe Isolation Schedule. 1. 1 Inch (25 mm) Pipe Size: Isolate 120 diameters from equipment. 2. 2 Inch (50 mm) Pipe Size: Isolate 90 diameters from equipment. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0548 -2 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. 3 Inch (80 mm) Pipe Size: Isolate 80 diameters from equipment. 4. 4 Inch (100 mm) Pipe Size: Isolate 75 diameters from equipment. 5. 6 Inch (150 mm) Pipe Size: Isolate 60 diameters from equipment. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0548 -3 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 23 0593 July 2016 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. C. Commissioning activities. 1.02 ALLOWANCES A. Allowance includes testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AABC MN -1 - AABC National Standards for Total System Balance; Associated Air Balance Council; 2002. B. ASHRAE Std 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air -Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc.; 1988. C. NEBB (TAB) - Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems; National Environmental Balancing Bureau; 2005, Seventh Edition. D. SMACNA (TAB) - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract. C. TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1. Submit to the Construction Manager. 2. Submit six weeks prior to starting the testing, adjusting, and balancing work. 3. Include certification that the plan developer has reviewed the contract documents, the equipment and systems, and the control system with the Architect and other installers to sufficiently understand the design intent for each system. 4. Include at least the following in the plan: a. Preface: An explanation of the intended use of the control system. b. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used. C. Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used, listing each piece of equipment to be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. d. Identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their most recent calibration date. e. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. f. Final test report forms to be used. g. Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue, including: 1) Terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type). 2) Diffuser proportioning. 3) Branch/submain proportioning. 4) Total flow calculations. 5) Rechecking. 6) Diversity issues. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -1 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. 7 E. F. July 2016 h. Expected problems and solutions, etc. I. Criteria for using air flow straighteners or relocating flow stations and sensors. j. Details of how TOTAL flow will be determined; for example: 1) Air: Sum of terminal flows via control system calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals, supply (SA) and return air (RA) pitot traverse, SA or RA flow stations. k. Specific procedures that will ensure that air side is operating at the lowest possible pressures and methods to verify this. I. Confirmation of understanding of the outside air ventilation criteria under all conditions. M. Method of verifying and setting minimum outside air flow rate will be verified and set and for what level (total building, zone, etc.). n. Method of checking building static and exhaust fan and/or relief damper capacity. o. Proposed selection points for sound measurements and sound measurement methods. P . Methods for making coil or other system plant capacity measurements, if specified. q. Time schedule for TAB work to be done in phases (by floor, etc.). r. Description of TAB work for areas to be built out later, if any. S. Time schedule for deferred or seasonal TAB work, if specified. t. False loading of systems to complete TAB work, if specified. U. Exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications, including any required room pressure differentials. V. Procedures for field technician logs of discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others, contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests (scope and frequency). W. Procedures for formal progress reports, including scope and frequency. X. Procedures for formal deficiency reports, including scope, frequency and distribution. Control System Coordination Reports: Communicate in writing to the controls installer all setpoint and parameter changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB which affect the control system setup and operation. Progress Reports. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1. Submit under provisions of Section 01400. 2. Submit to the Construction Manager and HVAC controls contractor within two weeks after completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3. Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 4. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 5. Provide reports in 3 ring binder manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 6. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 7. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 8. Units of Measure: Report data in I -P (inch -pound) units only. 9. Include the following on the title page of each report: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d. Project name. e. Project location. f. Project Owner. g. Project Engineer. K Project Contractor. i. Project altitude. j. Report date. G. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and rough setting. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1. AABC MN -1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 3. Maintain at least one copy of the standard to be used at project site at all times. B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D. TAB Agency Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. 2. Having minimum of three years documented experience. 3. Certified by one of the following: a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabchq.com; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty. b. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau: www.nebb.org. E. TAB Supervisor Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. F. TAB Supervisor Qualifications: Professional Engineer licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 3.02 EXAMINATION Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage is minimized. 12. Service and balance valves are open. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services which prevent system balance. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -3 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Hold a pre -balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work. 1. Require attendance by all installers whose work will be tested, adjusted, or balanced. B. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments available to Owner to facilitate spot checks during testing. C. Provide additional balancing devices as required. 3.04 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus or minus 10 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.05 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A. Field Logs: Maintain written logs including: 1. Running log of events and issues. 2. Discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others. 3. Contract interpretation requests. 4. Lists of completed tests. B. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. C. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. D. Mark on the drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. E. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. F. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. G. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner. H. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report. 3.06 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 K. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. L. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches (12.5 Pa) positive static pressure near the building entries. 3.07 SCOPE A. Test, adjust, and balance the following: 1. Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers 2. Air Coils 3. Forced Air Units 4. Fans 5. Air Filters 6. Air Inlets and Outlets 7. Shop Air Compressor 8. Breathing Air Compressor 3.08 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. Electric Motors: 1. Manufacturer 2. Model/Frame 3. HP/BHP 4. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load 5. RPM 6. Service factor 7. Starter size, rating, heater elements 8. Sheave Make/Size/Bore B. V -Belt Drives: 1. Identification/location 2. Required driven RPM 3. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM 4. Belt, size and quantity 5. Motor sheave diameter and RPM 6. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual C. Combustion Equipment: 1. Furnace manufacturer 2. Model number 3. Serial number 4. Firing rate 5. Overfire draft 6. Gas pressure at meter outlet 7. Gas flow rate 8. Heat input 9. Ambient temperature 10. Percent combustion efficiency 11. Heat output D. Air Cooled Condensers: 1. Identification/number 2. Location 3. Manufacturer 4. Model number 5. Serial number 6. Entering DB air temperature, design and actual 7. Leaving DB air temperature, design and actual 8. Number of compressors Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -5 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 E. Cooling Coils: 1. Identification/n umber 2. Location 3. Service 4. Manufacturer 5. Air flow, design and actual 6. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual 7. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual 8. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual 9. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual 10. Saturated suction temperature, design and actual 11. Air pressure drop, design and actual F. Air Moving Equipment: 1. Location 2. Manufacturer 3. Model number 4. Serial number 5. Arrangement/Class/Discharge 6. Airflow, specified and actual 7. Return air flow, specified and actual 8. Outside air flow, specified and actual 9. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 10. Inlet pressure 11. Discharge pressure 12. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 13. Number of Belts/Make/Size 14. Fan RPM G. Return Air/Outside Air: 1. Identification/location 2. Design air flow 3. Actual air flow 4. Design return air flow 5. Actual return air flow 6. Design outside air flow 7. Actual outside air flow 8. Return air temperature 9. Outside air temperature 10. Required mixed air temperature 11. Actual mixed air temperature 12. Design outside/return air ratio 13. Actual outside/return air ratio H. Exhaust Fans: 1. Location 2. Manufacturer 3. Model number 4. Serial number 5. Air flow, specified and actual 6. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual 7. Inlet pressure 8. Discharge pressure 9. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 10. Number of Belts/Make/Size 11. Fan RPM I. Air Distribution Tests: 1. Air terminal number 2. Room number/location Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -6 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Terminal type Terminal size Area factor Design velocity Design air flow Test (final) velocity Test (final) air flow Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION July 2016 Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 0593 -7 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 23 3423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS July 2016 PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cabinet inline exhaust fans. B. Ceiling exhaust fans. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 230548 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. B. Section 233300 —Air Duct Accessories: Backdraft dampers. C. Section 262726 - Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 2003. B. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 1999 (ANSI/AMCA 210, same as ANSI/ASHRAE 51). C. AMCA (DI R) - [Directory of] Products Licensed Under AMCA International Certified Ratings Program; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; hftp://www.amca.org/licenses/search.aspx. D. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 2005. E. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 2006. F. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2006. G. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; National Fire Protection Association; 2004. H. UL 705 - Power Ventilators; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions. D. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings have been lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Supply two sets of belts for each fan. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 3423 -1 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 A. Loren Cook Company: www.lorencook.com. B. Greenheck: www.greenheck.com. C. PennBarry: www.pennbarry.com. 2.02 CABINET AND CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Centrifugal Fan Unit: Direct driven with galvanized steel housing lined with acoustic insulation, resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge. B. Disconnect Switch: Cord and plug in housing for thermal overload protected motor and wall mounted switch where indicated. C. Grille: Aluminum with baked white enamel finish. (Ceiling mounted fans only) D. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with self -aligning pre -lubricated ball bearings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide mounting hardware. B. Hung Cabinet Fans: 1. Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Refer to Section 23 05 48. 2. Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 33 00 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch (25 mm) flex between ductwork and fan while running. C. Provide sheaves required for final air balance. D. Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhauster fans and as indicated. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 23 3423 -2 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0126 ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE AND START- UP TESTS PART 1GENERAL July 2016 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acceptance and start-up testing requirements for electrical power distribution equipment and systems. Contractor shall retain and pay for the services of a recognized independent testing firm for the purpose of performing inspections and tests as herein specified. 1. The testing firm shall provide all material, equipment, labor, and technical supervision to perform such tests and inspections. 2. It is the purpose of these tests to assure that all tested electrical equipment is operational and within industry and manufacturers tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications. 3. Tile tests and inspections shall determine suitability for start-up and energization. 4. The following equipment shall be tested and calibrated: a. Protective relays, instruments, and metering systems. b. Grounding system and ground fault protection systems. C. Low voltage cables and feeders. d. Diesel generator. 1.02 CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A. All inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards except as provided otherwise herein. 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association — NEMA 2. American Society for Testing and Materials — ASTM 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers — IEEE 4. InterNational Electrical Testing Association — NETA a. Acceptance Testing Specifications — ATS latest edition. 5. American National Standards Institute—ANSI 02 a. National Electrical Safety Code. 6. State and Local Codes and Ordinances. 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association — ICEA 8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration — OSHA 9. Section 01400 Building System Commissioning Program. 10. National Fire Protection Association — NFPA a. ANSI/NFPA 70: National Electrical b. ANSI/NFPA 78: Lightning Protection Code C. ANSI/NFPA 101: Life Safety Code B. All inspections and tests shall utilize the following references. 1. Project design specifications. 2. Project design drawings. 3. Manufacturers instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus. 4. Project list of equipment to be inspected and tested. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING FIRM A. The testing firm shall be an independent testing organization which can function as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of equipment. B. The testing firm shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems with at least five (5) years of documented experience. C. The testing firm shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, or be a full member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or qualified to be a member of NETA. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260126-1 ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE AND START UP TESTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. The lead on-site, technical person shall be currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Association (NETA) or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) in electrical power distribution system testing. E. The testing firm shall utilize engineers and technicians who are regularly employed by the firm for testing services. F. The testing firm shall submit proof of the above qualifications with bid documents when requested. G. The terms used herewithin, such as test agency, test contractor, testing laboratory, or contractor Test Company, shall be construed to mean the testing firm. 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. Provide submittal per Contract General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 26 05 10. B. Qualification of testing firm. C. Certified test reports. D. Two copies of blank forms for checklists, test reports, and other related forms for Engineer's review and approval. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Routine insulation -resistance, continuity, and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment shall be performed, prior to and in addition to acceptance tests specified herein. B. The testing firm shall notify the Engineer within 3 working days prior to commencement of any testing. C. Any system, material, or workmanship which is found defective on the basis of Acceptance Tests shall be reported to the Engineer with corrective recommendations. D. The testing firm shall maintain a written -record of all tests and, upon completion of project shall assemble and certify a final test report. E. Test report. 1.06 SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS A. Safety practices shall include, but are not limited to the following requirements: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Act. 2. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations, National Safety Council. 3. Applicable state and local safety operating procedures. 4. Owners safety practices. 5. National Fire Protection Association — NFPA 70A. 6. American National Standards for Personnel Protection. B. All tests shall be performed with apparatus de -energized. Exceptions must be thoroughly reviewed to identify safety hazards and devise adequate safeguards. C. The testing firm shall have a designated safety representative on the project to supervise the testing operations with respect to safety. D. Test Report: 1. The test report shall include the following: a. Summary of project. b. Listing of equipment tested. C. Test results. d. Recommendations. 2. Furnish copies of the complete report to the Engineer as directed in the contract documents. 1.07 INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES A. Contractor to provide the testing arm with a copy of related contract documents such as drawings, specifications, engineer reviewed submittals, coordination study report including all relay settings and other necessary information. B. Contractor to supply a suitable source of power to each site per testing firm requirements. C. Contractor shall notify the testing firm when equipment becomes available for acceptance tests. Work shall be coordinated to expedite project scheduling. D. Testing firm to review and evaluate all received documents and notify Contractor and Engineer of any shortcoming documents and/or other requirements immediately. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260126-2 ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE AND START UP TESTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 E. Testing firm to provide and comply with the following: 1. Acceptance test procedures for each individual equipment listed on Part 1 of this section for Engineer review and approval prior to any test and after thorough evaluation of the system. Testing shall conform to the international Electrical Testing Association (NETA) specifications and standards for electrical power distribution equipment and systems and manufacturer's instructions. 2. Refer to each individual specification section for testing requirements and comply. 3. Inspect installed equipment and report any discrepancy and deficiency with contract documents and governing codes prior to testing. 1.08 SYSTEM FUNCTION TEST A. Perform system function test upon completion of equipment test as defined in this section. It is the purpose of system function tests to prove the proper interaction of all sensing, processing, and action devices. B. Implementation. 1. Develop test parameters for the purpose of evaluation performance of all integral components and their functioning as a complete unit within design requirements. 2. Test all interlocking devices. 3. Record the operation of alarms and indicating devices. 1.09 DEFICIENCIES A. All deficiencies reported by testing firm to be corrected by Contractor and Acceptance Test to be re -done accordingly. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260126-3 ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE AND START UP TESTS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0510 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL July 2016 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. All Specification Sections under Division 26. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Definitions. 2. Excavation. 3. Coordination of work. 4. Cleaning, patching repairing and painting. 5. Guarantees. 6. Field test. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Publications: 1. C2 - National Electrical Safety Code. B. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Publications: 1. Title 8, Industrial Relations. 2. Title 19, State Fire Marshal Regulations. 3. Title 24, Part 2, Energy Conservation Standards. 4. Title 24, Part 3, CCR, California Electrical Code. 5. Title 24, Part 9, CCR, California Fire Code. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Publication: ICS6-93 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications: 1. 70B Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance. 2. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. E. State of California Public Utilities Commission (Cal. P.U.C.) Publications: 1. G.O. 95 Rules for Construction of Underground Electrical Supply and Communications Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction. 2. G.O. 128 Systems. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply to terms used in these standards. 1. The words "work" or "electrical work" include products, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, transportation, and all related items directly or indirectly required to complete the specified and indicated electrical installation. 2. The world "concealed" shall meant that the installation will not be visible when all permanent or removable elements of the construction are in place. The word "exposed" shall mean that the installation is visible when all permanent or removable elements of the construction are in place. 3. The word "code" shall mean any and all regulations and requirements of regulatory bodies, public and private, having jurisdiction over the work involved. 4. The word "product' used in Division 26 means all material, equipment, machinery, and/or appliances directly or indirectly required to complete the specified and/or indicated electrical work. 5. The words "standard product' shall mean a manufactured product, illustrated and/or described in catalogs or brochures, that is in general distribution prior to the date of issue of construction documents. Products will generally be identified by means of a specific catalog number and manufacturer's name. 6. 'Provide" means furnish, install, connect and test unless otherwise noted. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260510-1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 7. The words "conduit" and "duct" are used interchangeably, and have the same meaning. S. "UFER" Ground: See Section 26 0526, "Grounding and Bonding". 1.05 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction and work of the other sections shall permit. Size and location of equipment is drawn to scale wherever possible. B. Drawings and specifications are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor. Exact locations, distances, and levels will be governed by the building. The Contractor shall make use of data in all the contract documents and verify information at the building site. C. In any case where there appears to be a conflict or ambiguity between that which is shown on the electrical drawings or in the electrical specifications and any other part of the Contract Documents, it shall be understood that the greater quantity or the better quality shall be used unless a written decision by the owner's representative has been obtained. D. Drawings and specifications are intended to complement each other. Where a conflict or ambiguity exists between the requirements of the drawings and the specifications, request clarification. Do not proceed with work without direction. E. The Architect shall interpret the drawings and the specifications. The interpretation by the Architect as to the true intent and meaning thereof and the quality, quantity, and sufficiency of the materials and workmanship furnished there under shall be accepted as final and conclusion. F. In the case of conflicts or ambiguities not clarified prior to the bidding deadline, use the most costly alternative (better quality, greater quantity, and larger size) in preparing the bid. A clarification will be issued to the successful bidder as soon as feasible after the award and, if appropriate, a deductive change order will be issued. No additional cost shall be approved for failure to use the most costly alternative in the bid. G. Where items are specified in the singular, this division shall provide the quantity as shown on drawings plus any spares or extras indicated on the drawings or in the specifications. H. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. On one (1) set of contract drawings, kept at the site during construction, mark all work that is installed differently from that shown on plans, including revised circuitry, material or equipment. Sufficient dimensions shall be provided to locate all materials installed beneath and outside the building including, but not limited to, underground conduits, cabling, ground rods, and stubouts. 2. All changes or revisions to the contract drawings including, but not limited to, those indicated by amendment, change order, field order, written response to RFI/RFC or other contractual means shall be kept current as the work progresses and shall be incorporated onto the final record drawings. 3. Accurately locate and dimension all underground and embedded conduit runs on the record drawings. 4. The marked drawings shall be kept current as the work progresses and shall be available for inspection upon request. At the close of construction, prepare a set of accurate reproducible record drawings and turn them over to the Architect. The correct and completed record drawings are a prerequisite to final contract payment. a. As part of the reproducible record drawings, the Contractor shall produce full size reproducible drawings with the: Final panelboard schedules as modified during construction and final light fixture schedule as modified during construction. b. These drawings shall be on Architectural base sheets and numerically sequenced to follow the last "E" sheet. 5. As part of the reproducible record drawings, the Contractor shall produce full size reproducible drawings for all signal systems which shall include exact "As -Built" Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0510 - 2 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 device locations, "As -Built" interconnection drawings, and "As -Built" riser diagrams, and provide one set in the panel board, motor control center, or main distribution panel. 1.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Examination of the building site shall be made by the Contractor. The Contractor shall compare it with the drawings and specification and satisfy himself as to the conditions under which work is to be performed. The Contractor shall, at such time, ascertain and check the locations of existing structures or equipment which may affect his work. 1.07 EXCAVATION A Prior to starting excavation or trenching, the Contractor shall perform an underground Site Survey utilizing an electronic locator to verify the exact location of all existing underground utility piping, conduits and conductors. The Contractor shall submit for approval a site survey report to the Architect within five (5) working days after the survey is performed. The Site Survey Report shall show the horizontal location for existing utilities and identify any possible conflicts between the new work and existing utilities. 1.08 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. Permits, fees, and inspections shall be arranged for and paid by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall present to the Architect, properly signed certificates of the final inspection before work will be accepted. 1.09 ELECTRO -MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A. The power wiring, safety switches, combination controllers (indicated on electrical plans), circuit breakers, and motor control equipment forming a part of motor -control centers or switchgear assemblies, and the electrical connection of the mechanical equipment to the electrical power source shall be included under Division 26. B. The electrical components of mechanical equipment including, but not limited to, motors, motor -starters, control or pushbutton stations, float -pressure switches, solenoid valves, thermostats, junction boxes, and other devices functioning to control mechanical equipment shall be provided under Division 23. Interconnecting wiring for packaged equipment shall be provided as an integral part of the equipment. C. Control Wiring: Installation of line and low voltage conduit, wiring and junction/outlet boxes not shown on the electrical drawings but required for controlling or monitoring mechanical equipment systems shall be furnished and installed under Division 23. Installation of these shall comply with the requirements of Division 26. D. If substitution of controls or mechanical equipment other than that specified requires any changes in the electrical work from that shown on the plans or specified in Division 26, any additional cost of the equipment or electrical work shall be the responsibility of Division 23. 1.10 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Perform work in accordance with all pertaining status, ordinances, laws, rules, codes, regulations, standards local codes and the lawful orders of all public authorities having jurisdiction, the same as if repeated in full herein without limitations. 1.11 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal requirements for Division 26 shall be in accordance with Division 1 except as modified herein. All time requirements shall be based on the notice to proceed date of the General Contract. All materials and equipment furnished under Division 26 shall; be submitted to the Architect for approval. Such approval shall be in writing from the Architect including that which is exactly as specified. Any materials or equipment installed without written approval shall be subject to immediate removal. Approval of material or equipment shall in no way obviate compliance with the contract documents. B. Submittals shall be packaged separately for each system or major piece of equipment and reviewed by the Contractor for verification of compliance with the contract documents prior to submitting to the Architect. Separate, bound submittals shall be provided for Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0510 - 3 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 each specification section to the Architect. All interface between specification sections shall be indicated in each submittal. C. All materials and equipment shall be new and shall bear the inspection label of the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. Materials and equipment shall be the latest standard product and shall be of the grade indicated by the trade names given. D. The work shown on the contract drawings is engineered and designed to accommodate the equipment described hereinafter in these specifications. E. Equipment submittal shall include manufacturer's name, model, type, number, finish, size and capacity of the equipment at the given conditions. This information shall be provided in bound submittals, each containing an index and all submittals. Provide seven (7) copies of each submittal. The title shall provide the project name, system identity, the specification number, and the Contractor's name and address. This submittal shall be in addition to the shop drawings hereinafter specified. Partial submittals of material submitted from time to time are not acceptable and may be returned without review. F. Submittals shall be reviewed by the Architect for compliance with the contract documents. Submittals found to be incomplete or not in compliance with the contract documents shall be returned for re -submittal. The Architect shall review the original submittal and one (1) re -submittal per section (if required). The Contractor shall reimburse the Architect for all subsequent submittal review. G. Shop drawings for service entrance equipment shall be submitted to and approved by the serving utility company metering shop prior to submittal to the Architect and Plan Department. H. Equipment Layout Drawings: "Equipment Layout Drawings" shall be provided for each equipment room, yard or area containing equipment items furnished under Division 26. Layout drawings shall consist of a plan view of the room or area (to a''/. inch =1 foot — 0 inch minimum scale) showing projected outlines of all equipment, complete with dotted lines indicating all required clearances, including all clearances needed for removal or service. Location of all conduit and pull boxes shall be indicated. Drawings shall indicate any and all conflicts with other trades. I. All work, materials and equipment shall conform to the following standards: 1. Basic Electrical Regulations, Title 24, State Building Standards, California Code of Regulations 2. National Electrical Code 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 4. County and City Electrical Codes 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. American Society for Testing and Materials Standard Tests (ASTM) 7. Uniform Building Code (UBC) 8. State Industrial Accident Commission (IAC) 9. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 10. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 12. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 13. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 14. American Disabilities Act (ADA) 15. National Electrical Contractors Association Standards for Construction (NECA) 16. California State and Local Fire Marshal J. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. K. Factory Tests: Factory Tests are tests which are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this contract. L. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Furnish an operation and maintenance manual covering the stipulated electrical systems and equipment. Seven copies of the manual, Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0510 - 4 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 bound in the hardback binders or approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Owner's Representative. Furnish one complete manual prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed. Furnish the remaining manuals before the contract is completed. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, accessories, and appurtenances stipulated. All wiring diagrams shall specifically cover the installed system indicating zones, spare zones and spare capacity, wiring, and components added to the system. Typical drawings will not be accepted. M. Special Submissions: 1. Test reports for the following: a. Ground fault devices. b. Megger Readings: Ground system, motors, feeders, switchboards, motor control centers and switchgear. C. Voltage Readings: Distribution, service, motors, and transformers. d. High Voltage switchgear and unit substations. e. Fire Alarm System. f. Power system testing by independent electrical testing laboratory. g. Emergency generator 2. A system short circuit on the normal and emergency systems based on available fault symmetrical current as indicated on drawings at high voltage service and emergency generator, calculated by the per unit method or in accordance with the latest Institute Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) recommendations. Reports shall be submitted in copies bound with a stiff cover and shall indicate calculated fault values and equipment ampere interrupting capacities (AIC) for each equipment including downstream panelboards, elevator controllers, dimmer banks, motor control centers, package equipment specified under Division 15, and individual feeder loads. AIC ratings shall be a minimum of 110% of calculated fault values. Reports shall include actual lengths and materials for each feeder per installing Contractor. It shall also include a tabular comparison of equipment withstand and AIC ratings, and calculated fault current at each equipment. 1.12 INCOMING SERVICE A. Every effort has been made to determine as accurately as possible the requirements of the electrical and communication services. However, before submitting his bid, the Contractor shall verify the locations shown on the plans and shall include sufficient funds for materials and labor for extensions of lines to service locations which are acceptable to the Owner, etc. In addition, all costs levied by the Owner or any other work which is required for electrical, signal and telephone service to the project must be included, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Before any work is started on these facilities, verify all electrical, civil, architectural, and structural, dimensional and other requirements related to these facilities with the Owner, and examine the site, and its conditions and include for them in bid. No exception to this shall be permitted, and there shall be no cost to Owner should Contractor not take into account the existing site conditions. C. Should any major changes to the work indicated be necessary to comply with the service requirements, notify the Architect at once and cease all work affected until approval for required modifications has been obtained from the Architect. D. Within five days after award of Contract, notify Owner that the project is under construction and furnish them the dates on which the various services will be required. Coordinate with adequate notice, outages required for incoming services to the project. 1.13 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Equipment submitted for substitution must fit the space conditions shown on the drawings, leaving adequate room for maintenance around all equipment. A minimum of 48 inches (or more if required by Code) must be maintained clear in front of all electrical panels, starters, gutters or other electrical apparatus. Submit drawings showing the layout, size, and exact method of interconnection of conduit, wiring and controls, which Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0510 - 5 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. The scale of these drawings shall be the scale of the contract drawings. The Contractor shall bear the excess costs, by any and all crafts, for fitting the equipment into the space and the system designated. Where additional labor or material is required to permit equipment submitted for substitution to function in an approved manner, this shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. B. No substitutions will be allowed for materials or equipment if three (3) or more manufacturers are indicated No substitutions will be allowed if not submitted within 30 days after notice to proceed. C. An item submitted for substitution does not constitute an "equal" unless approval by the Architect has been given in writing. D. Equipment submitted for substitution shall be approved in writing by the Architect and shall be accompanied by the following: 1. A sample of each item submitted for substitution shall accompany the submittal if requested by the Architect. 2. A unit price quotation shall be provided with each item intended for substitution. This quote shall include a unit price for the specified item and a unit price for the intended substitute item. The Contractor shall also provide a total (per item) of the differential payback to the Owner should the intended substitute item be approved as equivalent to that which is specified. 3. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the additional services required by the Architect to review and process substitutions. E. Substitutions shall be approved in writing by the Architect. The determination of the Architect shall be final. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Warranty requirements for Division 26 shall be in accordance with Division 1 except as modified herein. B. All materials and equipment provided shall be warranted for a minimum period of one (1) - year from the official date of completion. In addition, provide two (2) -year extended warranty, for a total of three (3) -years, for the following items: 1. Distribution Switchboards. 2. Disconnect Switches. 3. Panelboards. 4. Circuit Breakers. C. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to correct problems which develop during the warranty period due to defective materials of faulty workmanship. The labor and materials to do this work shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Within one (1) -month prior to the expiration of the warranty period, the Contractor shall correct any and all defects covered by the warranty. This shall include tightening to original specifications of all bolted connections. E. Warranty certificates shall be made out to Owner and shall be delivered to the Architect at the completion of the installation. F. All equipment shall be guaranteed to be supported in such a way as to be free from objectionable vibration and noise. G. Additional warranty requirement shall be as indicated in the following sections of Division 16. 1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall furnish operation and maintenance manuals for each electrical system and for each piece of equipment. The complete manual, bound in hardback binders, or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Architect. Provide Seven (7) copies of each manual. One (1) manual shall be furnished prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed, and the remaining manuals shall be furnished one (1) week before the final job visit is made. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover; the words "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL", the name and location of the building, the name of the Contractor, and the contract number. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260510-6 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. The manual shall include the names, address, and the telephone numbers of each Subcontractor installing equipment and systems, and of the local representatives for each item of equipment and each system. The manual shall have a table of contents and be assembled to conform to the table of contents with tab sheets placed before instructions covering each subject. The instruction sheet shall be legible with large sheets of drawings folded in. The Manual shall include, but not limited to, the following: 1. System layout showing components. 2. Devices and controls. 3. Wiring and control diagrams showing operation and control of each component. 4. Sequence of operation describing start-up, operation, and shutdown. 5. Functional description of the principal system components. 6. Installation instructions. 7. Maintenance and overhaul instructions. 8. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature, range, and frequency. 9. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations. 10. Test procedures. 11. Performance data. 12. Parts list. C. The parts list for equipment shall indicate the sources of supply, recommended spare parts, and the service organization which is reasonably convenient to the building sit. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, and accessories provided. 1.16 COORDINATION OF ALL WORK A. Job Visits by the Architect: 1. Periodic visits to the job by the Architect are for the express purpose of verifying compliance with the contract documents. 2. Such visits shall not be construed as construction supervision. Neither shall such visits be construed as making the Architect responsible for providing a safe place for the performance of the work by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees or the safety of the supplies of the Contractor or his Subcontractors. B. Temporary Electrical Service: 1. The Contractor shall provide labor and materials required for the installation and maintenance of temporary lighting and required power sources for the Contractor's equipment inside the building or construction site and for pedestrian walkways during the period of construction. 2. The building or construction site shall be sufficiently illuminated so that construction work can be safely performed. Special attention shall be given to adequately lighting stairs, ladders, pedestrian walkways, floor openings, etc. Walkway lights shall be controlled by a switch within the building or construction site. 3. Power shall be on and all lighting shall be in operation before painting work commences. C. Posted Operating Instructions: 1. Operating instructions shall be provided by the Contractor at the conclusion of the project for each system and each principal piece of equipment for the use of operating and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include wiring and control diagrams showing the entire system, including, but not limited to, equipment, devices, and control sequences. All operating instruction shall be approved by the Architect. 2. Operating instructions shall be typewritten or engraved and shall be framed under glass or in approved laminated plastic and posted adjacent to each principal piece of equipment and shall include such instructions as start up, proper adjustment, operation, lubrication, shutdown, safety -precautions, procedure in the event of equipment failure, and any other necessary items of instructions as recommended by the manufacturer of unit. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260510-7 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Operating instructions exposed to the weather shall be made of weather -resisting materials or shall be suitably enclosed to be weather protected. Operating instructions shall not face when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. 1.17 TRAINING A User staff and maintenance personnel shall be thoroughly trained (minimum four (4) - hours) in the use of each system or major piece of equipment installed. This training shall be provided a part of the Contractors bid to supply the system or equipment. Additional training requirements, shall be as specified in the subsequent sections of Division 16. 1.18 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Equipment and materials shall be properly stored, adequately protected, and carefully handled to prevent damage before and during installation. Equipment and materials shall be handled, stored, and protected in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Architect. Electrical conduit shall be stored to provide protection from the weather and accidental damage. Plastic conduit shall be stored on even supports and in locations not subject to direct sunrays or excessive heat. Cables shall be sealed, stored, and handled carefully to avoid damage to the outer covering or insulation and damage from moisture and weather. Damaged or defective items shall be replaced with new items a no cost to the Owner. The Architect shall determine if a damaged or defective item is to be replaced with a new item. The decisions by the Architect in these matters shall be final. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0510 - 8 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0519 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLE PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire and cable for 600 volts and less. B. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS July 2016 A. Section 02315 - Excavation. B. Section 02316 - Fill and Backfill: Bedding and backfilling. C. Section 02317 - Trenching for Site Utilities: Excavating, bedding, and backfilling. D. Section 26 05 53 — Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2010. B. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2003. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for each cable assembly type. C. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained. D. Design Data: Indicate voltage drop and ampacity calculations for aluminum conductors substituted for copper conductors. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. F. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles (160 km) of Project. C. Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING REQUIREMENTS A. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or nonmetallic - sheathed cable. B. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway. C. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire in raceway. D. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway. E. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway, direct burial cable, or service - entrance cable. F. Underground Installations: Use only building wire in raceway, direct burial cable, or service -entrance cable. G. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. H. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. I. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. J. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. K. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet (25 m). Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260519-1 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLE STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 L. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet (60 m). M. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless indicated as aluminum or "AL". N. If aluminum conductor is substituted for copper conductor, size to match circuit requirements for conductor ampacity and voltage drop. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor: Copper. 1. For Sizes Smaller Than 4 AWG: Copper. 2. For Sizes 4 AWG and Larger: Copper or Aluminum. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D. Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHN/THWN or Type XHHW. 1. For Feeders and Branch Circuits Smaller Than 4 AWG: Type THHN/THWN or XHHW. 2. For Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 4 AWG and larger: Type TW. E. Insulation: Thermoplastic material rated 75 degrees C. 2.03 SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE A. Description: NFPA 70, Type USE. B. Conductor: Copper. 1. For Sizes Smaller Than 4 AWG: Copper. 2. For Sizes 4 AWG and Larger: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D. Insulation: Type XHHW. 2.04 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Factory fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. D. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install wire and cable securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA B. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. 1. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths required. 3. Include wire and cable of lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft (3000 mm) of location shown. C. Use wiring methods indicated. D. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. E. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. F. Protect exposed cable from damage. G. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using plastic cable ties to support cables from structure or ceiling suspension system. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels. H. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. I. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. J. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260519-2 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLE STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 K. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. L. Terminate aluminum conductors with tin-plated aluminum -bodied compression connectors only. Fill with anti- oxidant compound before installing conductor. M. Use suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adaptors for connecting aluminum conductors to copper conductors. N. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. O. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. P. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. Q. Trench and backfill for direct burial cable installation as specified in Sections 02315 and 02316. Install warning tape along entire length of direct burial cable, within 4 inches (100 mm) of grade, as specified in Section 16075. R. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 16075. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01400. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.3.2. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260519-3 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLE STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cooper Power Systems: www.cooperpower.com. B. Framatome Connectors International: www.fciconnect.com. C. Lightning Master Corporation: www.lightningmaster.com. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260526-1 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Grounding and bonding components. B. Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding system(s) consisting of: 1. Existing metal underground water pipe. 2. Metal underground water pipe. 3. Metal frame of the building. 4. Steel water storage tank and supports. 5. Concrete -encased electrode. 6. Ground ring specified in Section 02590. 7. Existing metal underground gas piping system. 8. Metal underground gas piping system. 9. Rod electrodes. 10. Plate electrodes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02590 - Site Grounding. B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. D. Section 13100 -Lightning Protection. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2003. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 25 ohms. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connections. C. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Quality Assurance. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. F. Certificate of Compliance: Indicate approval of installation by authority having jurisdiction. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Products: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cooper Power Systems: www.cooperpower.com. B. Framatome Connectors International: www.fciconnect.com. C. Lightning Master Corporation: www.lightningmaster.com. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260526-1 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2.02 ELECTRODES A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Power Systems: www.cooperpower.com. 2. Framatome Connectors International: www.fciconnect.com. 3. Lightning Master Corporation: www.lightningmaster.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Rod Electrodes: Copper -clad steel. 1. Diameter: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 2. Length: 10 feet (3000 mm). C. Foundation Electrodes: 2/0 AWG. 2.03 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES A. Mechanical Connectors: Bronze. B. Exothermic Connections: Cadweld. C. Wire: Stranded copper, D. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. E. Grounding Well: 1. Well Pipe: 8 inch (200 mm) by 24 inch (600 mm) long clay tile or concrete pipe with belled end. 2. Well Cover: Cast iron with legend "GROUND" embossed on cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work. B Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install ground electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. B. Provide grounding well pipe with cover at rod locations where indicated. Install well pipe top flush with finished grade. C. Install 4 AWG bare copper wire in foundation footing. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260526-2 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing. Bond steel together. E. Provide bonding to meet requirements described in Quality Assurance. F. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. G. Bond together reinforcing steel and metal accessories in pool and fountain structures. H. Install ground grid under access floors. Construct grid of 2 AWG bare copper wire installed on 24 inch centers both ways. Bond each access floor pedestal to grid. I. Bond together each metallic raceway, pipe, duct and other metal object entering space under access floors. Bond to underfloor ground grid. Use 2 AWG bare copper conductor. J. Provide isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying electronic cash registers, personal computers, and all other electronic equipment. K. Provide grounding and bonding in patient care areas to meet requirements of NFPA 99 and NFPA 70. L. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. M. Interface with site grounding system installed under Section 02590. N. Interface with lightning protection system installed under Section 13100. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400. B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS except Section 4. C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.13. Id.IZ9]W3X43ICell Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260526-3 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Anchors and fasteners. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2010. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog data for fastening systems. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. B. Threaded Rod Company: www.threadedrod.com. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners - General: Corrosion -resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. B. Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized. C. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Obtain permission from Architect before using powder -actuated anchors. 2. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts. 3. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps or steel spring clips. 4. Concrete Surfaces: Use self -drilling anchors or expansion anchors. 5. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners. 6. Solid Masonry Walls: Use preset inserts. 7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 8. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. 1. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Do not drill or cut structural members. 3. Obtain permission from Architect before drilling or cutting structural members. B. Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon -head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts. C. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260529-1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch (25 mm) off wall. E. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260529-2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES July 2016 PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02582 - Underground Electrical Ducts and Manholes. B. Section 07840 - Firestopping. C. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding. D. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. E. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2005. B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT); 2005. C. ANSI C80.5 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC); 2005. D. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2010. E. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT); National Electrical Contractors Association; 2006. F. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007. G. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2005. H. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2013. I. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2013. J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, metallic tubing, nonmetallic conduit, flexible nonmetallic conduit, nonmetallic tubing, fittings, and conduit bodies. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inches (51 mm). 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260533-1 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Minimum Size: 1/2 inch (13 mm) unless otherwise specified. B. Underground Installations: 1. More than Five Feet (1.5 Meters) from Foundation Wall: Use thickwall non- metallic conduit. 2. Within Five Feet (1.5 Meters) from Foundation Wall: Use thickwall nonmetallic conduit. 3. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit, plastic coated conduit, thickwall non-metallic conduit, or thinwall non-metallic conduit. 4. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm). C. Outdoor Locations Above Grade: Use intermediate metal conduit. D. In Slab Above Grade: 1. Use thickwall nonmetallic conduit. 2. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab: 3/4 inch (19 mm); 1/2 inch (13 mm) for conduits crossing each other. E. Wet and Damp Locations: Use thickwall nonmetallic conduit. F. Dry Locations: 1. Concealed: Use electrical metallic tubing. 2. Exposed: Use intermediate metal conduit. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedtube.com. 2. Beck Manufacturing, Inc: www.beckmfg.com. 3. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com. 4. Substitutions: See Product Requirements Spec section. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5. D. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel. E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.03 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedtube.com. 2. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. 3. Robroy Industries: www.robroy.com. B. Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 40 mil (0.1 mm) thick. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coating to match conduit. 2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com. 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com. B. Description: Interlocked steel construction. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.05 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com. 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com. B. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. 2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260533-2 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedtube.com. 2. Beck Manufacturing, Inc: www.beckmfg.com. 3. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com. B. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron compression type. 2.07 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com. 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com. 4. Substitutions: See Product Requirements Spec section. B. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.08 NONMETALLIC TUBING A. Manufacturers: 1. Beck Manufacturing, Inc: www.beckmfg.com. 2. Centex, Inc: www.cantexinc.com. 3. Lamson & Sessions (Carlon): www.carlon.com. 4. Substitutions See Product Requirements Spec section. B. Description: NEMA TC 2. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. 2.09 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Appleton Electric: www.appletonelec.com. 2. Arc-Co/Division of Arcade Technology: www.arc-co.com. 3. Unity Manufacturing: www.unitymfg.com. 2.10 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch (13 mm) male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. B. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. C. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs. D. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 26 02726. 2.11 FLOOR BOXES A. Floor Boxes: NEMA OS 1, fully adjustable, 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) deep. B. Material: Cast metal. C. Shape: Octagonal. D. Service Fittings: As specified in Section 26 2726. 2.12 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Hinged Enclosures: As specified in Section 26 0533. C. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat -flanged, surface mounted junction box: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. D. In -Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside or inside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron or Cast aluminum. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260533-3 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. 3. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC". E. Fiberglass Handholes: Die molded glass fiber hand holes: 1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6 x 6 inch (150 x 150 mm) cable entrance at center bottom of each side. 2. Cover: Glass fiber weatherproof cover with nonskid finish. 2.13 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper B -Line: www.bline.com. 2. Cube Corporation: www.qubeine.com. 3. Robroy Industries: www.robroy.com. 2.14 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Construction: NEMA 250, Type 1 steel enclosure. B. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by key. C. Provide interior plywood panel for mounting terminal blocks and electrical components; finish with white enamel. D. Enclosure Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.15 CABINETS A Boxes: Galvanized steel. B. Backboard: Provide 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks. Paint matte white. C. Fronts: Steel, flush or surface type with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinge, and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard. D. Knockouts: E. Provide metal barriers to form separate compartments wiring of different systems and voltages. F. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment. iliGfilA:7' II:Id�-3S�Z9.F: A Manufacturers: 1. Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Automation: www.ab.com. 2. Cooper Bussmann: www.bussmann.com. 3. WECO Electrical Connectors Inc: www.weco.ca. B. Terminal Blocks: NEMA ICS 4. C. Power Terminals: Unit construction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts. D. Signal and Control Terminals: Modular construction type, suitable for channel mounting, with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. E. Provide ground bus terminal block, with each connector bonded to enclosure. 2.17 ACCESSORIES A. Plastic Raceway: Plastic channel with hinged or snap -on cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough -in. C. Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. D. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in offices and work areas prior to rough -in. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101. C. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260533-4 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. E. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. F. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. G. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 26 0529. H. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. I. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. J. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. K. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. L. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. M. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. N. Do not cross conduits in slab. O. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. P. Maintain 12 inch (300 mm) clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). Q. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de -burr cut ends. R. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. S. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. T. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations, and to cast boxes. U. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one shot bender to fabricate or factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch (50 mm) size. V. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. W. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic, control, and expansion joints. X. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves'and nipples. Y. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Z. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 26 0526. AA. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 26 0553. AB. Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. AC. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70. AD. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 26 0534. AE. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. AF. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. 1. Adjust box locations up to 10 feet (3 m) if required to accommodate intended purpose. AG. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 0534. AH. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. Al. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. AJ. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches (150 mm) from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. AK. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07840. AL. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. AM. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260533-5 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 AN. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. AO. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. AP. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. AQ. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches (150 mm) separation. Provide minimum 24 inches (600 mm) separation in acoustic rated walls. AR. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. AS. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. AT. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. AU. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. AV. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. AW. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches (305 mm) of box. AX. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. AY. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. AZ. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations. BA. Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations. BB. Set floor boxes level. BC. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface -mounted cast metal box in other locations. BD. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials. BE. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. BF. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust floor boxes flush with finish flooring material. B. Adjust flush -mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. C. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. 01111 �4311=F_1:11:16 A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. C. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials. D. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. E. Clean finishes and touch up damage. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260533-6 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0534 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART IGENERAL 1.01 The RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Provisions of Section 26 05 10, "General Electrical Requirements". July 2016 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B. American Society for Testing and Materials. C. National Electrical Code 1. Division 2 Section "Underground Ducts and Utility Structures" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction. 2. Division 7 Section "Through -Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping materials and installation at penetrations through walls, ceilings, and other fire -rated elements. 3. Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors, and identification products. 1.03 SUMMARY A. Outlet Boxes. B. Pull Boxes. C. Junction Boxes. D. Floor Boxes. 1.04 WARRANTY: A. Warranty shall comply with the provisions of Section 26 05 10, "General Electrical Requirements". PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The size of each outlet or junction box shall be determined by the number and sizes of wires and conduits entering the box, but shall be not less than 4 -inch square and 2 -1/8 -inches deep unless otherwise indicated. B. Outlet and junction boxes for interior use shall be galvanized or sherardized, one-piece pressed or welded steel, knockout type, except where other types of boxes are indicated or specified. C. Outlet and junction boxes for exterior use shall be lug type "Bell" boxes "250L" through "254L", "Crouse -Hinds FS" type, as applicable or equal. D. Outlet boxes shall be equipped with plaster rings, inserts and fixture studs as may be required. Knockout seals shall be provided where knockouts are not intact. E. Plastic, fiber or composition boxes shall not be permitted. F. Telecommunication Outlets: Voice and data wall outlet boxes shall be 4 -11/16 -inch square by 2 -1/8 -inch deep metal boxes, with plaster ring. G. Outlet boxes for hazardous locations (Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D; and Class II, groups D, F and G) shall be in accordance with U.L. 886. H. All exterior pull boxes, plates, fittings, etc., mounted below 10 feet — 0 inch in height shall be fitted with rustproof, tamperproof screws. Provide Owner with two (2) screw drivers (or wrenches) to fit special screws. Screws shall be Spanner, Key Slot, or Rosette. I. Boxes in concrete shall be of the type to allow placing of conduit without displacing reinforcing bars, and shall be type approved for concrete use. Boxes installed in poured concrete shall be packed with approved material to prevent concrete entering box. Do not use paper for such packing. J. Floor boxes shall be Walker Box Resource RFB or equal, no known equal series with brass plates and brass carpet flanges for carpeted areas. PART 3 EXECUTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0534 -1 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUCNTION BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Outlet boxes shall be securely and independently fastened to the structure and in concealed work shall be supported flush with finished surface of walls or ceiling. B. Bar hangers fitted with fixture studs shall be used to support and outlet boxes in stud partitions and in furred or plastered ceilings. C. Fasteners shall be machine screws, nut and lock washers in metal, wood screws, in wood, or expansion shields or inserts in masonry or concrete. Wooden inserts will not be acceptable. D. Label outside of box to identify panel and circuit numbers. Use indelible markers, non -erasing type, for boxes above ceilings or in concealed locations. E. Fire alarm boxes shall be painted red. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 26 0534 -2 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUCNTION BOXES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0553 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 2.03 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6 feet (2 m). Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260563-1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates and labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit markers. D. Field -painted identification of conduit. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide catalog data for nameplates, labels, and markers. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Quality Assurance. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of product. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements for additional requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates: Engraved three -layer laminated plastic, black letters on white background. B. Locations: 1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2. Communication cabinets. C. Letter Size: 1. Use 1/8 inch (3 mm) letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. Use 1/4 inch (6 mm) letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. D. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch (5 mm) white letters on black background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, and control device stations. 2.02 WIRE MARKERS A. Description: Cloth, tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers. B. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and at each load connection. C. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on drawings. 2. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams on drawings. 2.03 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6 feet (2 m). Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260563-1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Spacing: 20 feet (6 m) on center. C. Color: 1. 480 Volt System: Orange. 2. 208 Volt System: Black. 3. Fire Alarm System: Red. 4. Telephone System: Blue. D. Legend: 1. 480 Volt System: Orange. 2. 208 Volt System: Black. 3. Fire Alarm System: Red. 4. Telephone System: Blue. 2.04 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Description: 4 inch (100 mm) wide plastic tape, detectable type colored yellow with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplates to equipment front using adhesive. C. Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. D. Identify conduit using field painting under provisions of Division 1. 1. Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet (2 m). 2. Paint bands 20 feet (6 m) on center. 3. Colors: a. 480 Volt System: Orange. b. 208 Volt System: Black. C. Fire Alarm System: Red. d. Telephone System: Blue. E. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches (75 mm) below finished grade. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260553-2 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 0923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART IGENERAL July 2016 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes photoelectric relays and occupancy sensors. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 26 Section 26 27 26 — "Wiring Devices" for wall -box dimmers and manual light switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include dimensions and data on features, components, and ratings for lighting control devices. B. Samples: Occupancy sensors, one of each type. C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. D. Maintenance Data: For lighting control devices to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1— Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain lighting control devices from a single source with total responsibility for compatibility of lighting control system components specified in this Section. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, for their indicated use and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Comply with 47 CFR 15, Subparts A and B, for Class A digital devices. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of devices specified in this Section with systems and components specified in other Sections to form an integrated system of compatible components. Match components and interconnections for optimum performance of specified functions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Photoelectric Relays: B. Occupancy Sensors: 2.02 GENERAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Line -Voltage Surge Protection: Include in all 120- and 277-V solid-state equipment. Comply with UL 1449 and with ANSI C62.41 for Category A locations. 2.03 PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS A. Description: Solid state, with single -pole, double -throw dry contacts rated to operate connected relay or contactor coils or microprocessor input, and complying with UL 773A. B. Light -Level Monitoring Range: 0 to 3500 fc, with an adjustment for turn-on/turn-off levels. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260923-1 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Time Delay: Prevents false operation. D. Outdoor Sealed Units: Weathertight housing, resistant to high temperatures and equipped with sun -glare shield. 2.04 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Ceiling -Mounting or Wall Mounted Units: Unit receives control power from a separately mounted auxiliary power and control unit, and operates power switching contacts in that unit. B. Ceiling -Mounting Units for use with programmable, microprocessor -based systems: Unit receives 24-V do power from a remote source and, on sensing occupancy, closes contacts that provide signal input the lighting control system. C. Switch -Box -Mounting Units: Unit receives power directly from switch leg of the 120- or 277-V ac circuit it controls and operates integral power switching contacts rated 800 W at 120-V ac, and 1000 W at 277-V ac, minimum. D. Operation: Turns lights on when room or covered area is occupied and off when unoccupied, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Time Delay for Turning Lights Off: Adjustable over a range from 1 to 15 minutes, minimum. 2. Manual Override Switch for switch -box mounted units: Turns lights off manually regardless of elapsed time delay. 3. Isolated Relay Contact: Operates on detection of occupancy or vacancy, as indicated, to activate an independent function (refer to Section 15940 — Sequences of Operation). E. Auxiliary Power and Control Units: As follows: 1. Relays rated for a minimum of 20-A normal ballast load or 13-A tungsten filament or high - inrush ballast load. 2. Sensor Power Supply: Rated to supply the number of connected sensors. F. Dual -Technology Type: Uses a combination of passive -infrared and ultrasonic detection methods to distinguish between occupied and unoccupied conditions for area covered. Particular technology or combination of technologies that controls each function (on or off) is selectable in the field by selection of jumpers or dip -switches on unit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment level and plumb and according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Mount lighting control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Mounting heights indicated are to bottom of unit for suspended devices and to center of unit for wall -mounting devices. 3.02 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between sensing and control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified in Section 26 05 19 — "Wires and Cables" for low -voltage connections. B. Wiring Method: Install all wiring as specified in Division 26 Section 26 05 33 — "Raceways and Fittings." C. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. D. Ground equipment. E. Connections: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Section 26 05 53 — "Electrical Identification." 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least seven days advance notice. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260923-2 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labeling, and nameplate compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous six months. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values. D. Verify settings of photoelectric devices with photometer calibrated within previous six months. E. Electrical Tests: Use particular caution when testing devices containing solid-state components. Perform the following according to manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Continuity tests of circuits. 2. Operational Tests: Set and operate devices to demonstrate their functions and capabilities in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating functions. a. Include testing of devices under conditions that simulate actual operational conditions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations. F. Correct deficiencies, make necessary adjustments, and retest. Verify that specified requirements are met. G. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative. H. Reports: Written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments. 3.05 CLEANING A. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices internally and externally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturers, and repair damaged finishes. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Train owner maintenance personnel on troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and preventive maintenance. Provide a minimum of three hours training. 2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of maintenance manuals as a training aid. 3. Schedule training with owner, through Architect, with at least seven days advance notice. 3.07 ON-SITE ASSISTANCE A. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up to three Project site visits, when requested, to adjust light levels, make program changes, and adjust sensors and controls to suit actual conditions. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 260923-3 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Wall dimmers. C. Receptacles. D. Device plates and decorative box covers. E. Floor box service fittings. F. Access floor boxes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS July 2016 A. Section 26 05 33 — Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2010. B. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2002 (R 2008). C. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2002. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Products: Provide products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cooper Wiring Devices: www.cooperwiringdevices.com. B. GE Industrial: www.geindustrial.com. C. Leviton Manufacturing, Inc: www.leviton.com. 2.02 WALL SWITCHES A. Wall Switches: Heavy Duty, AC only general -use snap switch, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1. Body and Handle: White plastic with toggle handle. 2. Indicator Light: Light handle type switch. 3. Locator Light: Lighted handle type switch; red color handle. 4. Ratings: a. Voltage: 120 - 277 volts, AC. b. Current: 20 amperes. B. Switch Types: Single pole, double pole, 3 -way, 4 -way, pilot gang, and locator. 2.03 WALL DIMMERS A. Wall Dimmers: Semiconductor dimmer for incandescent lamps, Type as indicated on drawings, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262726-1 WIRING DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Body and Handle: White plastic with linear slide. 2. Voltage: 120 volts. 3. Power Rating: Match load shown on drawings; 600 watts minimum. B. Accessory Wall Switches: Match dimmer appearance. 2.04 RECEPTACLES A. Receptacles: Heavy duty, industrial type, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1. Device Body: White plastic - Normal power, Red plastic - Emergency power 2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated. B. Convenience Receptacles: Type 5 - 20. C. Single Convenience Receptacles. D. Duplex Convenience Receptacles. E. GFCI Receptacles: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. 2.05 WALL PLATES A. Decorative Cover Plates: White, smooth plastic. B. Jumbo Cover Plates: White, smooth plastic. C. Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with hinged. D. Covers for weatherproof receptacles shall be such that the weatherproof integrity of the receptacle is maintained while in use. 2.07 FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE FITTINGS A. Pedestal Convenience Receptacles: 1. Housing: Satin aluminum. 2. Device Plate: Stainless steel. 3. Configuration: One duplex. B. Flush Cover Convenience Receptacles: 1. Material: Brass. 2. Configuration: Duplex flap opening. C. Pedestal Communication Outlets: 1. Housing: Satin aluminum. 2. Device Plate: Stainless steel. D. Flush Cover Communication Outlets: 1. Material: Brass. 2. Configuration: 2-1/8 inch (54 mm) x 1 inch (25 mm) combination threaded opening. E. Pedestal Combination Fittings: 1. Housing: Satin aluminum. 2. Device Plate: Stainless steel. 3. Configuration: One duplex convenience receptacle with one bushed opening, 1 inch (25mm) inside diameter. F. Flush Cover Combination Fittings: 1. Material: Brass. 2. Configuration: Duplex flap opening with 2-1/8 inch (54 mm) x 1 inch (25 mm) combination threaded opening. G. Protective Ring: Brass finish. H. Split Nozzles: Brass finish. I. Carpet Rings: Brass. 2.08 ACCESS FLOOR BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Arc-Co./Division of Arcade Technology: www.arc-co.com. 2. Unity Manufacturing: www.unitymfg.com. B. Floor Boxes: As specified in Section 26 0534. C. Access Floor Boxes: Sheet metal box suitable for mounting in access floor system. 1. Size: 4 x 4. 2. Cover: Impact resistant plastic with grey enamel finish. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262726-2 WIRING DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Convenience Receptacle: One with isolated ground. 4. Communications Receptacle: modularjack. 5. Data Receptacle: One. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C. Verify that floor boxes are adjusted properly. D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. E. Verify that openings in access floor are in proper locations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. B. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer. E. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. F. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. G. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. H. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. I. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. J. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. K. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. L. Install protective rings on active flush cover service fittings. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 0534 to obtain mounting heights specified and indicated on drawings. B. Install wall switch 48 inches (1.2 m) above finished floor. C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches (450 mm) above finished floor. D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches (150 mm) above counter. E. Install dimmer 48 inches (1.2 m) above finished floor. F. Install telephone jack 18 inches (450 mm) above finished floor. G. Install telephone jack for side -reach wall telephone to position top of telephone at 54 inches (1.4 m) above finished floor. H. Install telephone jack for forward -reach wall telephone to position top of telephone at 48 inches (1.2 m) above finished floor. I. Coordinate installation of access floor boxes with access floor system provided under Section 10270. J. Coordinate the installation of wiring devices with underfloor duct service fittings provided under Section 26 0534. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01400. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262726-3 WIRING DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. G. Verify that each telephone jack is properly connected and circuit is operational. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262726-4 WIRING DEVICES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 2813 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 2.03 SPARE FUSE CABINET A. Description: Wall -mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified. B. Doors: Hinged, with hasp for padlock. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262813-1 FUSES A. Fuses. B. Spare fuse cabinet. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2012. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data sheets showing electrical characteristics, including time - current curves. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles (160 km) of Project. C. Products: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Furnish two fuse pullers. C. Furnish three of each size and type fuse installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Cooper Bussmann: www.bussmann.com. B. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc: www.ferrazshawmut.com. C. Littelfuse: www.littelfuse.com. 2.02 FUSES -GENERAL A. Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or indicated. B. Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. C. Main Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L (time delay). D. Main Service Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). E. Power Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L (time delay). F. Power Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). G. Motor Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). H. Lighting Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L time delay. I. Lighting Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). J. Other Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes: L time delay; L fast -acting. K. Other Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay). L. General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1 (time delay). M. Motor Branch Circuits: Class L time delay. N. Lighting Branch Circuits: Class G. 2.03 SPARE FUSE CABINET A. Description: Wall -mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified. B. Doors: Hinged, with hasp for padlock. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262813-1 FUSES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Finish: Prime finish for field painting. I11 i01F /x8Dll[9L`1 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. B. Install spare fuse cabinet where indicated. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 262813-2 FUSES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 26 5100 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Interior luminaires and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI C78.379 - American National Standard for Electric Lamps -- Reflector Lamps -- Classification of Beam Patterns; 2006. B. ANSI C82.1 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast; 2014. C. ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Ballasts for High -Intensity -Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple -Supply Type); 2002. D. NECA/IESNA 500 - Recommended Practice for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2006. E. NECA/IESNA 502 - Recommended Practice for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2006. F. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Requirements; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2002. G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011. H. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures; National Fire Protection Association; 2006. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer. C. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Quality Assurance. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Products: Listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. Furnish products as indicated in Schedule included on the Drawings. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 LAMPS A. Manufacturers: 1. GE Lighting: www.gelighting.com. 2. Philips Lighting Co of NA: www.lighting.phiIips.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Lamp Types: As specified for each luminaire. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 265100-1 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 265100-2 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES A. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 and 502. B. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. C. Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot (600 x 1200 mm) size independent of ceiling framing. D. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan. E. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement. F. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface mounted luminaires in grid ceiling directly from building structure. G. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Provide auxiliary members spanning ceiling grid members to support surface mounted luminaires. H. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. I. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. J. Install clips to secure recessed grid -supported luminaires in place. K. Install wall mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units, and exit signs at height as indicated on Drawings. L. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. M. Connect luminaries, emergency lighting units, and exit signs to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 26 05 33. N. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. O. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. P. Install specified lamps in each emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and luminaire. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400. B. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Aim and adjust luminaires as directed. B. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate luminaire operation for minimum of two hours. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 265100-2 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 31 1000 SITE CLEARING PART1 GENERAL July 2016 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of existing debris. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 7000 - Execution Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products. B. Section 31 2200 - Grading: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. C. Section 312323 - Fill and Backfill: Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. PART 2 PRODUCTSO 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill Material: As specified in Section 31 2200 - Grading PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CLEARING A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 7000. B. Minimize production of dust due to clearing operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. 3.02 DEBRIS A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 31 1000-1 SITE CLEARING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 31 2200 GRADING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of topsoil and subsoil. B. Cutting, grading, filling and rough contouring the site. C. Finish Grading. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing. B. Section 31 2316 - Excavation. C. Section 31 2323 - Fill and Backfill. D. Report of Geotechnical/Geologic Study, as prepared by Inland Foundation engineering, Inc., dated July 24, 2015. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D1557 -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3))12e1 B. CBC - 2013 California Building Code, based on 2012 International Building Code (IBC), with California Amendments. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Samples: Submit 10-I1b sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory, in air -tight containers. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of utilities remaining, by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. All grading shall be performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the CBC. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Excavated material, graded, free of roots, rocks larger than 1 -inch, subsoil, debris and large weeds. B. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded, free of lumps larger than 6 -inches, rocks larger than 3 -inches and debris. C. Granular Fill: Type A. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions. B. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify known underground, above ground, and aerial utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Notify utility company to remove, rebuild and relocate utilities. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 31 2200-1 GRADING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 D. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. E. Protect bench marks, existing structures, sidewalks, paving and curbs from excavation equipment and vehicular traffic. 3.03 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. All building, slab and pavement areas and all surfaces to receive compacted fill should be cleared of existing undocumented fill, loose soil, vegetation, debris, and other unsuitable materials. We recommend a minimum overexcavation of at least 24 inches to provide assurance of processing loose and disturbed soils. All existing undocumented fill should be removed. . B. Abandoned underground utility lines should be traced out and completely removed from the site. Each end of the abandoned utility line should be securely capped at the entrance and exit to the site to prevent any water from entering the site. Soils loosened due to the removal of trees should be removed and replaced as controlled compacted fill under the direction of the geotechnical engineer. 3.04 PREPARATION OF BUILDING AREA A. The proposed fire station building area should be over -excavated to the depth necessary to provide at least 24 inches of compacted fill below footing bottoms, or to a depth equal to the footing width, whichever is deeper. The over -excavated area should extend outside of the exterior footing lines for a distance of at least five feet, where possible. Following over -excavation the surface should be prepared as recommended below in the following section, Preparation of Surfaces to Receive Compacted Fill. 3.05 PREPARATION OF SURFACES TO RECEIVE COMPACTED FILL A. All surfaces to receive compacted fill should be subjected to compaction testing prior to processing. Testing should indicate a relative compaction of at least 85 percent within the unprocessed native soils. If roots or other deleterious materials are encountered or if the relative compaction fails to meet the acceptance criterion, additional over -excavation will be required until satisfactory conditions are encountered. Upon approval, surfaces to receive fill should be scarified, brought to near optimum moisture content, and compacted to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. 3.06 PLACEMENT OF COMPACTED FILL A. Fill materials consisting of on-site soils or approved imported granular soils should be spread in shallow lifts and compacted at near optimum moisture content to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. Depending on weather conditions preceding construction, the soils may be at very high moisture contents and could require drying back or processing to achieve stability prior to and during fill placement. This should be investigated by the grading contractor prior to the commencement of site grading. 3.07 PREPARATION OF SLAB AND PAVING AREAS A. All surfaces to receive asphalt concrete paving or concrete slabs -on -grade should be processed and tested to assure compaction for a depth of at least of 12 inches. This may be accomplished by a combination of over -excavation, scarification and recompaction of the surface, and replacement of the excavated material as controlled compacted fill. Compaction of the slab areas should be to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. Compaction within the proposed pavement areas should be to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction for both the subgrade and base course. 3.08 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. It is our opinion that utility trench backfill consisting of the on-site soil types should be placed by mechanical compaction to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. This is with the exception of the upper 12 inches under pavement areas where the minimum relative compaction should be 95 percent. Jetting of the native soils is not recommended. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 312200-2 GRADING STK Architecture, Inc. 3.09 TESTING AND OBSERVATION July 2016 A. During grading, tests and observations shall be performed by the Geotechnical Engineer or this representative in order to verify that the grading is being performed in accordance with the project specifications. The minimum acceptable degree of compaction shall be 90 percent of the maximum dry density as obtained by the ASTM D1557 test method. Where testing indicates insufficient density, additional compactive effort shall be applied until retesting indicates satisfactory compaction. B. Testing will be also conducted to verify that the soils will not subject concrete to sulfate attack and are not corrosive. Testing of any proposed import will be necessary prior to placement on the site. Testing of on-site soils may be done on either a selective or random basis as site conditions indicate. C. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 312200-3 GRADING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 SECTION 31 2316 EXCAVATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating for footings and slabs -on -grade. B. Trenching for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document: Report of Geotechnical/Geologic Study, as prepared by Inland Foundation engineering, Inc., dated July 24, 2015. B. Section 015713 - Temporary Erosion Control. C. Section 01 7000 - Execution Requirements: General requirements for dewatering of excavations and water control. D. Section 02 4100 - Demolition: Shoring and underpinning. E. Section 312200 - Grading: Grading. F. Section 312323 - Fill and Backfill: Fill materials, filling, and compacting. PART2 PRODUCTS -- NOT APPLICABLE -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage. 3.02 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to accommodate new structures and construction operations. B. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet (1.2 meters) to angle of repose or less until shored. C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. D. Cut utility trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. E. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter. F. Remove excess excavated material from site. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4500 - "Quality Control', for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Provide for visual inspection of load-bearing excavated surfaces before placement of foundations. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 312316-1 EXCAVATION STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 31 2323 FILL AND BACKFILL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Filling, backfilling, and compacting for site grading and footings, slabs -on -grade, and site structures. B. Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. C. Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal (demolition) operations. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 312200 - Grading: Site grading. B. Section 31 2316 - Excavation: Removal and handling of soil to be re -used. C. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AASHTO T 180 - Standard Specification for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54 kg (10 -Ib) Rammer and a 457 mm (18 in.) Drop; American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; 2010 B. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2012. C. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method; 2007. D. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 kN m/m3)); 2012. E. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method; 2008. F. ASTM D2487 - Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System); 2011. G. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005. H. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. B. Subgrade Elevations: 4 inches (100 mm) below finish grade elevations indicated on drawings, unless otherwise indicated. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. C. Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual materials used. D. Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated. 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 31 2323- 1 FILL AND BACKFILL STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. C. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. General Fill: Subsoil excavated on-site. 1. Graded. 2. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches (75 mm), rocks larger than 6 inches (_ mm), and debris. 3. Conforming to ASTM D2487 Group Symbol CL, or as approved by the Soils Engineer. B. Structural Fill: Subsoil excavated on-site. 1. Graded. 2. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches (75 mm), rocks larger than 2 inches (50 mm), and debris. 3. Conforming to ASTM D2487 Group Symbol CL. C. Concrete for Fill: Lean concrete, 1 or 2 sack slurry. D. Granular Fill: Coarse aggregate, conforming to State of California Department of Transportation standard. E. Sand: Conforming to State of California Department of Transportation standard. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: Non -biodegradable, woven, Structural Geog rid BX 1200; manufactured by Tensar Earth Technologies, Inc., or approved equal by Architect; submittal required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Verify underground tanks are anchored to their own foundations to avoid flotation after backfilling. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Scarify subgrade surface to a depth of 6 inches (150 mm) to identify soft spots. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with general fill. C. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. D. Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation. 3.03 FILLING A. Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials. B. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. C. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. D. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. E. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches (150 mm) compacted depth. F. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 ft (50 mm in 3 m), unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. G. Correct areas that are over -excavated. 1. Other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to minimum 95 percent of maximum dry density. H. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: Newport Beach Fire Station #6 312323-2 FILL AND BACKFILL STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 1. Under paving, slabs -on -grade, and similar construction: 95 percent of maximum dry density. I. Reshape and re -compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4500 - "Quality Control", for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922, or ASTM D3017. C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D698 ("standard Proctor"), ASTM D1557 ("modified Proctor"), or AASHTO T 180. D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water. B. Leave borrow areas in a clean and neat condition. Grade to prevent standing surface water. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 31 2323-3 FILL AND BACKFILL STK Architecture, Inc. SECTION 32 1313 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES July 2016 A. Concrete sidewalks, integral curbs, gutters, parking areas and roads. B. Aggregate base course. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. Section 31 2200 - Grading: Preparation of site for paving. C. Section 312323 - Fill and Backfill: Compacted subbase for paving. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute; 2010 (2012). B. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2015. C. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete; 2015. D. ASTM C1116/C1116M - Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Concrete; '09. E. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); '04 (2013). F. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction; '04a (2013). G. FS TT -S -227e - Polyurethane or Polysulfide Sealants; Federal Specifications. H. FS TT -C-800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces; Federal Specifications. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - "Submittals", for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product data on joint sealant. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AGGREGATE BASE A. Aggregate Base Course: Thickness and size of aggregate as indicated on the drawings. 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: Conform to ACI 301. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, grade 60 billet steel deformed bars. 2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete Materials: As specified in Section 03 3000 - "Cast -in -Place Concrete". B. Admixtures: Fly Ash is Not Allowed. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound: FS TT -C-800, Type 1, 30 percent solids. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 321313-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 B. Fibrous Reinforcement (Required for all driveway areas): Collated, fibrillated, 100% virgin polypropylene fibers with lengths varying from 1-1/2 to 2 -inches or nylon filamentized fibers of 3/4 -inch length meeting requirements of ASTM D1116, Type III. Volume per cubic yard shall equal a minimum of 0.1% (1.5 lbs). C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1751 type; 1/2 -inch, "Homex 300" expansion joint filler. D. Joint Sealant: Federal Specification TT -S -227e, 3/4 -inch thick polyurethane joint sealant by Pacific Polymers, Inc.; "Elasto-Thane 227 High Shore". E. All accessories listed above shall be used, as required. 2.06 CONCRETE MIX - BY PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Alternative No. 2. B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301, Method 2. C. Provide concrete to the following criteria 1. Compressive Strength: 4,500 psi @ 28 days. 2. Slump: 3 to 4 inches. D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer, Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Use calcium chloride only when approved by Architect/Engineer. F. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer.. 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide mix design under provisions of Section 014500 - "Quality Control". B. Submit proposed mix design to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Test samples in accordance with ACI 301. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify base conditions B. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Moisten subgrade to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. B. Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 3.03 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile and gradient. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. C. Place expansion joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 3.04 JOINTS A. Place expansion joints at 50 -foot intervals (maximum), and control joints at 20 -foot intervals (maximum), or as indicated. Align curb, gutter, paving and sidewalk joints. B. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. 3.05 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. Newport Beach Fire Station #6 32 1313 - 2 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING STK Architecture, Inc. July 2016 C. Place concrete continuously over the full width of the panel and between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt succesive pours such that cold joints occur. D. Place concrete to pattern indicated. Saw cut contraction joints 3/16 -inch wide at an optimum time after finishing. Cut 1/3 into depth of slab. 3.06 FINISHING A. Paving: Light broom. B. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, radiused to 3/8 -inch radius, and trowel joint edges. C. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom. D. Inclined Vehicular Ramps: Broomed perpendicular to slope. E. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Joint Sealant: 1. Surface Preparation: All joints must be absolutely clean. For concrete, sandblasting is required. All curing compounds, old caulks, waterproofing compounds, etc., must be removed. Polyethylene rod or polyurethane foam is recommended as a joint -filler and backup material. Fillers treated with bituminous products, grease or oil, should not be used. Where present, they must be removed or separated by vinyl tape or polyethylene film. All surfaces must be primed with ELASTO-THANE PRIMER. 2. Application: Apply by caulking gun, hand or pressure type, or pour from container. Bulk sealant can be applied by pumping equipment, trowel or putty knife. Press firmly into joint to assure good contact. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection and testing will be peformed under provisions of Section 01 4500 - "Quality Control". B. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump tests in accordance with ACI 301. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. END OF SECTION Newport Beach Fire Station #6 32 1313 - 3 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL REPORT PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL REPORT NEW APPARATUS BAY AT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FIRE STATION NO. 6 1348 IRVINE AVENUE NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA PREPARED FOR: STK ARCHITECTURE, INC. Attention: Mr. Tony Finaldi, Architect 42095 Zeno Drive, Suite Al Temecula, CA 92590 PREPARED BY: INLAND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING, INC. P. O. Box 937 (mailing) San Jacinto, California 92581-0937 July 24, 2015 Project No. S168-171 • 1310 South Santa Fe Avenue, San Jacinto, CA 92583 - (951) 654-1555 Country Club Business Park, 77622 Country Club Drive, Suite Q, Paine Desert, CA 92211 - (760) 200-2400 INLAND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING, INC. Consulting Geotechnical Engineers and Geologists wmv, inlandfoundation. com Mailing: P. D. Box 937, San Jacinto, CA 92581-0937 July 24, 2015 Project No. S168-171 STK ARCHITECTURE, INC. Attention: Mr. Tony Finaldi, Architect 42095 Zeno Drive, Suite Al 5 Temecula, CA 92590 Subject: Preliminary Geotechnical Report New Apparatus Bay at City of Newport Beach Fire Station No. 6 1348 Irvine Avenue Newport Beach, California Dear Mr. Finaldi: We are pleased to submit this preliminary geotechnical report prepared for the above subject project. The site is located southwest of and adjacent to the intersection of Irvine Avenue and Dover Drive in the City of Newport Beach, California. It is our opinion that the proposed development is feasible from a geotechnical engineering standpoint. Our report includes design recommendations along with the field and laboratory data. We have also included recommendations for site grading. We appreciate being of service to you on this project. If you have any questions, please contact our office. Respectfully, I I . INLAND FOUNDATION ENGINEE14114dgN, o tali ;� p CrR11FlFD Ur 17,INtERM6 k Daniel R. Lind, P.G., C.E.G: �Eoux;isr Principal Geologist61 P� OF C G.E. I No. 2060 • 1310 South Santa Fe Avenue, San Jacinto, CA 92583 - (951) 654-1555 • Country Club Business Park, 77622 Country Club Drive, Suite Q, Polar Desert, CA 92211 - (760) 200-2400 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................. 1 SCOPEOF SERVICES.................................................................................................. 1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................. 2 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY REVIEW.............................................................................3 GEOLOGICSETTING.................................................................................................... 3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS...................................................................................... 14 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS............................................................. 16 FoundationDesign................................................................................................... 16 LateralDesign.......................................................................................................... 17 Trench Wall Stability................................................................................................ 17 RetainingWall.......................................................................................................... 17 Concrete Slabs-on-Grade........................................................................................ 18 ExpansiveSoils........................................................................................................ 20 Tentative Pavement Design..................................................................................... 20 GeneralSite Grading............................................................................................... 21 GENERAL..................................................................................................................... 23 LIMITATIONS................................................................................................................ 24 REFERENCES.............................................................................................................. 25 APPENDICES APPENDIX A - Field Exploration......................................................................... A-1 - A-5 Explanationof Logs.................................................................................................A-2 Exploratory Borings...................................................................................A-3 and A-4 SitePlan..................................................................................................................A-5 APPENDIX B - Laboratory & Soil Mechanics Testing ......................................... B-1 - B-7 AnalyticalTesting....................................................................................................B-2 ExpansionTesting...................................................................................................B-3 General................................................................................................................... B-3 Maximum Density -Optimum Moisture Determinations............................................B-4 DirectShear Testing..............................................................................................B-5 Consolidation Testing............................................................................... B-6 and B-7 R -value ..................... .............................................................................................. B-8 APPENDIX C - Liquefaction and Seismic Settlement Analysis ................................... C-1 LIST OF FIGURES • Figure 1 — U.S.G.S. Topographic Map, Newport Beach 7.5' Quadrangle, and Google Earth Aerial Image................................................................. 2 • Figure 2 — Preliminary Digital Geologic Map, Santa Ana 30'x 60' Quadrangle ......... 4 • Figure 3 — June 2014 Groundwater Elevation Contours, Principal Aquifer, OCWD .. 5 • Figure 4 — FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM)................................................6 • Figure 5 — California Division of Oil, Gas & Geothermal Resources Well Finder....... 7 • Figure 6 — Official State of California Earthquake Fault Zone Map, Newport Beach. 8 • Figure 7 — Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, Newport Beach ...... 13 Figure8 — Soil Profile.............................................................................................. 15 • Figure 9 —Typical Retaining Wall Profile................................................................. 18 LIST OF TABLES • Table 1 — Fault Zone, Distances and Maximum Earthquake Magnitudes .................. 9 Table 2 — Historic Seismic Events; 1800-2015 (100 Kilometer Radius) ................... 10 • Table 3 — 2013 California Building Code (CBC) Seismic Design Parameters ......... 11 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of the preliminary geotechnical investigation conducted at the site of a proposed new apparatus bay at the City of Newport Beach Fire Station No. 6. Fire Station No. 6 is located southwest and adjacent to the intersection of Irvine Avenue and Dover Drive in the City of Newport Beach, California. A preliminary undated site plan prepared by Engineering Resources of Southern California, Inc. was used as a reference during our study. This report provides preliminary geotechnical design parameters that may be applied to the proposed development on the site. SCOPE OF SERVICES The purpose of this preliminary geotechnical investigation is to provide geotechnical parameters for design and construction of the proposed project. The scope of the geotechnical services included: • A review of the general geologic conditions and specific subsurface conditions of the project site. • An evaluation of the engineering and geologic data collected for the project site. • Preparation of a formal report providing geotechnical conclusions and recommendations for design and construction. The tasks performed to achieve these objectives included: • The collection and review of new and existing data relative to the site. • Subsurface exploration to evaluate the nature and stratigraphy of the subsurface soils and to obtain representative samples for laboratory testing. • A visual reconnaissance of the site and surrounding area to ascertain the existence of unstable or adverse geologic conditions. • Laboratory testing of representative samples to evaluate the classification and engineering properties of the soils. • Analysis of the data collected and the preparation of this report presenting our geotechnical conclusions and recommendations. Geolechmcal Report — Fire Slatiai =6 apparalus Bay' proJecr S'o- S168-171, ✓,d5, 2015 1 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The subject site is located at 1348 Irvine Avenue in the City of Newport Beach, California. The site rests southwest of and adjacent to the intersection of Irvine Avenue and Dover Drive in the City of Newport Beach, California. The site is located in a mixed use area of Newport Beach. The fire station site encompasses approximately 0.34 acres and is bounded on the northwest by Irvine Avenue, northeast by Dover Drive, and southwest by tennis courts, handball courts and other recreational facilities associated with the adjacent Mariners Park. The location of Fire Station No. 6 is shown on Figure 1 below. Figure 1: U.S.G.S. Topographic Map, Newport Beach 7.5' Quadrangle, and Google Earth Aerial Image (2014) The site is currently occupied with the fire station, apparatus bay, site pavement (concrete), and landscaping. The topography may be described as relatively planar. The ground surface elevation in the vicinity of the proposed building site is approximately 82 feet above mean sea level. The proposed project will consist of demolition and replacement of the existing apparatus bay. The new apparutus bay will be designed as a separate structure. We anticipate the building will be of steel -frame construction and the foundation for the new structure will consist of shallow spread and continuous footings with concrete slab -on - grade floors. New pavement and landscaping areas are also planned. We have not been provided with specific foundation loads. We anticipate however, that continuous Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 2 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. wall loads will not exceed 2,000 pounds per linear foot and that isolated column loads will not exceed 20 kips. Grading is expected to consist of preparation of the building pad area for the proposed structure as well as pavement and landscape areas. We assume that rough cuts and fills on the order of 2 feet or less will be required to achieve final site grades (not including any remedial over -excavation). The engineering geology and seismicity review has been prepared utilizing the suggested "Checklist for the Review of Geologic/Seismic Reports for California Public Schools, Hospitals and Essential Services Buildings" (California Geologic Survey, Note No. 48, 2013). The scope of services provided for this evaluation included: ■ Review of available published and unpublished geologic and geotechnical data in our files pertinent to the site, including photogeologic analysis of aerial photographs; • Geologic field reconnaissance of the site and adjacent areas by a State of California Certified Engineering Geologist; • Preparation of this report presenting our findings, conclusions and recommenda- tions, from an engineering geologic standpoint. GEOLOGIC SETTING Regional Geology: The subject site is situated within a natural geomorphic province in southwestern California known as the Peninsular Ranges. It is characterized by steep, elongated ranges and valleys that trend northwesterly. The City of Newport Beach is located in the northern part of the Peninsular Ranges Province. The Peninsular Ranges extend into lower California and are bound on the east by the Colorado Desert. The Los Angeles Basin and the island group (Santa Catalina, Santa Barbara, and the distinctly terraced San Clemente and San Nicolas islands), together with the surrounding continental shelf (cut by deep submarine fault troughs), are included in this province (CGS, 2002). More specifically, the site is situated on Newport Mesa, which lies on the southerly portion of the Central Block of the Los Angeles Basin. The present-day Los Angeles physiographic basin of coastal southern California is an alluviated lowland, sometimes called the "coastal plain", which is bounded on the north by the Santa Monica Mountains and the Elysian, Repetto, and Puente Hills and on the east and southeast by Geotechnical Report —Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 3 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. the Santa Ana Mountains and San Joaquin Hills. The lowland surface slopes gently south or seaward, but it is interrupted by the Coyote Hills near the northeast margin, by a line of elongated low hills and mesas to the south and west that extends from Newport Bay northwest to Beverly Hills, and by the Palos Verdes peninsula at the southwest extremity (Yerkes, et al., 1965). Local Geology: Locally, as mapped by Morton (2009), the site is shown to be mantled by middle to early Pleistocene -age paralic deposits (map symbol Qvop) generally described as consisting of mostly sorted, moderately permeable, reddish -brown, interfingered strandline, beach, estuarine and colluvial deposits of silt, sand, and cobbles. Figure No. 2 presents a portion of the Preliminary Digital Geologic Map of the Santa Ana 30'x 60' Quadrangle (Morton, 2009) depicting the mapped geologic units in the vicinity of the site: Figure 2: Preliminary Digital Geologic Map of the Santa Ana 30'x 60' Quadrangle, 2009, USGS Open File Report OFR 99-172 c� OoPta y - Oop oop O'a l ayaaG //cYl Qopfsc Wa,....�tl, �` . ti• yas �l Qwa Ovop 2 SITE C C' cop io C, ve (a om Newport•.Bearh � � •j � ' r _1 \ \'ery old paralic deposits, undivided (mid(Ile to early QVOp Pleistocene)-l'aralic deposils consisting of Mostly poorly sorted. moderately permeable, reddish -brown, interfinwered slnuidline, beach, estuarine and colluvial deposits composed of sill, sand and cobbles. These Geolechnica( Report - Fire Station H6 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 4 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Groundwater: The Coastal Plain of Orange County Groundwater Basin (Orange County Basin) underlies a coastal alluvial plain in the northwestern portion of Orange County. The basin is bounded by consolidated rocks exposed on the north in the Puente and Chino Hills, on the east in the Santa Ana Mountains, and on the south in the San Joaquin Hills. The basin is bounded by the Pacific Ocean on the southwest and by a low topographic divide approximated by the Orange County - Los Angeles County line on the northwest (DWR, 2004). The project site lies within the Orange Groundwater Management Zone of the East Coastal Plain Hydrologic Subarea of the Lower Santa Ana River Hydrologic area of the Santa Ana River Hydrologic Unit (Regional Water Quality Control Board — Santa Ana Region (RWQCB-SA, 2008). Groundwater within the Orange Groundwater Management Zone is designated for existing or potential municipal, agricultural, and industrial service and process supply uses (RWQCB-SA, 2008). Apparent perched groundwater was encountered within our exploratory borings B-01 and B-02 at a depth of approximately 9.5 feet. Perched groundwater levels were reported for the neighboring site to the southwest in 2002, at depths of 11 and 13 feet (GSI, 2002). A map entitled "June 2014 Groundwater Elevation Contours for the Principal Aquifer", prepared by the Orange County Water District presents mapped groundwater elevations for the principal aquifer in the vicinity of the site. Extrapolation of the groundwater elevation contours suggests that the elevation of the principal groundwater table is approximately -30 feet msl. Given that the ground elevation of the site is approximately 81 feet above msl, the elevation to the surface of the principal aquifer is estimated to be greater than 100 feet beneath the existing ground surface. Figure No. 3 presents a portion of the referenced groundwater elevation contour map. Figure 3: June 2014 Groundwater Elevation Contours for the Principal Aquifer, Orange County Water District \ �-SITE Groundwater Elevations iFUC MSLt NGVD29 June 2014 wE n°oo -�1°m lG Ground.,ater Elevation Contours for the Principal Aquifer a P Io XG Geotechnical Report—Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project Ao. S168-171, July 2015 5 of 29 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. A map entitled "Historical Highest Ground Water Contours and Borehole Log Data Locations, Newport Beach Quadrangle", presented in the Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Anaheim and Newport Beach 7.5 -Minute Quadrangles (CDMG, 1997) indicates that the historical highest groundwater level in the vicinity of the project site is on the order of 10 feet below the ground surface. Surface Water: No indications of surface water (ponding, drainage, etc.) were observed on the site during the time of this study. A review of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), Map No. 06059CO269J, dated December 3, 2009, indicates that the majority of the site is located in an area designated as "Zone V (unshaded), described as "Areas determined to be outside the 0.2 percent annual chance flood plain." Figure No. 4 presents a portion of the referenced FIRM Map indicating the site and mapped flood zone: Figure 4: FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), Map No. 06069CO269J, dated December 3, 2009 Geotechnical Report—Fire Station 46.4pparatus /fad Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 6 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, /ne. Oil and Gas Wells: According to the State of California Division of Oil, Gas & Geothermal Resources (2015), there are no records of any historical wells on the subject site. Three nearby historic wells, located approximately 500' to 1000' from the project site were identified. Data for the wells located to the north and south of the site indicate that these wells are plugged and inactive. Well data for the mapped well to the west of the site indicate that this well was drilled in 1905. A representative from the Division of Oil, Gas & Geothermal Resources searched for this well on August 3, 1977 and could not locate it. Figure 5 presents a portion of the map generated by the California Division of Oil, Gas & Geothermal Resources Well Finder application, depicting the mapped locations of the referenced wells. Figure 5: California Division of Oil, Gas & Geothermal Resources Well Finder, 2015 Faulting: There are at least 30 major late Quaternary active/potentially active faults that are within a 100 -kilometer radius of the site (Blake, 2000). Of these, there are no faults known to traverse the site, based on published literature, nor was there any photogeologic or surficial geomorphic evidence suggestive of faulting on the site. In addition, the site is not located within a State of California "Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone" for fault rupture hazard (Hart and Bryant, 2007). The closest portion of the Newport -Inglewood fault zone is located approximately 2.5 miles southwest of the site. This fault is expected to be capable of generating a 7.1 magnitude earthquake. The Newport -Inglewood fault zone extends approximately 45 miles from the southern edge of the Santa Monica Mountains, through Long Beach and Torrance, southeast to Newport Bay, where it continues offshore to merge with the Geotechnical Report —Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 7 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. \ h/dry ry CO P r9/y � 0 \w c SITE 4A o 4Vir OJ/ PQD F P �n Marinere 4� T 6S R10W s/ Park Historic Wells eis Uf Eg elle In /P aryl P.�� yd+ C J C J Q N J C r e o a c m y` Faulting: There are at least 30 major late Quaternary active/potentially active faults that are within a 100 -kilometer radius of the site (Blake, 2000). Of these, there are no faults known to traverse the site, based on published literature, nor was there any photogeologic or surficial geomorphic evidence suggestive of faulting on the site. In addition, the site is not located within a State of California "Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone" for fault rupture hazard (Hart and Bryant, 2007). The closest portion of the Newport -Inglewood fault zone is located approximately 2.5 miles southwest of the site. This fault is expected to be capable of generating a 7.1 magnitude earthquake. The Newport -Inglewood fault zone extends approximately 45 miles from the southern edge of the Santa Monica Mountains, through Long Beach and Torrance, southeast to Newport Bay, where it continues offshore to merge with the Geotechnical Report —Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 7 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Rose Canyon Fault (Grant and Shearer, 2004). The total length of the combined Newport -Inglewood fault zone and Rose Canyon fault is approximately 130 miles (Treiman and Lundberg, 1999). The Newport -Inglewood fault zone is a nearly vertical right -lateral strike -slip fault zone at depth. At the surface, the fault zone is a series of discontinuous, left -stepping, en echelon fault segments that define a zone of deformation that extends from Los Angeles through Long Beach to Newport Beach (Ziony and Yerkes, 1985). The Newport -Inglewood fault zone was the source of the 1933 magnitude 6.4 Long Beach Earthquake (SCEC, 2004). Figure 6 presents a portion of the Official State of California Earthquake Fault Zone Map of the Newport Beach Quadrangle (CGS, 1986) depicting the site location and the nearest mapped State of California Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone, located approximately 4.7 miles to the west-northwest of the site. This mapped Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone is associated with a portion of the Newport -Inglewood fault zone. Figure 6: Official State of California Earthquake Fault Zone Map of the Newport Beach Quadrangle (CGS, 1986) Alquist Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone 41 _Y 1 SITE 1•iI �1n;. l � 1 Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 96 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 8 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. According to maps compiled by the California Department of Conservation, Division of Mines and Geology (CDMG) and California Geologic Survey (CGS) the major faults influencing the site, distances and maximum earthquake magnitudes are presented in Table 1. Table 1: Fault Zone, Distances and Maximum Earthquake Magnitudes Fault Zone Distance (km) Earthquake Magnitude (mw) Slip Rate (mm/yr) Newport -Inglewood (Offshore) 4.0 7.1 1.50 Newport -Inglewood (L.A. Basin) 4.5 7.1 1.00 Palos Verdes 22.2 7.1 3.00 Elsinore -Whittier 32.1 6.8 2.50 Chino -Central Ave. (Elsinore) 33.1 6.7 1.00 Our review has also included a review of the following references: • CDMG Geologic Map of California, Santa Ana Sheet (Rogers, 1965). • CDMG Fault Activity Map of California and Adjacent Areas (Jennings, 1994). • CDMG Fault Rupture Hazard Zones in California, Special Publication 42 (Hart, E.W. and Bryant C.W., 2007). • CGS 2010 Fault Activity Map of California, Geologic Map No. 6 (Jennings, C.W., and Bryant, W.A., 2010). • CDMG Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Anaheim and Newport Beach 7.5' Quadrangles, Orange County, California (CDMG, 1997). • City of Newport Beach General Plan Seismic Element (City of Newport Beach, 2006). http://www.newportbeachca.gov/index.aspx?page=173 • City of Newport Beach Fault Map (Earth Consultants International, 2007). • City of Newport Seismic Hazards Map (Earth Consultants International, 2008). hftp://www.newportbeachca.gov/index.aspx?paqe=1494 Our evaluation of the potential for surface fault rupture at this site included an examination of one non -stereo and ten stereo pairs of vertical black and white aerial Geotechnical Report—hire Station T6.Ipparatus Bay ProlecI ]`o. S168 -l71. Ah 2015 9 of 28 In/and Foundation Engineering, lite. photographs dating from 1953 to 2015 (see References for a listing) to aid in assessing the geologic and geomorphic characteristics with respect to the site and vicinity. The photogeologic analysis did not reveal indicators suggestive of active fault -related features. This included the lack of photolineations and/or no consistent tonal variations across the site, or trending toward the site. Our review indicates that no documented active faults traverse toward the subject site, based on published literature. No surficial indications or geomorphic features were observed within the aerial photographs or field reconnaissance that are suggestive of active faulting. Historic Seismic Activity: A computerized search, based on southern California historical earthquake catalogs, has been performed using the computer program EQSEARCH developed by Blake (1989) and EPI (Reeder, 1997). The following table and discussion summarizes the historic seismic events (>>-M4.0) that have been estimated and/or recorded during from 1800 to June 2015, within a 100 kilometer (62 mile) radius of the site. Table 2: Historic Seismic Events; 1800-2015 (100 Kilometer Radius) Richter Magnitude No. of Events 4.0-4.9 389 5.0-5.9 40 6.0-6.9 16 7.0-7.9 0 8.0+ 0 It should be noted that pre -instrumental seismic events (generally before 1932) have been estimated from isoseismal maps (Toppozada, et al., 1981 and 1982). These data have been compiled generally based on the reported intensities throughout the region, thus focusing in on the most likely epicentral location. Instrumentation since 1932 has greatly increased the accuracy of locating earthquake epicenters. A summary of the historic earthquake data is as follows: ❑ The nearest estimated significant historic earthquake epicenter (pre -1932) was approximately 21 miles northeast of the site (April 22, 1918, M5.0). ❑ The nearest recorded significant historic earthquake epicenter was the Long Beach Earthquake M6.3 event of March 11, 1933, located approximately four miles southwest of the site. Geolechnical Report — Fire Slation -6 :I ppara(us Bar Proiecr Ab, S168-171..ndy 2015 10 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. ❑ The largest estimated historical earthquake magnitude (pre -1932) was the December 8, 1812, M6.9 event, approximately 53 miles to the northeast. ❑ The largest recorded historical earthquake magnitude was the M6.7 Northridge event that occurred on January 17, 1994, located approximately 55 miles to the northwest. ❑ The largest estimated ground acceleration estimated to have been experienced at the site was 0.379 which resulted from the Long Beach M6.3 event of March 11, 1933, located approximately four miles southwest of the site. Seismic Parameters: The site coordinates (WGS 84) are 33.6334°N / -117.9030°W. On the bases of the subsurface conditions and local fault characteristics, the 2013 California Building Code (CBC) provides the following seismic design parameters as presented in Table 3. Table 3: 2013 CBC Seismic Design Parameters It is recommended that all structures be designed to at least meet the current California Building Code provisions in the latest CBC edition; however, it should be noted that the building code is intended as a minimum design condition and is often the maximum level to which structures are designed. Structures that are built to minimum code Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project Yo. 5168-171, July 2015 11 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. 2013 CBC / ASCE 7-10 Seismic Parameter Reference Value Site Class - - - / Table 20.3-1 D Ss - Mapped Spectral Acceleration for Short Fig. 1613.3.1 (1) / Figure 22-1 1.681 Period S, - Mapped Spectral Acceleration for 1 -sec Fig. 1613.3.1(2) / Figure 22-2 0.617 Period Fa — Short Period Site Coefficient Table 1613.3.3(1) / Table 11.4-1 1.0 Fv — Long Period Site Coefficient Table 1613.3.3(2) / Table 11.4-2 1.5 Sms — Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Eq. 16-37 / Eq. 11.4-1 1.681 Response Acceleration, 5% damped, 0.2 -sec period, adjusted for Site Class Sm, - Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Eq. 16-38 / Eq. 11.4-2 0.926 Response Acceleration, 5% damped, 1 -sec period, adjusted for Site Class SDs - Design Earthquake Spectral Response Eq. 16-39 / Eq. 11.4-3 1.121 Acceleration, 5% damped, 0.2 -sec period SDI - Design Earthquake Spectral Response Eq. 16-40 / Eq. 11.4-4 0.617 Acceleration, 5%damped, 1 -sec period MCEG PGA — Maximum Considered Earthquake - - - / Figure 22-7 0.682 Geometric Mean for Site Class B PGAre — MCEGPGA adjusted for Site Class - - - / Eq. 11.8-1 0.682 Seismic Design Category Sect. 1613A.3.5 D It is recommended that all structures be designed to at least meet the current California Building Code provisions in the latest CBC edition; however, it should be noted that the building code is intended as a minimum design condition and is often the maximum level to which structures are designed. Structures that are built to minimum code Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project Yo. 5168-171, July 2015 11 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. requirements are designed to remain standing after an earthquake in order for occupants to safely evacuate, but then may have to ultimately be demolished (Larson and Slosson, 1992). It is the responsibility of both the property owner and project structural engineer to determine the risk factors with respect to using CBC minimum design values for the subject project. The previously -outlined CBC seismic classifications and data have been provided for use by the project structural engineer, to aid in evaluating design cri- teria, if needed. This information should be used to help select the appropriate seismic parameters, as outlined in the California Building Code (CBC, 2013). In addition, a site- specific seismic shear -wave study could also be performed to properly evaluate the soil profile type for site classification and seismic design purposes. Secondary Seismic Hazards: Therip mary geologic hazard affecting the project is that of ground shaking. Secondary permanent or transient seismic hazards generally associated with severe ground shaking during an earthquake include, but are not necessarily limited to; ground rupture, liquefaction, seiches or tsunamis, landsliding, rockfalls, and seismically -induced settlement. These are discussed below: Ground Rupture: Ground rupture is generally considered most likely to occur along pre-existing faults. Since there are no faults that are known to traverse the site, the potential for ground rupture is considered to be low. Liquefaction and Seismically -Induced Settlement: In general, liquefaction is a phenomenon that occurs where there is a loss of strength or stiffness in the soils that can result in the settlement of buildings, ground failures, or other hazards. The main factors contributing to this phenomenon are: 1) cohesionless, granular soils having relatively low densities (usually of Holocene age); 2) shallow ground water (generally less than 50 feet); and 3) moderate to high seismic ground shaking. According to the City of Newport Beach General Plan (2006), the project site is not located in a mapped area with liquefaction potential. Due to the presence of the shallow groundwater and relatively loose granular soils encountered during our exploration, the effects of soil liquefaction during a seismic event were analyzed. The results of our analysis indicate that the soil encountered in Boring B-2 between depths of 18 and 21 feet may liquefy during the design seismic event. However, using Ishihara's criteria (1985), the liquefiable layer is sufficiently thin and deep that the potential for liquefaction -induced ground damage is negligible. Geotechnical Report — Fire Statim, 'h ,lpparalu.r Bay Rroje,I ko 5163-1 71, h,4, 2015 12 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Seismically -induced settlement generally occurs within areas of loose granular soils and consists both of liquefaction settlement below the water table and dry - sand settlement above the water table. The analysis for seismically induced settlement was based upon Tokamatsu and Seed (1984). The seismic parameters included a horizontal acceleration of 0.682g and a Moment Magnitude of 7.1. The results indicate negligible potential for seismically induced settlement. Computer output generated during the analyses are appended. Exploratory boring B-2 was used as the representative soil profile. Seiches/Tsunamis: A seiche is a standing wave in an enclosed or partially enclosed body of water. In order for a seiche to form, the body of water needs to be at least partially bounded, allowing the formation of the standing wave. Tsunamis are very large ocean waves that are caused by an underwater earth- quake or volcanic eruption, often causing extreme destruction when they strike land. Figure 7 presents a portion of the Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, Newport Beach Quadrangle (CEMA/CGS, 2009). Based on this emergency planning map, the project site does not lie within a mapped tsunami inundation area. Figure 7: Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, Newport Beach Quadrangle (CEMA/CGS, 2009) I I SITE T Tsunami Inundation Line Tsunami Inundation Area Geotechnical Report —Fire Stalion -'6.lpparalus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 13 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, lite. There are no bodies of water on or adjacent to the project site. Based on the distance to large, open bodies of water and the elevation of the site with respect to sea level, it is our opinion that the potential of seiches/tsunamis does not present a hazard to this project. Landsliding: Due to the relatively low-lying relief of the site and adjacent areas, the potential for landsliding due to seismic shaking is considered very low. Rockfalls: Since no large rock outcrops are present at or adjacent to the site, the possibility of rockfalls during seismic shaking is nil. Debris Flows: Debris flows are composed of a slurry -like mass of liquefied debris (ranging up to boulder size) that moves downhill under the force of gravity. Such slurries are dense enough to support very large particles but not solid enough to resist flowing downhill. Debris flows are most common in steep mountain canyons when a mass of mud and debris becomes saturated during a heavy rainstorm and suddenly begins to flow down the canyons (Prothero & Schwab, 1996). Based on the location of the site and the relatively planar topography of the property up -gradient of site, it is our opinion that the hazard of debris flow should be considered low. Erosion: No indication of wind or water surface erosion was observed on the site or adjacent properties at the time of our study. It is our opinion that the hazard of erosion at this site should be considered low. Other Geologic Hazards: There are other geologic hazards not necessarily associated with seismic activity that occur statewide. These hazards include; natural hazardous materials (methane gas, hydrogen -sulfide gas, tar seeps); Radon -222 Gas; regional subsidence, and naturally occurring asbestos. Of these hazards, there are none that appear to impact the site. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The field and laboratory exploration and testing indicate that the site is underlain by Pleistocene -age paralic deposits consisting of both granular and fine-grained soils. Soils encountered within our exploratory borings included interbedded fine- to medium - grained silty sand (SM), fine- to medium -grained sand (SP), clayey sand (SC), fine- grained clay and sandy clay (CL). In general, the granular soils encountered were loose to dense, with penetration blow counts (N -values) ranging from 9 to more than 50. Fine-grained soils were generally firm to very stiff with N -values ranging from 5 to 43. Geofeehnical Report —Fire Station M. Ippamins Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 14 of 28 bland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Perched groundwater was encountered within our exploratory borings B-01 and B-02 at depths of approximately 9.5 feet. We have assumed a historic high groundwater depth of 8 feet in our analysis. Following in Figure 8 is a profile developed on the basis of boring logs from our exploration on the site. auu rrulllu Proposed New Apparatus Building N Q d a q q Shed Z m m I .._...�........ mar......... ; . ? SM SC:......—..... .........: .....SC .; . .................;....................;.......... :........ ..... ....... ....... .......... ....... ... _,.M .... .............. .......... .:_M......;.. ........ :..... ....;......... Distance (ft.) Laboratory testing indicates that the near surface on-site soils are non -expansive. An expansion index of 8 was indicated by our laboratory testing on a sample of near surface soil obtained from a depth of 5.25-8.0 feet. Plasticity indices within the upper fifteen feet ranged from 1 to 15. Consolidation testing of the native alluvial soil indicates that it is normal to moderately over -consolidated. This testing also indicates that the soil is not subject to saturation collapse. Analytical testing indicates the concentration of sulfates in the soil is less than 0.1 percent which is considered to be negligible with respect to sulfate attack on concrete. Geotechnical Report —Fire Station k6 Apparatus Bay Project ,fib. S168✓71, July 2015 15 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. :........ ..... ....... ....... .......... ....... ... _,.M .... .............. .......... .:_M......;.. ........ :..... ....;......... Distance (ft.) Laboratory testing indicates that the near surface on-site soils are non -expansive. An expansion index of 8 was indicated by our laboratory testing on a sample of near surface soil obtained from a depth of 5.25-8.0 feet. Plasticity indices within the upper fifteen feet ranged from 1 to 15. Consolidation testing of the native alluvial soil indicates that it is normal to moderately over -consolidated. This testing also indicates that the soil is not subject to saturation collapse. Analytical testing indicates the concentration of sulfates in the soil is less than 0.1 percent which is considered to be negligible with respect to sulfate attack on concrete. Geotechnical Report —Fire Station k6 Apparatus Bay Project ,fib. S168✓71, July 2015 15 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Chloride concentrations are less than 100 parts per million. The soil is slightly alkaline with a pH value of 8.4. The saturated resistivity value of more than 2,000 ohm -cm indicates that the site soils may be moderatley corrosive to buried metal. This should be addressed by a qualified corrosion engineer for elements of construction that may be subject to corrosion. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS On the basis of our field and laboratory exploration and testing, it is our opinion that the proposed construction will be feasible from a geotechnical engineering standpoint. Existing site soils should be suitable for providing foundation support with appropriate recompaction, as recommended herein. Analytical testing indicates sulfate concentrations are very low. Per ACI 318, Table 4.2.1, the soil can be classified as Class SO with respect to sulfate exposure. Chloride concentrations are also very low. However, saturated resistivity values indicate that the site soils may be moderately corrosive with respect to buried metal. This should be addressed by a qualified corrosion engineer for elements of construction that may be subject to corrosion. Groundwater was encountered within our exploratory borings at a depth of approximately 9.5 feet beneath the ground surface. Data suggests that historical high groundwater elevations are on the order of 8 feet below the existing ground surface. The following paragraphs present more detailed design criteria which have been developed on the basis of our field and laboratory exploration and testing. Foundation Design: Foundations for the proposed apparatus bay may consist of shallow spread footings with a slab -on -grade floor. For design, we recommend an allowable soil bearing capacity of 2,500 pounds per square foot. This value may be increased by 1/3 for short-term transient wind and seismic loads. Building footings should be supported by compacted fill over suitably dense alluvial soils. The fill thickness below footings should be at least equal to the footing width, or 24 inches, whichever is greater. Conditions encountered in our exploratory borings indicate that suitably dense native alluvial soil is present at a depth of approximately five feet below existing grades. Static settlement of foundations properly designed and constructed as recommended herein is expected to be less than one inch total. Differential settlement between foundations of similar size and load is expected to be less than'/2-inch in 30 feet. Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 16 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Lateral Design: Resistance to lateral loads will be provided by a combination of friction acting at the base of the slab or foundation and passive earth pressure. A coefficient of friction of 0.40 between soil and concrete may be used with dead load forces only. A passive earth pressure of 300 pounds per square foot, per foot of depth, may be used for the sides of footings poured against recompacted or dense native material. These values may be increased by 1/3 to provide for lateral loads of short duration such as those caused by wind or seismic forces. Passive earth pressure should be ignored within the upper one foot except where confined as beneath a floor slab, for example. Trench Wall Stability: Significant caving did not occur within our exploratory borings. All excavations should be configured per with the requirements of CalOSHA. We would classify the soils as Type C, per CalOSHA criteria. The classification of the soil and the shoring and/or slope configuration should be the responsibility of the contractor on the basis of the trench depth and the soil encountered. The contractor should have a "competent person" on-site for the purpose of assuring safety within and about all construction excavations. Retaining Walls: Retaining walls may be necessary during construction and/or landscaping. For on-site soils, the retaining walls should be designed for an active earth pressure equivalent to that exerted by a fluid weighing not less than 40 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). For walls that are restrained, an "at -rest' lateral equivalent fluid pressure of 60 pounds per cubic foot is recommended, with the resultant applied at mid -height of the wall. Any applicable construction and seismic surcharges should be added to the above pressures. Figure 9 presents a typical retaining profile. Geotechnical Report — Fire Station -6. Ipparants Bur Prolect.9o. 5168-1''t, ✓14 2015 17 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Figure 9: Typical Retaining Wall Profile RETAINING WALL - TYPICAL PROFILE Ie' 18'11 Pervious Backfill (I8" wide to 18" below surface) C.M.U. Retaining Wall CM.U. Retaining Wall (per Structural Design) (par Structural Design) ��Jilte "diaSchedule 40 P. V.C. Perforated Pipe— rFabric vel(4"i bove40N or equal) -graded Gravel (4" above & beside prpa)� ueenbnlr� weephole Concrete Foundation Concrete Foundation (per Structural Design) (Per Structural Design) Native Backfill Imported Granular Backfill 18" L At least 12 inches of granular material should be used in the backfill behind the walls and water pressure should not be permitted to build up behind retaining walls. The upper 12 to 18 inches of the backfill should consist of soil having a low permeability (less than 10-6 cm/sec). All backfill should be non -expansive. A subdrain should be constructed along the base of the backfill. Typical recommended retaining wall backfill and drainage details are shown in the detail above. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: All concrete slabs -on -grade should have a minimum thickness of four inches. During final grading and prior to the placement of concrete, all surfaces to receive concrete slabs -on -grade should be compacted to maintain a minimum compacted fill thickness of 12 inches. Load bearing slabs may be designed using a modulus of subgrade reaction not exceeding 125 pounds per square inch per inch. Slabs that are designed and constructed per the provisions of the American Concrete Institute (ACI) as a minimum will perform much better and will be more pleasing in appearance. Shrinkage of concrete should be anticipated. This will result in cracks in all concrete slabs -on -grade. Shrinkage cracks may be directed to saw -cut "control joints" spaced on the basis of slab thickness and reinforcement. ACI typically recommends control joint spacings in unreinforced concrete at maximum intervals equal to the slab thickness times 24. A level subgrade is also an important element in achieving some "control" in the locations of shrinkage cracks. Control joints should be cut immediately following Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 96 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 18 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. the finishing process and prior to the placement of the curing cover or membrane. Control joints that are cut on the day following the concrete placement are generally ineffective. The placement of reinforcing steel will help in reducing crack width and propagation as -well -as providing for an increase in the control joint spacing. The use of welded wire mesh has typically been observed to be of limited value due to difficulties and lack of care in maintaining the level of the steel in the concrete during placement. The addition of water to the mix to enhance placement and workability frequently results in an excessive water -cement ratio that weakens the concrete, increases drying times and results in more cracking due to concrete shrinkage during the initial cure. It should be assumed that the soils under the slab will likely become saturated during the life of the structure. Moisture will also be emitted from the concrete mixture as it cures. Flooring manufacturers may have specific requirements related to emission rates from concrete that should be achieved prior to the placement of flooring. Typically, these range from 3 to 5 pounds of water per 1000 square feet per 24-hour period. The emission rates are measured using an approximate 72 -hour test procedure that we are able to conduct upon request. The drying time of the concrete may be reduced using a lower water -cement ratio such as 0.5 or 0.45. The use of fly ash may enhance workability of the mix and reduce the alkali content within the slab. The use of a chemical membrane or curing compound may increase the drying time. Other suitable curing methods are available. The curing method is important in reducing plastic shrinkage cracking and should not be eliminated to reduce dry times. Where slabs are to receive moisture sensitive floor coverings, we recommend the use of a vapor retarder. There are various products manufactured for this purpose. ASTM currently provides a standard water vapor permeance of 0.3 perms. Such materials would allow up to 18 gallons of water per week in a 50,000 square foot area. Therefore, it should be understood that these materials are not vapor "barriers". Some flooring applications may require more effective retarders. Therefore, the selection of the vapor retarder should be based upon the type of flooring material and is not considered to be a geotechnical engineering design parameter. Vapor retarders should have a minimum thickness of 10 -mil unless otherwise specified. It is possible that the retarders will be exposed to equipment loads such as ready -mix trucks, buggies, laser screeds, etc. In such cases, the thickness should be increased to at least 15 -mil. Vapor retarders should be placed between two 2 -inch thick layers of sand to reduce the potential of punctures and to aid in the curing process. In lieu of this, the concrete may be Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 19 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. placed directly upon the vapor retarder but should be designed with reinforcement to offset additional curling stresses. Seams and holes made for underground utilities should be properly sealed per the recommendations of the manufacturer. The vapor retarder recommended in the preceding paragraphs is a common method of reducing the migration of moisture through the slab. It will not prevent all moisture migration through the slab nor will it prohibit the formation of mold or other moisture related problems. For moisture sensitive floor coverings, an expert in that field should be consulted to properly design a vapor retarder suitable for the specific application. If concrete is to be placed on a dry absorptive subgrade in hot and dry weather, the subgrade should be dampened but not to a point that there is freestanding water prior to placement. The formwork and reinforcement should also be dampened. Expansive Soils: Results of laboratory tests indicate that near surface soils have a very low expansion potential according to ASTM criteria. As such, no special recommendations to mitigate the effects of expansive soils are necessary. Concrete Pavement Design: We recommend that all surfaces that will support fire apparatus be paved with Portland cement concrete (PCC). All surfaces to receive concrete paving should be underlain by a minimum compacted fill thickness of 12 inches (excluding aggregate base). On the basis of an R -value of 12, we recommend a pavement section consisting of 9 inches of PCC over 12 inches of Class 2 aggregate base. The concrete should have a minimum 28 -day modulus of rupture of 600 psi. This corresponds to a compressive strength of approximately 4,500 psi. The Class 2 aggregate base should comply with current Caltrans requirements. The aggregate base should be compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction based on ASTM D1557. The upper 12 inches of pavement subgrade soil, below the aggregate base, should also be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent. The above recommendations are based on the assumption that the concrete pavement will be constructed with doweled joints. We have also assumed that the concrete pavement will be restrained laterally by concrete curb/gutter or building foundations and that the edges of the concrete will be protected from Geotechnical Report - Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171. July 2015 20 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. traffic loads by curbs or paved shoulders. If unrestrained pavement edges or non -doweled joints are desired, this firm should be contacted so that revised recommendations can be developed. Construction joints should be sawcut in the pavement at a maximum spacing of 30 times the thickness of the slab, up to a maximum of 15 feet. Pavement sawcutting should be performed within 12 hours of concrete placement, preferably sooner. Sawcut depths should be equal to approximately '% of the slab thickness for conventional saws or one inch when early -entry saws are utilized on slabs nine inches thick or less. Construction joints should not be placed near flow lines. The use of plastic strips for formation of jointing is not recommended. The use of expansion joints is not recommended, except where the pavement will adjoin structures. General Site Grading: All grading should be performed per the applicable provisions of the 2013 California Building Code. The following specifications have been developed on the basis of our field and laboratory testing: 1. Clearing and Grubbing: All building, slab and pavement areas and all surfaces to receive compacted fill should be cleared of existing loose soil, vegetation, debris, and other unsuitable materials. We recommend a minimum overexcavation of at least 24 inches to provide assurance of processing loose and disturbed soils. All existing undocumented fill should be removed. Abandoned underground utility lines should be traced out and completely removed from the site. Each end of the abandoned utility line should be securely capped at the entrance and exit to the site to prevent any water from entering the site. Soils loosened due to the removal of trees should be removed and replaced as controlled compacted fill under the direction of the geotechnical engineer. 2. Preparation of Building Area: The proposed apparatus bay building area should be overexcavated to the depth necessary to provide at least 24 inches of compacted fill below footing bottoms, or to a depth equal to the footing width, whichever is deeper. The overexcavated area should extend outside of the exterior footing lines for a distance of at least five feet, where possible. Following over -excavation the surface should be prepared as recommended below in the following section, Preparation of Surfaces to Receive Compacted Fill. Geotechnical Report —Fire Station d6 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 21 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. 3. Preparation of Surfaces to Receive Compacted Fill: All surfaces to receive compacted fill should be subjected to compaction testing prior to processing. Testing should indicate a relative compaction of at least 85 percent within the unprocessed native soils. If roots or other deleterious materials are encountered or if the relative compaction fails to meet the acceptance criterion, additional overexcavation will be required until satisfactory conditions are encountered. Upon approval, surfaces to receive fill should be scarified, brought to near optimum moisture content, and compacted to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. 4. Placement of Compacted Fill: Fill materials consisting of on-site soils or approved imported granular soils should be spread in shallow lifts and compacted at near optimum moisture content to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. Depending on weather conditions preceding construction, the soils may be at very high moisture contents and could require drying back or processing to achieve stability prior to and during fill placement. This should be investigated by the grading contractor prior to the commencement of site grading. 5. Preparation of Slab and Paving Areas: During final grading and immediately prior to the placement of concrete or a base course, all surfaces to receive asphalt concrete paving or concrete slabs -on -grade should be processed and tested to assure compaction for a depth of at least of 12 inches. This may be accomplished by a combination of overexcavation, scarification and recompaction of the surface, and replacement of the excavated material as controlled compacted fill. Compaction of the slab areas should be to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. Compaction within the proposed pavement areas should be to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction for both the subgrade and base course. 6. Utility Trench Backfill: It is our opinion that utility trench backfill consisting of the on-site soil types should be placed by mechanical compaction to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction. This is with the exception of the upper 12 inches under pavement areas where the minimum relative compaction should be 95 percent. Jetting of the native soils is not recommended. 7. Testing and Inspection: During grading tests and observations should be performed by the project geotechnical engineer or his/her representative to verify that the grading is being performed per the Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 22 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. project specifications. Field density testing should be performed per the current ASTM D1556 or ASTM D6938 test methods. The minimum acceptable degree of compaction should be 90 percent of the maximum dry density as obtained by the ASTM D1557 test method except where superseded by more stringent requirements, such as beneath pavement or in deep fills. Where testing indicates insufficient density, additional compactive effort should be applied until retesting indicates satisfactory compaction. Testing should also be conducted to verify that the soils will not subject concrete to sulfate attack and are not corrosive. Testing of any proposed import will be necessary prior to placement on the site. Testing of on-site soils may be done on either a selective or random basis as site conditions indicate. GENERAL The findings and recommendations presented in this report are based upon an interpolation of the soil conditions between boring locations. Should conditions be encountered during grading that appears to be different than those indicated by this report, this office should be notified. This report was prepared prior to the preparation of a grading plan for the project. We recommend that a pre -job conference be held on the site prior to the initiation of site grading. The purpose of this meeting will be to assure a complete understanding of the recommendations presented in this report as they apply to the actual grading per- formed. This report was prepared for STK Architecture, Inc. for their use in the design of the proposed apparatus bay at the City of Newport Beach Fire Station No. 6. This report may only be used by STK Architecture, Inc. for this purpose. The use of this report by parties other than STK Architecture, Inc.or for other purposes is not authorized without written permission by Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. will not be liable for any projects connected with the unauthorized use of this report. The recommendations of this report are considered to be preliminary. The final design parameters may only be determined or confirmed at the completion of site grading on the basis of observations made during the site grading operation. To this extent, this report is not considered to be complete until the completion of both the design process and the site preparation. Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 46 Apparatus Bay Project No. S168-171, July 2015 23 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. LIMITATIONS The findings and recommendations of this report are based upon an interpolation of soil conditions between test locations. It is likely that conditions occur between borings that are different than those indicated in this report. Should such conditions be encountered during construction, our office should be notified in order to determine if revisions or retesting are warranted. Evaluation of hazardous waste was not within the scope of services provided. The evaluation of seismic hazards was based upon field mapping and literature review. The information in this report represents professional opinions that have been developed using that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised, under similar circumstances, by reputable geotechnical consultants practicing in this or similar localities. No other warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to the professional advice included in this report. Geotechnical Report - Fire Station 06 Apparaats Bay Project No 5168-171,July1015 24 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. REFERENCES Bedrossian and Roffers, 2010, Geologic Compilation of Quaternary Surficial Deposits in Southern California, Santa Ana 30' X 60' Quadrangle, California Department of Conservation. Blake, T.F. 1989-2000a, EQSEARCH, A Computer Program for the Estimation of Peak Horizontal Acceleration from Southern California Historical Earthquake Catalog, Version 3.00b. California Building Standards Commission, 2013, California Building Code (CBC), California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volume 2. California Department of Water Resources, 2004, Coastal Plain of Orange County Groundwater Basin, California's Groundwater Bulletin 118. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1986, Special Studies Zones, Newport Beach Quadrangle, 7.5 Minute Series: Scale 1:24,000. California Division of Mines and Geology, 1986, Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Anaheim and Newport Beach 7.5' Quadrangles, Orange County, California. California Division of Mines & Geology (C.D.M.G.), 2000, Digital Images of Official Maps of Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zones of California, Southern Region, DMG CD 2000-003. California Division of Mines & Geology (C.D.M.G.), 1966, Geologic Map of California, Santa Ana Sheet, Scale 1:250,000 (Second Printing 1973). California Division of Oil, Gas & Geothermal Resources, 2015, Well Finder Application, http://wvvw.conservation.ca.gov/dog/PagesMelIF!nder.aspx California Emergency Management Agency/California Geologic Survey, 2009, Tsunami Inundation Map for Emergency Planning, Newport Beach Quadrangle, http://www.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/geologic_hazards/Tsunami/I nundation_Maps/Oran ge/Pages/Orange. aspx California Geological Survey (CGS), 2002, "California Geomorphic Provinces", Note 36. Geotechnical Report — Fire Smtion #6 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 25 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. California Geological Survey (CGS), 2007, "Guidelines to Geologic/Seismic Reports," Note No. 42, Interim Revision 2007. California Geological Survey (CGS), 2008, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California, CGS Special Publication 117A. California Geological Survey (CGS), 2010, 2010 Fault Activity Map of California, Geologic Map No. 6. California Geological Survey (CGS), 2013, Note No. 48, "Checklist for the Review of Geologic/Seismic Reports for California Public Schools, Hospitals and Essential Services Buildings". California Regional Water Quality Control Board — Santa Ana Region (RWQCB-SA), 2008, Water Quality Control Plan, Santa Ana River Basin (8). Castellanos, Edward, 2005, EQLIQUE and SETTLE "2", Applied Geotech. City of Newport Beach General Plan Seismic Element (City of Newport Beach, 2006). htto://www.newi)ortbeachca.gov/index.asox?page=173 Earth Consultants International, 2007, City of Newport Beach Fault Map. Earth Consultants International, 2008, City of Newport Seismic Hazards Map, http://www.newportbeachca.gov/index.aspx?page=1 494 Ishihara, K., 1985, "Stability of Natural Deposits During Earthquakes", 11`h International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, pp. 321-376. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), 2009, Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), Map No. 06059CO269J, dated December 3, 2009 Grant, L.B. and Shearer, P.M., 2004, Activity of the Offshore Newport -Inglewood Rose Canyon Fault Zone, Coastal Southern California, from Relocated Microseismicity: Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, Vol. 94, No.2, pp. 747-752, dated April. Hart, E.W. and Bryant W., 2007, "Fault Rupture Hazard Zones in California," California Division of Mines & Geology Special Publication 42. Harden, D.R., 1998, California Geology: Prentice Hall, Inc. Geotechnical Report Fire Station #6 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171. July 2015 26 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Jennings, C.W., 1994, Fault Activity Map of California and Adjacent Areas, C.D.M.G. Geologic Data Map No. 6, 1:750,000 scale. Larson, R., and Slosson, J., 1992, The Role of Seismic Hazard Evaluation in Engineer- ing Reports, in Engineering Geology Practice in Southern California, AEG Special Publication No. 4, pp. 191-194. Morton, D.M., 1999, Preliminary Digital Geologic Map of the Santa Ana 30' x 60' Quadrangle, Southern California, Version 1.0, U.S.G.S. Open -File Report OFR 99-172, Scale 1:100,000. Orange County Water District, Groundwater Contour Maps, 2014, http:// www.ocwd.co m/Prog ra msProjects/Hyd rogeology/G rou ndwaterCo ntourMa ps. aspx Norris, R.M. and R.W. Webb, 1990, Geology of California (second edition). Peterson, et al., 2008, Documentation for the 2008 Update of the United States National Seismic Hazard Maps, USGS Open File Report 2008-1128. Prothero, D.R., & Schwab, F., 1996, Sedimentary Geology, an Introduction to Sedimentary Rocks and Stratigraphy. Rodgers, T.H., 1966, Geologic Map of California, Santa Ana Sheet, C.D.M.G., Scale 1:250,000 (Second Printing 1973). Southern California Earthquake Center, 2004, Index of Faults of California: http:// www.data.scec.org/fault—index/ Treiman, J.A. and Lundberg, M.M, compilers, 1999, Fault Number 127a, Newport - Inglewood -Rose Canyon fault zone, north Los Angeles Basin section, in Quaternary fault and fold database of the United States: U.S. Geological Survey website, http://earthquakes.usgs. Gov/regional/qfaults, accessed 06/07/2007, 05:27 PM. U.S.G.S., 2015, U.S. "DesignMaps" Web Application, Version 3.0.1, http://geohazards.usgs.gov/designmaps/us/apr)lication.php United States Geological Survey, 1965 (Photorevised 1981), Newport Beach, California Quadrangle Map, 7.5 Minute Series: Scale 1:24,000. Ziony, J.L., and Yerkes, R.F., 1985, Evaluating Earthquake and Surface -Faulting Potential, in Ziony, J.I., (ed.), Evaluating Earthquake Hazards in the Los Angeles Region, An EarthScience Perspective: United States Geological Survey Professional Paper1360. Geotechnical Repor( —Fire Station H6 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 2015 27 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS UTILIZED Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1953, Photo Nos. 6K-5-6, dated May 30, 1953. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1959, Photo Nos. 261-3-13-4-5, dated March 25, 1959. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1967, Photo Nos. 1-48-49, dated March 1, 1967. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1970, Photo Nos. 61-8-201-202, dated January 30, 1970. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1973, Photo Nos. 132-5-16-17, dated October 29, 1973. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1976, Photo Nos. 181-6-23-24, dated December 28, 1976. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1980, Photo Nos. 80033-176-177, dated February 26, 1980. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1987, Photo Nos. F-266-267, dated January 9, 1987. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1992, Photo Nos. C85-12-19-20, dated January 20, 1992. Continental Aerial Photo, Inc., 1999, Photo Nos. C134-40-254-255, dated February 24, 1999. Google Earth Imagery, 2015, dated March 24, 2015. Geotechnical Report - Fire Station #6 Apparatus Bay Project No. 5168-171, July 1015 28 of 28 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION For our field exploration, two exploratory borings were excavated by means of a truck mounted rotary auger rig at the approximate locations shown on Figure No. A-5. Logs of the materials encountered were made on the site by a staff geologist. These are presented on Figure Nos. A-3 through A-4. Representative relatively undisturbed samples were obtained within our borings by driving an 18 -inch long thin-walled steel penetration sampler (SPT) with successive 30 -inch drops of a 140 -pound hammer. The number of blows required to achieve each six inches of penetration were recorded on our boring logs and used for estimating the relative consistency of the subsoils. Two different samplers were used. The first sampler used was a Standard Penetration Test Sampler (SPT) for which published correlations relating the number of hammer blows to the strength of the soil are available. The second sampler type was a Modified California split barrel sampler, which is larger in diameter, carrying brass sample rings having inner diameters of 2.41 inches. Relatively undisturbed samples were removed from the sampler and placed in moisture sealed containers in order to preserve the natural soil moisture content. They were then transported to our laboratory for further observations and testing. Representative bulk samples were obtained and returned to our laboratory for further testing and observations. The results of this testing are discussed and presented in Appendix B. Ceo[echnical Repon —Fire Slanon +6 ,I pparntus Ben° Rrojec1.%o. Sl6R-l7l. ✓nly 2015 A-1 Inland Foundation Engineering, bre. PRIMARY DIVISIONS GROUP SYMBOLS SECONDARY DIVISIONS DENSITY (# BLOWS/FT) CLEAN GW s WELL GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES, LITTLE OR NO FINES W w ESS LOOSE 4-10 15-35 GP - POORLY GRADED GRAVELS OR GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES, LITTLE OR NO g ¢ Q z i w THAN) 5°h Ln > , O rc w FINES VERY DENSE — FINES 1.0-2.0 Very Stiff 15-30 1.0-2.0 2.0-4.0 V W w U W w 0¢ O G m 00 rc S GRAVEL GM T SILTY GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND -SILT MIXTURES X W a LL g WITH GC CLAYEY GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND -CLAY MIXTURES O z <w x FINES of N of w w CLEAN SANDS SW = _ WELL GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLY SANDS, LITTLE OR NO FINES y J z z ¢ rn ¢ (LESS < M i 00 ul z r > THAN) 5% SP POORLY GRADED SANDS OR GRAVELLY SANDS, LITTLE OR NO FINES z OF-UOa: w_ U � N FINES x ¢ uj � N O W < $ SANDS SM . SILTY SANDS, SAND -SILT MIXTURES W of �a WITH 0 x FINES SC j CLAYEY SANDS, SAND -CLAY MIXTURES INORGANIC SILTS, VERY FINE SANDS, ROCK FLOUR, SILTY OR CLAYEY O ML FINE SANDS ¢ o m g N N z INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TO MEDIUM PLASTICITY, GRAVELLY CLAUS, ❑ _ J F CL SANDY CLAYS, SILTY CLAYS, LEAN CLAYS rn W J ,� U Q N a z N0J OL ORGANIC SILTS AND ORGANIC SILT -CLAYS OF LOW PLASTICITY �xWW w M W z O a > INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS OR DIATOMACEOUS FINE SANDS OR W o ~ w o g MH SILTS, ELASTIC SILTS W i¢o j W z m r g g W� G CH INORGANIC CLAYS OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAYS z I E: F J U D Qr x in O M- W ul J - OH ORGANIC CLAYS OF MEDIUM TO HIGH PLASTICITY, ORGANIC SILTS of ten, O HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS PT - PEAT, MUCKAND OTHER HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS J SANDSTONES SS z m SILTSTONES SH x x ¢ x x Ow CLAYSTONES CS 0g a LIMESTONES LS SHALE SL = CONSISTENCY CRITERIA BASES ON FIELD TESTS OW ATNF nrMCIW - rnAR4F _ ORGAN Srlll RELATIVE SPT' RELATIVE DENSITY (# BLOWS/FT) DENSITY UNCONFINED CONSISTENCY N VERY LOOSE <4 0-15 LOOSE 4-10 15-35 MEDIUM 10-30 35-65 DENSE Soft 2-4 0.13-0.25 DENSE 30-50 65-85 VERY DENSE >50 85-100 hry[�76`illld'i�DL 117 11 CONSISTENCY- POCKET** FINE-GRAIN SOIL TORVANE PENETROMETER MOIST UNDRAINED UNCONFINED CONSISTENCY SPT* SHEAR COMPRESSIVE (#BLOWS/FT) STRENGTH STRENGTH (tsf) is Very Soft <2 <0.13 <0.25 Soft 2-4 0.13-0.25 0.25-0.5 Medium Stiff 4-8 0.25-0.5 0.5-1.0 Stiff 8-15 0.5-1.0 1.0-2.0 Very Stiff 15-30 1.0-2.0 2.0-4.0 Hard >30 >2.0 1 >4.0 DESCRIPTION FIELD TEST DRY Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch MOIST Damp but no visible water WET Visible free water, usually soil is below water table Lei gJIta9IG11IL9Cl NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 POUND HAMMER FALLING 30 INCHES TO DRIVE A 21NCH O.D. (1 3/8 INCH I.D.) SPLIT BARREL SAMPLER (ASTM -1586 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST) " UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN TONS/SO.FT. READ FROM POCKET PENETROMETER DESCRIPTION FIELD TEST Weakly Crumbled or breaks with handling or slight finger pressure Moderately Crumbles or breaks with considerable finger pressure Strongly Will not crumble or break with finger pressure EXPLANATION OF LOGS A-2 LOG OF BORING B-01 Elevation: 82.0 Date(s) Drilled: 6/26/15 Drilling Method: Rotary Auger Drilling Rig: CME -75 Boring Diameter: 8 -inches Logged by: Hammer Type: Hammer Weight: Hammer Drop: FWC Auto -Trip 140 Ib. 30 -inches SUMMARY OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS SAMPLES This summary applies only at the location of the boring and at the time of drilling. w Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change at this location ii � o. 3 o with the passage of time. The data presented is a simplification of actual conditions M _ w 1 encountered and is representative of interpretations made during drilling. contrasting 0 N w N Z a a 0 data derived from laboratory analysis may not be reflected in these representations. > Y Q. 3 w < Q. W Gl qa y o: < o W� wo PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE over AGGREGATE (7.75 inches over 4.25 inches) UL ARTIFICIAL FILL. SILTY SAND, fine- to medium -grained, dark UL SM red -brown, moist, medium dense. 5 SS 16 50/5" 13 126 SILTY SAND, fine- to medium -grained with trace clay, dark red -brown, moist, dense. SC LI 10 II CLAYEY SAND, fine- to medium -grained, gray -brown, moist SPT 6 19 to wet, medium dense. SC CLAYEY SAND, fine- to coarse-grained, light olive, wet, 15 medium dense to dense, shells. SS 39 19 111 50/4" 20 SPT 2 33 SANDY CLAY, very fine- to medium -grained, olive, wet, stiff. CL CLAY with SAND, very fine- to fine-grained, olive, wet, very UL 3 stiff. 25 SPT 3 35 4 CL SANDY CLAY, very fine- to fine-grained, black to dark olive, very moist, very stiff. 30 SPT 12 40 15 35 SPT 17 35 18 40 SPT 9 37 14 45 SPT 11 36 13 50 End of boring at 50.5 feet. Groundwater encountered initially at 11 14 feet. Final groundwater at 9.5 feet. Boring backfilled with well rout mix Cuttings drummed and left on site. New Apparatus Bay Figure No. INLAND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING, INC. 1348 Irvine Ave. .... Newport Beach, CA Project No. S168-171 A-3 LOG OF BORING B-02 Elevation: 82.0 Date(s) Drilled: Drilling Method: Rotary Auger Drilling Rig: CME -75 Boring Diameter: 8 -inches 6/26/15 Logged by: FWC Hammer Type: Auto -Trip Hammer Weight: 140 Ib. Hammer Drop: 30 -inches SUMMARY OF SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS SAMPLES This summary applies only at the location of the boring and at the time of drilling. w .� Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and may change at this location a a a 3 o with the passage of time. The data presented is a simplification of actual conditions 2 g r w F encountered and is representative of interpretations made during drilling. Contrasting N < w `O D z > a = a 0 data derived from laboratory analysis may not be reflected in these representations. w Y a 3 N g Q. a W a U j O �N o m O K u O 4 w 0 K U PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE, (5.75 inches) ARTIFICIAL FILL. SILTY SAND, fine- to medium -grained, dark SM red -brown, moist, medium dense. 5 SILTY SAND, fine- to medium -grained with trace clay, dark SPT 9 12 SC red -brown, moist, medium dense to dense. UL 13 CLAYEY SAND, fine- to medium -grained, gray -brown, very moist, medium dense. UL 10 SS 9 15 114 14 SP SAND, fine- to medium -grained with trace clay, gray -brown, very moist to wet, medium dense, shells, interbedded with silty sand. 15 SPT 15 18 20 20 SPT 4 24 SANDY CLAY, very fine- to fine-grained, olive, wet, stiff to LILI,5 CL hard, strongly cemented. 25 SPT 2 38 4 30 SPT 14 36 CL CLAY with SAND, very fine- to fine-grained, black to dark olive, very moist, very stiff. 35 SPT 10 33 16 40 SPT 18 31 25 45 SPT 10 35 12 CL SANDY CLAY, very fine- to fine-grained, dark olive, very moist, very stiff. 50 End of boring at 50.5 feet. Groundwater encountered initially at 13 13 feet. Final groundwater at 9.5 feet. Boring backfiled with well rout mix Cuttings drummed and left on the site. New Apparatus Bay Figure No. INLAND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING, INC. 1348 Irvine Ave.Newport :.,., Beach, CA Project No. S168.171 A-4 I_1�T�:17i7=3 LABORATORY TESTING Representative bulk soil samples were obtained in the field and returned to our laboratory for additional observations and testing. Laboratory testing was generally performed in two phases. The first phase consisted of testing in order to evaluate the apparent compaction of the existing natural soil and the general engineering classifications of the soils across the site. This testing was performed in order to estimate the engineering characteristics of the soil and to serve as a basis for selecting samples for the second phase of testing. The second phase consisted of soil mechanics and analytical testing. This testing included direct shear testing, consolidation testing, expansion testing, and testing to estimate the concentration of water-soluble sulfate, pH, resistivity and chlorides. These tests were performed in order to provide a means of developing specific design recommendations based on the strength and corrosive characteristics of the soil. CLASSIFICATION AND COMPACTION TESTING Unit Weight and Moisture Content: Each ring sample was weighed and measured to evaluate its unit weight. A small portion of each sample was then subjected to testing to evaluate its moisture content. This testing was performed per the current ASTM Standards D2937 and D2216. This was used in order to evaluate the dry density of the soil in its natural condition. The results of this testing are shown on the Boring Logs (Figure Nos. A-3 through A-4). Classification Testing: Two soil samples were selected for classification testing. This testing consists of mechanical grain size analyses and Atterberg Limit tests. This testing was performed per the current ASTM Standards D422 and D4318. These tests provide information for developing classifications for the soil in accordance with the Unified Classification System. This classification system categorizes the soil into groups having similar engineering characteristics. The results of this testing are very useful in detecting variations in the soils and in selecting samples for further testing. The results of this testing are presented on Figure No. B-4. Geotechnical Report — Fire Station 06 Apparatus Bay Project Vo. 5168-171, July 2015 B-1 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. SOIL MECHANICS TESTING Direct Shear Testing: Two samples were selected for direct shear testing. This testing was performed per the current ASTM Standard D3080. This testing measures the shear strength of the soil under various normal pressures and is used in developing parameters for foundation design and lateral design. Testing was performed using recompacted test specimens which were saturated prior to testing. Testing was performed using a strain controlled test apparatus with normal pressures ranging from 500 to 2,500 pounds per square foot. The results of this testing are shown on Figure No. B-5. Consolidation Testing: Two samples were selected for consolidation testing. This testing was performed per the current ASTM Standard D2435. For this test, relatively undisturbed samples were selected and carefully trimmed into a one inch thick by 2.5 - inch diameter consolidometer. The consolidometer was moisture sealed in order to preserve the moisture content of the sample during the initial stages of testing. Loads ranging from 325 to 20,800 pounds per square foot were applied progressively with the rate of settlement declining to a value of 0.0002 inches per hour prior to the application of each subsequent load. At a preselected load, water was introduced into the consolidometer in order to observe the potential for saturation collapse. The results of this testing are presented graphically on Figure Nos. B-6 through B-7. R -value Testing: One sample was selected for R -value testing. This test measures the ability of soil to resist lateral deformation under applied vertical loads, and is used in developing parameters for pavement structural sections. Testing was performed in accordance with Caltrans Test Method 301. The results of this testing are shown on Figure No. B-8. Analytical Testing: One sample was selected to determine the concentration of soluble sulfates, chlorides, pH level, and resistivity of and within the on-site soils. The following table presents the results of this testing: Sample Location Sample Depth (ft.) Water -Soluble Sulfates (%) Chlorides (ppm) Minimum Resistivity (ohm -cm) pH B-01 3.0-7.0 0.021 54 3,524 8.4 Geolechnical Report - / ire Station =6 Apparatus Bay Project \o. S16e-/'/. .Juh 2015 B-2 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Expansion Testing: One sample was selected for Expansion testing. Expansion testing was performed per the current ASTM Standard D4829. This testing consists of remolding 4 -inch diameter by 1 -inch thick test specimens to a moisture content and dry density corresponding to approximately 50 percent saturation. The samples are subjected to a surcharge of 144 pounds per square foot and allowed to reach equilibrium. At that point the specimens are inundated with distilled water. The linear expansion is then measured until complete. The results of this testing are shown below. Sample Location Sample Depth Initial Dry Density Initial Moisture Content, % Expansion Index Expansion Class B-02 5.25-8.0 116.2 8.5 8 Low GENERAL All laboratory testing has been conducted in conformance with the applicable ASTM test methods by personnel trained and supervised in conformance with our QA/QC policy. Our test data only relates to the specific soils tested. Soil conditions typically vary and any significant variations should be reported to our laboratory for review and possible testing. The data presented in this report are for the use of STK Architecture, Inc. only and may not be reproduced or used by others without written approval of Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. Geo(echnma( Report —[ ire Slation :16 Apparatus Boo Project Ao. S168-1 'I. A(y 2015 B-3 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. 2.5 2.0 S H E R 1.5 S T R E N G T H 1.0- k S f 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 NORMAL PRESSURE, ksf Specimen Identification Classification Phi Cohesion DD MC% • B-01 4.5 SILTY SAND SM 34 0.000 127 13 m B-02 9.5 CLAYEY SAND SC 31 0.163 115 18 PROJECT New Apparatus Bay PROJECT NO. S168-171 1348 Irvine Ave. DATE SHEAR TEST DIAGRAM (ASTM D3O8O) Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc FIA[ IRF N(l R -S /o 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5-- 5.0- 100 .55.0100 1,000 10,000 10' STRESS, psf Specimen Identification Classification DD MC% • B-01 4.5 SILTY SAND SM 126 13 PROJECT New Apparatus Bay DATE CONSOLIDATION TEST (ASTM D2435) Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc FIGURE NO. B-6 0.0 0.5- 2.5 -- 3.0-- 3.5-- 4.0-- 4.5--- 5.0--- 5.5-- 6.0 .52.53.03.54.04.55.05.56.0 6.5-- 7.01 .5 7 inn 1.000 10,000 105 STRESS, psf Specimen Identification I Classification I DD I MC% J 101 B-02 9.5 1 CLAYEY SAND SC 1 116 1 15 DATE CONSOLIDATION TEST (ASTM D2435) Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc FIGURE NO. B-7 APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION AND SEISMIC SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS The potential for liquefaction was analyzed using the EQLIQU & SETTLE"2" liquefaction program. This program conducts a simplified analysis based on the in-situ conditions and the seismic parameters developed for the site. In general, liquefaction is a phenomenon that occurs where there is a loss of strength or stiffness in the soils that can result in the settlement of buildings, ground failures, or other hazards. The main factors contributing to this phenomenon are: 1) cohesionless, granular soils having relatively low densities (usually of Holocene age); 2) shallow ground water (generally less than 50 feet); and 3) moderate -high seismic ground shaking. The results of our analysis indicate that the soil encountered in Boring B-2 between depths of 18 and 21 feet may liquefy during the design seismic event. However, using Ishihara's criteria (1985), the liquefiable layer is sufficiently thin and deep that the potential for liquefaction -induced ground damage is negligible. Geotechnical Reporl — hire S(ation =6 :I pparams Bm' Projee( So. S168-1?l. Judy 201i C-1 Inland Foundation Engineering, Inc. _ L 0= � A b EE E N V E E p v m q t 16 m E e @ o > o =" N EO EEL E � c No _ R R R R 4 5 R N 8 8 R R 8 8 8 A B I m � vl _ 14'43daa Fa o n 8 0 E v m s E m O � E „ D > v 't4;dea Iz I U N N s 'dao m w c g 0 0 m m U v J W a e_ i - o E� "3 E E E e rc ¢ N n � O E E EE E0 NyC � u9 do 0 N -- e 4'Uldea 8 m � u $' s v yam Q i I m n m W I � m D u'4idea ILS U U M- City of Newport Beach FIRE STATION NO. 6 APPARATUS BAY REPLACEMENT Contract No. 6422 MATERIALS SURVEY REPORT MASEK CONSULTING SERVICES, INC. 23478 Sandstone St. • Mission Viejo, CA 92692 Phone (949) 581-8503 • http://www.masekconsulting.net Keeping You Out Of "Trouble is No Trouble For Us Asbestos Lead Mold PCBs Indoor Air Quality Abatement Project Management LEED" Phase I Environmental Site Assessments Property Condition Assessments Universal Wastes Toxic and Hazardous Materials Experience With Thousands of Buildings and Properties Specialists In Saving Money. Keeping Projects On Schedule, and Reducing Liability Asbestos, Lead, and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (Universal Wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA Prepared For WLC Architects May 26, 2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS Paqe Project -Specific Limitations.................................................. 2 Company Background...................................................... 2 Asbestos Survey Findings ................................................... 2 Homogeneous Areas and Samples ....................................... 4 Lead (paint and ceramic tile) Survey Findings .................................... 7 Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Findings ................... 11 Building Description and Photographs ......................................... 12 Recommendations........................................................ 30 Limitations of Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Analytical Methods............ 30 Miscellaneous Toxic Materials .......................................... 30 Advance Notification Is Required Prior To Asbestos Abatement Work........... 31 Notifications to Employees, Contractors, Tenants, and the Public . ............. 31 Contractor / Employer Registration / Licensing ............................. 33 OSHA Asbestos Regulations ........................................... 34 Lead Regulations.................................................... 36 Lead Waste Disposal ................................................. 38 All Field Personnel Should Have Basic Asbestos and Lead Training............ 39 Exposure Assessment Programs Are Mandatory ........................... 39 Scope of Services......................................................... 40 Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs) Which Are Banned . .................. 40 Which Materials Commonly Contain Asbestos? ............................ 42 Asbestos Sampling .................................................. 46 Asbestos Laboratory Analysis .......................................... 47 LeadSurvey........................................................ 47 Miscellaneous Toxic Materials Survey .................................... 48 General Limitations........................................................ 48 Regulatory Compliance.................................................... 49 Consultant Background.................................................... 49 Sketch and Laboratory Report Attachments ..................................... 50 Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 1 of 50 Our inspection was performed on May 20, 2016 Anyone reading this report should read the entire report, including attachments, which are part of this report. We use "we" throughout, rather than the awkward repeating of our name. Project -Specific Limitations None. This was not a limited survey, however, the building was occupied during our inspection and we did not do destructive sampling, e.g. checking for presence of older flooring materials under the ceramic tile . The general limitations at the end of this report apply to all projects. Company Background Since 1991 we have provided services at many thousands of properties of all types. Our goals have always been to produce superior reports, offer superior value, and provide superior service. Significantly, about 33% of our revenue has been from sub -consulting work for medium and large consulting companies who demand top quality and choose to trust us to do work for their clients. Our clients include investors, architects, lenders, attorneys, government organizations, property management firms and other consulting firms. We provide a wide range of services needed for pre-acquisition due diligence of commercial properties and for management and correction of identified hazards or deficiencies. Please visit our web site for more information: http://www.masekconsulting.net Asbestos Survey Findings A Friable material can be broken, crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry (e.g. structural fireproofing, pipe insulation, ceiling tile, ceiling texture). Non -Friable materials include items such as vinyl floor tile, mastics, plastic roof cement, stucco, drywall joint compound & texture, roofing, and sheet vinyl flooring (when in place and in good condition, friable once disturbed). A non -friable material may become friable when disturbed or deteriorated. Materials Reported To Contain Greater Than Zero, But Less Than 1 % Asbestos Many people, including many in the environmental consulting, abatement contracting, and other contracting industries, do not know that work involving materials which contain less than one percent asbestos is still covered by numerous regulations, and that such materials may not be treated as if they contained no asbestos. Letters from the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) interpreting their regulations make it clear that materials containing less than 1 % asbestos are still covered by significant portions of their asbestos regulations and that employers must exercise due diligence to avoid violations and exposures to asbestos. Some of those are: A letter dated April 17, 1997 to Mr. Leon Petrakis states that the OSHA standard covers both "asbestos" and "asbestos -containing materials" and that "asbestos that is present in percentages less than one percent continues to be covered by the OSHA standard." Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 2 of 50 A letter dated August 13, 1999 to Mr. Walter Chun regarding demolition (including during renovation) of materials containing less than one percent asbestos makes several key points: • The contractor has an implied obligation to determine if the materials contain some asbestos and must exercise due diligence to identify the presence of asbestos in materials, even if the owner has provided a proper asbestos inspection / survey showing that the materials are not Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs, containing more than 1% asbestos). An investigation of whether any of the materials are prone to contain some amount of asbestos which is less than or equal to 1% would be one example of action the employer must take in order to meet the test of exercising due diligence. • Unless the contractor produces an initial negative exposure assessment showing that neither asbestos Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) will be exceeded, they must comply with the many elements of the standard that are applicable when either asbestos PEL is exceeded. • Even if neither asbestos PEL is exceeded or might be exceeded, the use of wet methods and prompt clean-up and disposal of wastes and debris, as well as record keeping requirements associated with the negative exposure assessment, still apply. • Employees who are working while the contractor seeks to produce a negative exposure assessment must be provided with the protective clothing described in 29 CFR 1926.1101 (1), at least half -mask air -purifying respirators with high efficiency filters, and training that meets the mandates of 29 CFR 1926.1101(k)(9)(viii). A letter dated February 1, 2005 to Mr. Skip Bolding indicates that removal of drywall is Class II work if any of the components of the drywall system (e.g. the drywall joint compound) contain more than 1% asbestos. It goes on to state that if none of the components contain more than 1 % asbestos, the requirements depend on whether the employee exposures to airborne asbestos exceed either the 30 -minute or 8 -hour PELs. Even if neither PEL is exceeded, wet methods, prompt clean-up and disposal of wastes and debris contaminated with asbestos in leak -tight containers, and prohibitions against the use of high speed abrasive saws without HEPA-filtered exhaust, compressed air removal, and employee rotation to lower exposure still apply. The California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 3.2. California Occupational Safety and Health Regulations (DOSH or CAL/OSHA), Subchapter 2. Regulations of the Division of Occupational Safety and Health, Article 2.5. Registration—Asbestos-Related Work, Sub -section 341.6. Registration Requirements, defines an Asbestos Containing Construction Material (ACCM) as any manufactured construction material which contains more than 1/10th of 1% (0.1 %) asbestos by weight. There are several issues: Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 3 of 50 1) The Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) method commonly used really only has a resolution of about 1%. 2) The analytical method and laboratory accreditation people require that the laboratory report seeing asbestos in a sample, even if they do not see enough to feel comfortable calling it 1%. We have seen such samples which we have collected under a PLM microscope, and a sample prepared by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program with 0.3% asbestos, and the asbestos was clearly visible in those samples. 3) Many of the materials contain binders and such which obscure the asbestos fibers, especially the finer fibers. 4) Materials such as stucco have an inconsistent asbestos content, as they were field mixed (We have met "old-timers"in the construction industry who told us that they used one coffee can of asbestos per mixer barrel of stucco). 5) Analysis by a Transmission Electron Microscope is the only proper method for additional analysis of non -friable materials, as PLM point counting is known to miss asbestos found by TEM analysis, and TEM analysis is essentially the same or lower cost than the far less accurate point counting. Please see the News section of our web site for an article on point counting. Due to the cost of additional analysis, few clients ever request anything beyond routine PLM analysis. 6) Both EPA and OSHA regulate asbestos, so the regulations of both, and corresponding state and local regulations, must be considered. Homoqeneous Areas and SamDles To make the following table and this report readily readable, we utilize 12 point or larger type for all but the page footers and attachments. People also do not like having to turn pages to read them, especially if they are reading a screen. For the convenience of readers, we minimize the number of columns by using convenient codes for condition, disturbance potential, friability, removal, and waste handling. Damage may be physical, due to deterioration, or due to water. Significant Damage means 10% or more evenly distributed, or 25% or greater localized damage. Damage means less than 10% damage (e.g. abraded, gouged, blistered, peeling, crumbling). Good means no or very little damage or deterioration. Materials may be disturbed by contact, vibration, or air erosion, and all of those possible sources of disturbance are considered in determining if there is potential for significant damage, potential for damage, or low potential for damage. Taking all of those factors into consideration, materials which contain asbestos (those containing over 1 % asbestos are Asbestos Containing Materials) are categorized according to the following Hazard Rank scale: Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 4 of 50 worst 7- Friable with significant damage 6a - Friable with damage and potential for significant damage 615 - Non -Friable with significant damage and potential for more significant damage 5a - Friable with damage and potential for damage 5b - Non -Friable with significant damage and potential for additional damage 5c - Non -Friable with damage and potential for significant damage 5d - Friable in good condition and potential for significant damage 4a - Non -Friable with significant damage and low potential for disturbance 4b - Friable with damage and low potential for disturbance 3a - Friable in good condition and potential for damage 3b - Non -Friable with damage and potential for damage 3c - Non -Friable in good condition and potential for significant damage 2a - Friable in good condition and low potential for disturbance 2b - Non -Friable with damage and low potential for disturbance 2c - Non -Friable in good condition and potential for damage best 1 - Non -Friable in good condition and low potential for disturbance Category I non -friable ACM is any asbestos -containing packing, gasket, resilient floor covering or asphalt roofing product which contains more than one percent (1 %) asbestos as determined using polarized light microscopy (PLM) according to the method specified in Appendix A, Subpart F, 40 CFR Part 763. (Sec. 61.141), or assumed to be such. Category II non -friable ACM is any material, excluding Category I non -friable ACM, containing more than one percent (1 %) asbestos as determined using polarized light microscopy according to the methods specified in Appendix A, Subpart F, 40 CFR Part 763 that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. (Sec. 61.141), or assumed to be such. If all or portions of materials which contain asbestos are removed (using typical methods and equipment), the following Waste codes indicate how the waste should be disposed: F - Friable, hazardous asbestos waste; NF - Non -Friable, non -hazardous asbestos waste; or O - OSHA regulations regarding materials containing greaterthan zero, but less than 1 % asbestos apply. Dispose as construction debris or non -friable asbestos waste, depending on the requirements of the landfill where the waste is disposed. Suspect materials which are not sampled must be assumed to contain asbestos. Materials are typically assumed to contain asbestos due to the material being readily identifiable (e.g. asbestos -cement items), lack of access, or to avoid the cost of laboratory analysis for materials which commonly contain asbestos (e.g. plastic roof cement). We generally omit the prefix of the sample numbers from the sketch(es) or drawings for clarity. Such prefixes are used solely to prevent the laboratory from accidentally mixing samples from different batches. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 5 of 50 Please see the Scope of Services section below for information on our sampling protocols. We use the words "roughly' or "approximately" with quantities to prevent contractor change orders for minor variations in quantity. Contractors should verify the site conditions, material location(s), and quantities to their satisfaction prior to committing to a price for removal work. Homogeneous Area Sample Specific Sample Location Lab. Asbestos (an area of material uniform Number If one or more samples Result Containing in color, texture, construction contain asbestos, the % or Materials or application date and general appearance) entire homogeneous area must be treated as asbestos containing None Detec ted Hazard Rank Waste composition roofing shingles 1348-1 on the rear left side of the building ND tar paper under the shingles 1348-2 ND plastic roof cement spots, 1348-3 at the vent right side, 15 roughly 10 square feet front assumed asbestos cement n/a n/a - assumed, n/a 1 F flue pipe, roughly 4 linear identified visually feet, Photo 3 new color coat of stucco 1348-4 on the eave on the back ND of the building 1348-9 on the eave of the fire ND engine garage old color coat of stucco 1348-5 on the eave on the back <1 3c O of the building 1348-10 on the eave of the fire <1 engine garage bottom (gray) coat of stucco 1348-6 on the eaves on the back ND of the building 1348-11 on the eave of the fire ND engine garage op (color) coat of stucco on 1348-7 on the enclosure wall in ND he enclosure wall around front the property 1348-24 on the enclosure wall on ND the side bottom (gray) layer of stucco 1348-8 on the enclosure wall in ND on the enclosure wall front 1348-25 on the enclosure on the ND side Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 6 of 50 Homogeneous Area Sample Specific Sample Location Lab. Asbestos (an area of material uniform Number If one or more samples Result Containing in color, texture, construction contain asbestos, the % or Materials or application date and general appearance) entire homogeneous area must be treated as asbestos containing None Detec ted Hazard Rank Waste acoustic plaster ceiling 1348-12 in the engine room, left ND texture in the engine room, in rear the living room above the new ceiling 1348-13 right front area of the engine room ND op (color coat) of plaster 1348-14 at the light switch in the ND front office 1348-18 in the furnace closet ND bottom (gray coat) of plaster 1348-15 in the front office ND 1348-19 in the furnace closet ND black mastic under the 1348-16 in the dorm at the door 8 1 NF carpet in the dorm, to the laundry room exercise room, office, might be present in the 1348-23 in the exercise room at 8 kitchen and day rooms under the ceramic tile, the closet roughly 1,500 square feet Photo 10 black sticky tape 1348-17 in the furnace closet ND drywall joint compound & 1348-20 in the shop on the wall ND texture next to a built-in cabinet 1348-21 in the laundry room at the ND washing machine 1348-22 1 in the dorm next to a light ND switch Lead (paint and ceramic tile) Survey Findings Lead-based paint (XRF readings greater than or equal to 1.0 mg/cm2 in most places) was identified on: • Sliding door frame from the living room to the patio. No lead -glazed ceramic tile (XRF readings >= 1.0 mg/cm2)was identified. Lead Survey Samples A room equivalent is an identifiable part of a building (e.g., room, exterior, corridor, stairway, Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 7 of 50 foyer, Etc.). Closets or other similar areas adjoining rooms are not considered as separate room equivalents unless they are obviously dissimilar from the adjoining room equivalent. The regulations require one reading from each testing combination, except for walls, where one reading is required from each wall (up to a maximum of four readings from the largest walls in testing combinations with more than four walls). Each testing combination may be composed of more than one building component (such as two similar windows within a room equivalent). For multifamily developments or apartment buildings, common areas and exterior sites are treated as separate types of units, not as room equivalents. If similar building component types with identical substrates (such as windows) are all found to contain lead paint in the first five interior room equivalents, testing of that component type in the remaining room equivalents may be discontinued. Surfaces covered with wallpaper are assumed to be painted For varnished, stained, or similar clear -coated floors, measurements in only one room equivalent are permissible if it appears that the floors in the other room equivalents have the same coating. Some testing combinations have multiple parts. For example • All of the parts of an interior window sash; • All of the parts of the window frame and trim (casings, stops, jambs, aprons, Etc.); • All of the parts of baseboard assembly (main board, quarter round, and so forth); • All of the parts of a door (stiles, rails, panels, mullions, panels, Etc.); and, • All of the parts of a door frame assembly (jambs, stops, transoms, casings, Etc.). Because it is highly unlikely that all the parts would have different painting histories, they are not considered separate testing combinations, unless we have substantial evidence that different parts have separate, distinct painting histories. When the plus or minus indication on the XRF instrument is such that adding the amount indicated to the reading would cause it to be equal to or over the positive level (1 or 0.7, depending on the locality), we add it and report that amount. In the Title 17, California Code Of Regulations, Division 1, Chapter 8: "Industrial building" means a structure that is used primarily for industrial activity, which is generally not open to the public, including but not limited to, warehouses, factories, and storage facilities. 'Industrial building" does not include any structure which fits the definition of a public building or a residential building. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 8 of 50 "Public building" means a structure, or part of a structure, and its land, which is generally accessible to the public, including but not limited to, schools, daycare centers, museums, airports, hospitals, stores, convention centers, government facilities, office buildings and any other building which is not an industrial building or a residential building. "Residential building" means a structure, or part of a structure, and its land, which is used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the home or residence of one or more persons. A firehouse is obviously an "industrial building" as it clearly is not a "residential building," since nobody is allowed to live in it, nor a "public building," since it is not open to the public, no matter its former use. Testing Combinations Condition F good F- fair P- poor Lead mg/cm, Room Equivalent Component Substrate W - wood P - plaster S - stucco M - metal D - d all calibration 1.04 1.0 Calibration 0.31 0.3 Calibration 0.71 0.7 Exterior fascia w g 0.08 enclosure wall s g 0.01 building wall s g 0.00 mid -wall molding w g 0.24 window frame w g 0.3 Window sill w f 0.29 gate m g 0.00 generator m g 0.00 door frame w g 0.00 door w g 0.01 roll up door frame w g 0.01 Engine floor concrete f 0.00 wall p 9 0.00 wall masonry g 0.02 roll up door w g 0.00 office window frame w g 0.21 door to office w g 0.00 door to dormitory w g 0.00 door frame w g 0.00 Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 9 of 50 Testing Combinations Condition F -good F - fair P- poor Lead mg/cm2 Room Equivalent Component Substrate W - wood P - plaster S - stucco M - metal D - d all Closet built in cabinet w g 0.01 wall d g 0.00 attic hatch w g 0.00 Office floor ceramic g 0.4 Wall p g 0.15 door w f 0.11 door frame w g 0.29 window frame w g 0.3 Door to living room w g 0.00 door frame w g 0.11 living wall d 0.04 window frame w g 0.00 sliding door frame w g 1.3 Living wall d g 0.00 Kitchen wall d g 0.01 Corridor wall d g 0.01 Restroom wall d g 0.00 door w g 0.00 door frame w g 0.01 wall d g 0.00 window frame w g 0.18 Dormitory wall d g 1 0.00 wall concrete block 9 0.00 window frame w g 0.26 wall d g 0.00 door frame to shower room w g 0.01 window frame w g 0.14 Laundry wall d g 0.00 built-in cabinet w g 0.00 wall d g 0.00 Work shop door frame w g 0.00 Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 10 of 50 Testing Combinations 4' Tubes PCB Fluorescent Ballasts HID Lamps & Ballasts Condition Lead 0 -good mg/cm2 Room Component Substrate F F- fair Equivalent W - wood P- poor P - plaster S - stucco M - metal D - d all door frame to exterior w g 0.00 door w g 0.00 furnace closet door w g 0.00 closet door frame w g 0.03 Exterior wall ceramic g 0.03 porch post w g 0.01 calibration 1.04 1.0 Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Findings We examined the building(s) and identified the following materials: Batteries We observed no batteries. Fluorescent and HID Lamps/Bulbs and Ballasts 8' Tubes 4' Tubes PCB Fluorescent Ballasts HID Lamps & Ballasts 24 0 0 Refrigerants We observed one air conditioning unit. Mercury We observed no mercury switches. Miscellaneous Drums / Containers and Oil -Filled Devices We observed no miscellaneous drums or containers on premises. Radioactive Exit Signs We observed no radioactive exit sigs. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 11 of 50 Building Description and Photographs The photographs are important parts of the descriptive information. The subject property contains a fire station built in the 1960's comprising of roughly 3,500 square feet. The building had been remodeled in the recent past. The exterior is finished with stucco. The roof is covered with composition shingles. The interior is finished with plaster, acoustic plaster, drywall, ceramic tile, carpet. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 12 of 50 Photo 1:The back of the building Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 13 of 50 Photo 2: The front of the building Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 14 of 50 Photo 3: An asbestos -cement water heater flue Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 15 of 50 Photo 4: Stucco under the eaves Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 16 of 50 Photo 5: Hard texture plaster ceiling in the garage Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 17 of 50 Photo 6: Fiberglass HVAC duct insulation Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 18 of 50 Photo 7: The office Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 19 of 50 Photo 8: The wood window frame in the living room is coated with lead-based paint Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 20 of 50 Photo 9: The bathroom Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 21 of 50 Photo 10: The dormitory Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 22 of 50 Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 24 of 50 Photo 13: The shop Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 25 of 50 Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 26 of 50 Photo 15: The water heater (the upper flue is asbestos -cement) Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 27 of 50 Photo 16: The attic, where old textured plaster is still present Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 28 of 50 Photo 17: Fiberglass HVAC duct insulation Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 29 of 50 Recommendations All persons who read and use this report should read the entire report and all of the attachments. Information on laws and regulations is provided as a convenience, not as a substitute for proper legal advice and review of the entire text of the applicable laws and regulations. It is routine for us to be hired to oversee, monitor, and document abatement work on large projects and school projects. All clients should consider reducing their liability from claims which could arise during or after abatement work by retaining us to oversee, monitor, and document that work. Limitations of Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) Analytical Methods It is possible that materials reported to contain less than 1% asbestos by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) analysis may or may not actually contain asbestos. Non -friable Organically Bound (NOB) such as floor tiles (vinyl and asphalt), roofing materials, mastics, and caulking may contain asbestos which is tightly bound to the matrix material and therefore not easily isolated and detected by microscopy. PLM many not detect asbestos fibers less than 0.2 microns in diameter. Because asbestos fibers found in NOB materials may be less than 0.1 microns in diameter, this method can sometimes yield low estimates or even false negative results. In New York, both PLM and TEM analysis is required in order to declare that samples of NOB materials do not contain asbestos. Clients in other areas may wish to have samples of non -friable organically bound materials reported as "none detected" under PLM analysis re -analyzed by TEM. Miscellaneous Toxic Materials There are numerous laws and regulations covering the handling, transport, and disposal of toxic materials. All of the miscellaneous toxic materials should be properly handled, packed, transported and disposed by workers with proper training and personal protective equipment, including, but not limited to: • Proper removal and disposal of all batteries, with recycling of all lead -acid batteries; • Assuming that all fluorescent lamp tubes and mercury-vapor lamps contain levels of mercury which require that they be properly disposed, and careful removal and packing of them, then transport to a recycling company; • Assuming that all lamp ballasts / HID ballasts contain PCBs, except those found to be marked / date coded as not containing PCBs, and removal and packing for recycling and disposal by transportation to a recycling company (not land fill disposal); • Properly removal and disposal of all radioactive exit signs. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 30 of 50 • Proper removal and disposal of all devices containing oils, such as air conditioning compressors, pumps, compressors, etc.; • Proper removal and disposal of all refrigerants from all equipment containing refrigerants, such as chillers, air conditioners, water coolers, and refrigerators/freezers (the technician(s) performing the refrigerant recovery must be trained and certified under Section 608 of the Clean Air Act, 40CFR Part 82); and, • Collection, packaging, and proper disposal (by recycling) all mercury containing switches and mercury thermometers. Advance Notification Is Required Prior To Asbestos Abatement Work: California has many Air Pollution Control Districts (APCDs) and Air Quality Management Districts (AQMDs): Amador, Antelope Valley, Bay Area, Butte, Calaveras, Colusa, Eastern Kern, EI Dorado, Feather River, Glenn, Great Basin, Imperial, Lake Lassen, Mariposa, Mendocino, Modoc, Mojave Desert, Monterey Bay, North Coast, Northern Sierra, Northern Sonoma, Placer, Sacramento, San Diego, San Joaquin, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Shasta, Siskiyou, South Coast, Tehama, Tuolumne, Ventura, and Yolo-Solano. In most of them, the federal asbestos NESHAP (National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutant) provisions requiring a two week advance notification for removal of more than 160 square feet or 260 linear feet of asbestos containing materials apply. In the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) which encompasses Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, and parts of San Bernardino Counties, a ten working day advance notification must be given for work on more than 100 square feet of asbestos containing material. SCAQMD has an agreement with US EPA to administer the asbestos NESHAP. Rule 1403 is their asbestos regulation regarding notification and asbestos removal and demolition work. Their Rule 222 governs use of negative air machines and HEPA vacuums for asbestos work. Before starting work, the current notification requirements should be verified. Notification is also required prior to demolition. The company or organization actually doing the work is responsible for notification. Asbestos abatement contractors must display a posting board at each work location, and it should contain copies of their notification, license, OSHA temporary job site notification, and other information such as the location of emergency medical facilities. Copies of the AHERA training, annual asbestos worker medical exam, and latest respirator fit test report for each worker and supervisor must be on site. Notifications to Employees, Contractors, Tenants, and the Public: 1) Building owners must notify their employees and other owners (e.g of tenant companies) within 15 days of their knowledge of the presence of asbestos containing materials (Connelly Act, AB 3713, California Health and Safety Code, Section 25915), and annually thereafter. 2) Federal OSHA construction asbestos regulations, 29CFR1926.1101 (k), and the corresponding California regulations, apply to communication of hazards during Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 31 of 50 construction activities. 3) Federal OSHA general industry asbestos regulations, 29CFR1910.10010)(2)(i), and the corresponding California regulations, require that building owners determine the presence, location, and quantity of materials which contain asbestos at the work site, and inform employees about the presence and location of those materials. Again, tenants are not employees. While this aspect of the regulation is widely ignored, as most commercial building have either not been inspected for asbestos, or only partially inspected, we suggest that all building owners implement an asbestos management (O&M) program based on at least a walkthrough asbestos survey. Asbestos was used in many common building materials up to the late 1980s, so having an asbestos management program in place minimizes liability and costs. 4) Federal OSHA general industry asbestos regulations, 29CFR1 910.1001 0)(2)(iii) requires that building owners inform employers of employees, and employers inform employees who will perform housekeeping activities in areas which contain asbestos (actual or presumed) of the presence and location of those materials which may be contacted during such activities. 5) Federal OSHA general industry asbestos regulations, 29CFR1910.10010)(4)(i), and the corresponding California regulations, require that building owners or employers affix or post labels or signs so that employees will be notified of what materials contain, or are presumed to contain, asbestos. The labels are to be attached in such areas where they will clearly be noticed by employees who are likely to be exposed, such as at the entrance to mechanical room/areas. The labels must complywith the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, and must include the following information: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD 6) There is a slight variation in wording of the warnings in California's Connelly Act, AB 3713, California Health and Safety Code, Section 25915: CAUTION. ASBESTOS. CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD. DO NOT DISTURB WITHOUT PROPER TRAINING AND EQUIPMENT Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 32 of 50 so we usually develop signs and labels which are a combination of the California and OSHA wording. 7) In a January 24, 1996 letter to Ms. Lisa K. Rushton interpreting their 29CFR1910.1101 and 29CFR1926.1101 regulations, OSHA stated: "Signs and labels are required to be posted on or near the product. However, it is generally not feasible to put labels on walls and floors. If it is not feasible, alternatives may be used. For example, if asbestos containing floors are being serviced by employees using a common equipment room day after day, then a sign or label for the asbestos flooring can be posted in that room." 8) California's Connelly Act, AB 3713, California Health and Safety Code, Section 25915, Sub -Section 25915.5 states: "An owner required to give notice to employees pursuant to this chapter, in addition to notifying his or her employees, shall mail, in accordance with this subdivision, a copy of that notice to all other persons who are owners of the building or part of the building, with whom the owner has privity of contract. Receipt of a notice pursuant to this section by an owner, lessee or operator shall constitute knowledge that the building contains asbestos -containing construction materials for purposes of this chapter. Notice to an owner shall be delivered by first-class mail addressed to the person and at the address designated for the receipt of notices under the lease, rental agreement, or contract with the owner. " 9) The California Proposition 65 notification signs which building owners (excepting many or most government buildings) should have posted on your buildings cover many materials and substances, but they are not sufficient for notifying employees or contractors working on the building. Contractor / Emolover Reaistration / Licensin An employer who will be engaging in asbestos-related work involving 100 square feet or more of surface area of asbestos -containing construction material must be registered with DOSH. Asbestos abatement contractors must have this registration in addition to a contractor's license, so they are typically used to perform such work. The square footage of ACCM to be disturbed is computed by adding up the surface area of all ACCMs which will be handled during the course of the work being performed by the employer, even if it is in noncontiguous locations in all of the buildings, structures, premises, fixtures, machinery or other areas which will be handled during the course of the work forwhich the employer has contracted, whether pursuant to single or multiple contracts with the same hirer. This generally means that a licensed asbestos abatement contractor must be utilized, unless a particular employer feels that theywill have enough asbestos work that training and equipping some of their staff and becoming registered is cost effective. If the work involves less than 100 sq. ft. of ACCM, the employer must send a simple "report of use" to Cal/OSHA. All other occupational health and safety work rule requirements apply - especially those from Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, 1529. For more information about "reports of use" and the database of carcinogen use reports, call 415-703-5190. Also, see 8 CCR 5203, the Carcinogen Report of Use Requirements. More information may be found on the DOSH web site Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 33 of 50 OSHA Asbestos Regulations The federal OSHA asbestos regulations for the construction industry are contained in 29CFR1926.1101. The corresponding California regulations are at California Code of Regulations, Title 8 - Industrial Relations, Division 1- Industrial Relations, Chapter 4 - Division of Industrial Safety, Sub -chapter 4 - Construction Safety Orders, Article 4 - Dusts, Mists, Fumes, Vapors, and Gases, §§1529. Asbestos. All of these OSHA regulations use the following definitions ACM is Asbestos Containing Material (alsoACBM, which is Asbestos Containing Building material) PACM is Presumed Asbestos Containing Material; Surfacing Material is material that is sprayed, troweled -on or otherwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members; and, TSI is Thermal System Insulation (e.g. pipe and boiler insulation). The California regulations mirror the federal OSHA regulations, and defines four classes of work on asbestos containing materials: "Class I asbestos work" means activities involving the removal of TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM. "Class II asbestos work" means activities involving the removal of ACM which is not thermal system insulation orsurfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos -containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics. "Class III asbestos work" means repair and maintenance operations, where "ACM", including TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM, is likely to be disturbed. "Disturbance" means activities that disrupt the matrix of ACM or PACM, crumble or pulverize ACM or PACM, or generate visible debris from ACM or PACM. Disturbance includes cutting away small amounts of ACM and PACM, no greater than the amountwhich can be contained in one standard sized glove bag orwaste bag in order to access a building component. In no event shall the amount of ACM or PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be contained in one glove bag or waste bag which shall not exceed 60 inches in length and width. "Class IV asbestos work" means maintenance and custodial activities during which employees contact but do not disturb ACM or PACM and activities to clean up dust, waste and debris resulting from Class I, ll, and III activities. The regulations require that all Class I, II and III asbestos work shall be conducted within regulated areas, with all of the related requirements for demarcation, signs, respirators, and so Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 34 of 50 forth All asbestos work performed within regulated areas must be supervised by a competent person. A competent person for Class I and Class II work must be trained as an asbestos supervisor, as originally defined in the US EPA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), 40 CFR 763 - available on the US EPA web site. For Class III work, the competent person need only have the 16 hour training required for maintenance and custodial staff who disturb ACMs (also known as Operations & Maintenance or O&M training). The OSHA regulations at 29CFR1 926.1101 (k)(9)(iii) require that training of workers for Class I operations and for Class II operations that require the use of critical barriers (or equivalent isolation methods) and/or negative pressure enclosures be the equivalent in curriculum, training method and length to the EPA Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) asbestos abatement workers training (40 CFR Part 763, subpart E, appendix C). However, 1926.1101(k)(9)(iv)(A) covering work with asbestos containing roofing materials, flooring materials, siding materials, ceiling tiles, or asbestos cement panels, allows a much shorter 8 hour training class for workers. That shorter class must include "hands-on" training and all the elements included in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of that section, plus the specific work practices and engineering controls set forth in paragraph (g) of that section which specifically relate to the category of work to be performed. Many private training facilities provide the asbestos supervisor and worker initial and annual refresher training classes, as well as the O&M training classes. Unless it is reasonably certain that the supervisor and workers will never need to disturb more than the small amount of ACM allowed under Class III, they need the normal AHERA supervisor and worker classes. Despite the small size of Class III projects, they must be conducted using engineering and work practice controls which minimize the exposure to employees performing the asbestos work and to bystander employees: (A) The work shall be performed using wet methods. (B) To the extent feasible, the work shall be performed using local exhaust ventilation (C) Where the disturbance involves drilling, cutting, abrading, sanding, chipping, breaking, or sawing of thermal system insulation or surfacing material, the employer shall use impermeable drop cloths, and shall isolate the operation using mini -enclosures or glove bag systems or another isolation method. (D) Where the employer does not produce a "negative exposure assessment' for a job, or where monitoring results show the PEL (Permissible Exposure Limit) has been exceeded, the employer shall contain the area using impermeable drop cloths and plastic barriers or their equivalent, or shall isolate the operation using another listed and compliant control system. (E) Employees performing Class III jobs, which involve the disturbance of thermal system insulation or surfacing material, or where the employer does not produce a "negative Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 35 of 50 exposure assessment" or where monitoring results show a PEL has been exceeded, shall wear respirators which are selected, used and fitted according to the applicable regulations. Federal OSHA published a nice informal summary of their asbestos regulations for the construction industry, publication OSHA3096, Revised in 2002. It is available online. Lead Regulations Three federal agencies regulate lead paint under Title X of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992: The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The federal lead regulations for construction work are contained in 29CFR1926.62 and the corresponding California regulations in CCR 8 Section 1532.1 have some additions or revisions which are not in the federal regulations. In California, accreditation, certification, and work practices for lead-based paint and lead hazards are regulated by Title 17, California Code Of Regulations, Division 1, Chapter 8. California Senate Bill 460 amended H&SC 17920.10 by adding "lead hazards" as a violation, amended H&SC 17961 to allow local agencies to enforce 17920.10 when lead hazards are present, and amended H&SC 105251-56 making it illegal for contractors to create lead hazards and to allow local enforcement agencies to perform enforcement. In California, lead abatement work must be performed by California CDPH (formerly DHS) accredited supervisors and workers. The action level for employee exposure to airborne lead is 30 pg/m3 averaged over an 8 -hour day. The Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) is 50 pg/m3 averaged over an 8 -hour day. If lead is present in a construction workplace in any quantity, the construction employer is required to make an initial determination of whether any employee's exposure to airborne lead exceeds the action level. This initial determination requires that the employer perform an exposure assessment to monitorthe construction workers' exposures unless they have objective data from similar operations performed within the previous 12 months, or data from outside sources such as trade associations and suppliers. In a letter to Mr. William F. Alcarese dated September 10, 2008, federal OSHA stated that an employer working with paint which contains any amount of lead in such as way that would generate airborne levels to which employees may be exposed, must conduct exposure monitoring (or use objective or historical data to demonstrate that the action level is not exceeded. Monitoring for an initial exposure assessment may be limited to a representative number of employees who are reasonably expected to have the highest exposure levels. Such monitoring is typically done by clipping small battery -powered air pumps to the employees' belts, with hoses running to filter cassettes clipped to the lapel of their shirts. Some people mistakenly assume that work on materials found to contain any lead, even a low reading such as 0.18 mg/cm', requires use of a lead abatement contractor. That is incorrect, as abatement personnel are mainly trained to remove lead paint and ceramic tile, not to perform normal construction tasks. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 36 of 50 There are four categories of tasks with different requirements for performing exposure assessments when lead is present and when the amount of lead is unknown: 1) For common miscellaneous construction tasks such as demolition using machinery, drilling holes through walls to run pipes or conduits, driving fasteners into surfaces, the regulations do not list any special requirements for performing exposure assessments. However, if an employer of an employee performing such a task has any reason to believe that an employee may be exposed to lead in excess of the PEL, they are required to implement the same personal protective measures as for category 2 below. It is obvious that many employers assume that employees performing such work, especially with paint containing less than 1.0 Mg/CM2 of lead, will not be exposed above the PEL. In California, Title 8, Section 1532.1 states that exposure assessment for such tasks is not required if data showing that the paint contains less than 600ppm of lead is available. However, that is a lesser standard than in the federal regulations, and federal OSHA, in a letter to Mr. William F. Alcarese dated September 10, 2008, states "Accordingly, for all tasks governed by OSHA's Lead in Construction standard (29 CFR 1926.62) involving paints having any level of lead, employers must comply with the assessment measures and any applicable protections of that standard." Also, data showing if the paint is above or below 600ppm of lead is usually not available, as the X -Ray Fluorescence (XRF) machines which are the normal and preferred method of testing produce results in units of milligrams per square centimeter, not ppm, and no conversion between the two units is possible. 2) For the tasks listed below, performing an exposure assessment requires that the workers involved be provided with personal protective clothing and equipment, change areas, hand washing facilities, biological monitoring (blood tests), training, and tight fitting air purifying half -face or better respirators as specified in the regulations : Manual demolition of structures (e.g., dry wall) Manual scraping; Manual sanding; Heat gun applications; Power tool cleaning with dust collection systems; and, Spray painting with lead paint; 3) For the tasks listed below, performing an exposure assessment requires that the workers involved be provided with personal protective clothing and equipment, change areas, hand washing facilities, biological monitoring (blood tests), training, and tight fitting air purifying full -face or better respiratory protection as specified Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 37 of 50 in the regulations : Using lead containing mortar; Lead burning; Rivet busting; Power tool cleaning without dust collection systems; Cleanup activities where dry expendable abrasives are used; Abrasive blasting enclosure movement and removal; 4) For the tasks listed below, performing an exposure assessment requires that the workers involved be provided with personal protective clothing and equipment, change areas, hand washing facilities, biological monitoring (blood tests), training, and tight fitting full -face PAPR or better respiratory protection as specified in the regulations: Abrasive blasting; and, Welding, cutting, and torch burning. Lead Waste Disposal To determine if lead waste, including soil, demolition debris, and waste from lead abatement projects, is hazardous waste: 1) Sample the waste and have a laboratory perform a Total Threshold Limit Concentration (TTLC) test (preparation EPA 30506, test method EPA 60106). If that test indicates 1,000 parts per million (ppm) or more lead, the waste is hazardous waste. 2) If the test results indicate that the waste contains 50ppm or less of lead, it is not a hazardous waste. 3) If the waste contains 50 or more ppm of lead, but less than 1,000ppm of lead, then a California California Waste Extraction Test (WET - preparation method CAC 66261.126, test method EPA 60106) should be performed on the waste sample. 4) If the waste exceeds the Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration (STLC) for lead of 5 ppm, it is a California hazardous waste. Hazardous wastes must be disposed of at a hazardous waste landfill and must be hauled under a proper manifest by a licensed hazardous waste transporter. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 38 of 50 In an E-mail message sent 5/27/2004, Mr. Charles Corcoran (Ccorcora@dtsc.ca.gov or 916- 327-4499), Chief of the Waste Identification and Recycling Section of the California Department of Toxic Substances Control stated that "The waste must be classified as it will be generated. If the entire building is to be demolished, then that is the waste to be classified. In the event the whole building is demolished, if the entire waste does not exceed the 350 ppm limit [note - his E-mail was written before the 350ppm requirement expired, therefore reverting back to the 1,000 ppm TTLC and 5 ppm STLC limits] or exhibit any hazardous waste characteristic, it may be disposed to a C&D landfill. If any individual components are first removed from the building, then DTSC would consider those wastes to be separately generated and would expect the generator to characterize them as a distinct waste." To perform the profile testing, a representative sample of the waste needs to be collected. If a whole building is to be disposed, then the sample would be of the entire debris (we would take care to avoid over or under sampling any particular building components). If the waste is a window, then some of the wood, some of the glass, and some of the putty should be included. If the waste is ceramic tile (as during a school bathroom remodeling project), then some tile, some grout, and some of the mortar needs to be included. If the waste is wood trim, then a chunk of the wood needs to be cut out. If the waste is painted concrete, then a core or chunk of the concrete needs to be collected. In all cases, the sample should approximate the proportion of lead paint / lead ceramic tile and other materials actually present in the waste. The laboratory will require that the sample they receive be pulverized. All Field Personnel Should Have Basic Asbestos and Lead Training All contractors working on existing buildings should see that all of their field personnel have at least the two hour asbestos awareness training, and that any of their employees who will be performing work involving spot disturbances / removal of materials which contain asbestos have the 16 hour training needed for performing OSHA Class III asbestos work. They should also see that all field personnel also have the basic training on respiratory protection needed forwork with lead (they would receive this during the 16 hour asbestos training). Exposure Assessment Programs Are Mandatory All contractors should have well organized asbestos and lead exposure assessment programs and exposure assessment databases. Exposure assessment is mandatory, and until exposure assessment data is obtained, contractors must provide respiratory protection and other measures which could be very inconvenient, cumbersome, and expensive. Exposure assessment data is generally only good for one year, so ongoing collection of data avoids having out of date exposure assessment data. It also builds up a nice database of information to show that the contractor is in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations and that workers are not being improperly exposed. Exposure assessment data is collected for workers with similar experience and training performing similar tasks. It is important to organize the exposure assessment data in the contractor's database by tasks and experience. The actual data collection involves placing personal air pumps on the belts of the workers being monitored, with a filter cassette hanging over their shoulder and clipped to their collar so that Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 39 of 50 it is in their "breathing zone." Asbestos exposure assessments require both 30 -minute "excursion" (highest exposure) sample and 8 hour samples. Lead exposure assessments require 8 hour samples (a typical work shift. It is important to record the sample information - flow rate, work task being monitored, and worker experience. The filter cassettes should be properly labeled and are submitted to a laboratory for analysis of the lead or asbestos content. Once initial exposure assessment data is obtained, the Contractor need only provide the respiratory protection and other measures indicated by the exposure assessment data for each task -experience combination. The federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Respiratory Protection Standard is 29 CFR 1910.134. Employees who are required to wear respirators must be provided with training on the use of the respirator, and a physical examination by a doctor to show that they are fit to wear a respirator. They must be offered a selection of respirators or different brands and sizes to find one that fits well, and must be fit tested (once per year) to see that the respirator seals well when they are wearing it. Scope of Services We performed a visual examination of those areas to determine the overall construction and usage of the building(s) and to plan and coordinate the survey work, taking into account any information provided on the age and construction of the building(s). We examined any plans and documents supplied to us determine if any ACMs were specified and to provide information on remodeling or renovation work. Areas of potential ACM were identified using the available information on the age of the building, construction materials present and the consultant's expertise. Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs) Which Are Banned It is important not to view the dates of the laws / regulations which banned the materials listed below as absolute cut-off dates. In many cases, the laws / regulations allowed suppliers to sell their existing supplies, and the manufacturers may not have immediately been aware of the new laws / regulations. For example, we have spoken with a large manufacturer of drywall joint compound in southern California and learned that they were still manufacturing drywall joint compound with asbestos in the middle 1980s. Ourexperience inspecting thousands of buildings of all types also confirms that asbestos containing drywall joint compound was used in many buildings constructed in the middle 1980s. Spray applied fireproofing was banned by the 1973 Clean Air Act (CAA) Asbestos National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutant (NESHAP); • Wet -applied and pre -formed (molded) asbestos pipe insulation and pre -formed (molded) asbestos block insulation on boilers and hot water tanks were banned by the 1975 Clean Air Act (CAA) Asbestos National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutant (NESHAP); • Spray applied decorative ACM (e.g. acoustic ceiling texture) was banned by the 1978 Clean Air Act (CAA) Asbestos National Emission Standard for Hazardous Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 40 of 50 Air Pollutant (NESHAP); • Patching compounds which are used to cover, seal or mask cracks, joints, holes and similar openings in the trim, walls, ceiling, etc. of building interiors (also used to create textured effects) which a consumer can purchase (those where the sale or use of the product by consumers is facilitated, and those containing respirable free form asbestos which are used in residences, schools, hospitals, public buildings or other areas where consumers have customary access) were banned by the US Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) in 1978 - see 16 CFR 1304; Artificial emberizing materials (ash and embers) containing respirable freeform asbestos (generally packaged in an emberizing kit for use in fireplaces, and designed for use in such a manner that the asbestos fibers can become airborne under reasonably foreseeable conditions of use were banned by the US Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) in 1978 - see 16 CFR 1305; • Spray -on application of materials containing more than 1 % asbestos to buildings, structures, pipes, and conduits unless the material is encapsulated with a bituminous or resinous binder during spraying and the materials are not friable after drying was banned by the 1990 Clean Air Act (CAA) Asbestos National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutant (NESHAP); • Asbestos paper products (flooring felt, roll board, and corrugated, commercial, or specialty paper) were banned by the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) - On July 12, 1989, the US EPA issued a final rule banning most asbestos -containing products. While most of that regulation was overturned by the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals in New Orleans in 1991, the bans on these materials were affirmed; and, • Products that have not historically contained asbestos, otherwise referred to as "new uses" of asbestos were banned by the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) - On July 12, 1989, the US EPA issued a final rule banning most asbestos - containing products. While most of that regulation was overturned by the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals in New Orleans in 1991, the bans on these materials were affirmed. Various asbestos containing materials were specifically listed as NOT banned by the US EPA's guidance document of May 18, 1999, but this list is far from comprehensive, as many other common materials which are not banned are not listed: Troweled -on Surfacing Materials (e.g. cement stucco and gypsum plaster); Asbestos -cement corrugated sheet, shingles, flat sheet, millboard, and pipe; Asbestos clothing for adults; Pipeline wrap; Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 41 of 50 Roofing felt; Vinyl -asbestos floor tile; Automatic transmission components; Clutch facings; Friction materials; Brake pads, linings, and blocks; Gaskets; Non -roofing coatings; and, Roof coatings. Which Materials Commonly Contain Asbestos? The list in the table below was developed based on US EPA publications and our experience performing asbestos surveys / inspections of thousands of buildings of all types. While the production and usage of some have been banned, and most others are simply no longer produced or installed, many are still legal and new products containing asbestos could appear on the market, so this list may become out of date. Most Common Suspect Material TypicallyNotes and Approximate Usage Dates Friable In Place? Acoustic Ceiling Texture Yes Through the mid to late 1970s Acoustic Plaster No Through the mid 1970s Adhesives / Mastics (flooring, mirror, No Through the 1980s pipe insulation, etc.) Asphalt Floor Tile No Through the 1960s Asphalt pavement (the gravel used to No There are substantial areas of make it) naturally -occurring asbestos in the USA, and in recent years more has been discovered Blown -in Insulation Yes Prior to the mid 1970s Boiler and Vessel Insulation I Yes Through the mid-1970s Breeching / Flue Insulation Yes Through the mid 1970s Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 42 of 50 Most Common Suspect Material Typically Notes and Approximate Usage Dates Friable In Place? Caulking and Sealants No Through the mid-1980s Ceiling Tiles and Lay -in or Suspended Yes Prior to the early 1970s, often are Ceiling Panels heavy and have a "layered" internal appearance. Newer non -suspect types are readily identified. Concrete (especially the gravel used No There are substantial areas of to make it) naturally -occurring asbestos in the USA, and in recent years more has been discovered Concrete block filler (used to smooth No Through the 1970s and into the 1980s the rough surface) Drywall (also known as Gypsum Wallboard or the brand name Sheetrock). Due to imprecise use of English, and confusion between composite and discrete layer sampling, some people may mistakenly believe that drywall itself is a suspect material. Some have loosely used the term "wallboard" to refer to asbestos -cement panels used as wall covering. Indeed, for quite a few years we sampled drywall. Finally tiring of wasting time and money sampling a material which was never, ever positive, we investigated. We discovered these problems, and a situation in which mistakes in one document (e.g. the sloppy use of the imprecise term "wallboard") repeated in other documents. All the times we have asked, people stating that drywall might contain asbestos have not been able to produce an example of it. The drywall system is suspect, but not the gypsum board itself. Drywall Joint Compound, Also Known No Manufactured and applied through the As Mud, May Also Be Used as a Skim mid-1980s. Naturally occurring or Texture Coat asbestos in raw materials is allowed, but manufacturers avoid liability by screening raw materials. Ducts (Made of Corrugated Asbestos Yes Through the mid 1980s Covered with Aluminum on the Inside and Outside, one common brand is Alumabestos) Duct Insulation (corrugated or paper) Yes Sometimes found on register boots and ducts through the mid-1980s Electric Wiring Insulation Yes Prior to the 1970s in some cables and wires, through the 1980s in some heating appliances and machinery Electrical Panel Partitions and/or Arc No Used through the 1970's Chutes Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 43 of 50 Most Common Suspect Material Typically Notes and Approximate Usage Dates Friable In Place? Elevator Equipment Panels No Through the 1970's Elevator Brake Shoes No Many still in use Fiber -Cement Conduits No Through the 1980's Fiber -Cement Ducts (one common No Common for underground HVAC brand is Transite) ducts through the 1980s Fiber -Cement Flues (one common No Used through the 1980s, although brand is Transite) usage tapered off sharply after the 1970's Fiber -Cement Sheets - Interior, No Used through the 1970s, with some Exterior, or in Freezers/Chillers, usage in the 1980s (some made with wood paterns, one common brand is Transite) Fiber -Cement Pipes (one common No Through the 1980's and some may brand is Transite) still be in use Fiber -Cement Cooling Tower Slats No Through the 1980s and Other Components (one common brand is Transite) Fire Blankets Yes Prior to the 1980s Fire Curtains Yes Prior to the 1980s Fire Door Interior Insulation No Through the 1970s (covered) Fireproofing Materials (as on Yes Through the mid to late 1970s structural steel) Flexible Duct Connectors (also known Yes Soft woven cloth, easy to differentiate as vibration cloths) from fiberglass or rubber Gaskets No Still in use Gravel No There are substantial areas of naturally -occurring asbestos in the USA, and in recent years more has been discovered Electrical Ducts No Through the 1970s Laboratory Hoods/Table Tops No Trough the 1980s Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 44 of 50 Most Common Suspect Material Typically Notes and Approximate Usage Dates Friable In Place? Mastics (floor tile, mirror, ceiling tile, No Through to 1980s etc.) Paint - textured or elastomeric / No Through the mid to late 1970's coatings Packing Materials (for valves or for No Through the 1980s wall/floor penetrations) Pipe Insulation (corrugated air-cell, Yes Through the 1970s block, etc.) Plaster (interior gypsum plaster, which No Rare, used prior to the mid 1970's typically consists of two or more layers Plastic Roof Cement (typically applied No Very common, still legally at flashings, joints, and penetrations, manufactured, sold and applied may brands are still manufactured with asbestos) Roofing Felt / Tar paper No Through the 1970's and into the 1980s Roofing Shingles or Roll Roofing No Through the 1970s and into the 1980s Sheet Vinyl Flooring No Through the 1980s Silver Roof Paint No Through the 1970s and into the 1980s Spackling Compounds No Through the 1970s Spray -Applied Insulation Yes Through the mid to late 1970s Stucco, or Cement Plaster, which No Generally, used through the 1980s, typically consists of two or more but in early 2006 an Arizona regulator layers told us that a wholesaler in the Phoenix area imports asbestos and sells it to contractors who mix it into stucco Tank and Vessel Insulation Yes Through the mid to late 1970s Taping Compounds (drywall joint No Through the mid 1980s compound) Textured Paints / Coatings (paints No Through the 1970s made with texture, not texture applied before painting) Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 45 of 50 Most Common Suspect Material Typically Friable In Place? Notes and Approximate Usage Dates Thermal Paper Products Yes Through the 1970s Vinyl Floor Tile No Through the mid 1980s Window Putty No Though the 1970s Asbestos Sampling Representative samples of potential / suspect ACM were collected after identification of homogeneous sampling areas (these are areas in which the materials are uniform in color, texture, construction or application date and general appearance) of potential ACM. Each homogeneous area of potential ACM was observed for material type, location, condition, and friability. Representative samples were collected from each area of potential ACM, excepting areas which were inaccessible, or areas of assumed ACM. The building(s) was examined for the presence of previous or multiple layers of materials, if applicable. If no suspect materials were identified, or if only materials assumed to contain asbestos were identified, no samples were collected. Most of the laws and regulations regarding asbestos sampling reference the AHERA section on sampling (40CFR763.86). We used that protocol, with additions to be more conservative, but not to overly increase the cost of asbestos surveys. Given the lack of detailed guidance in AHERA regarding miscellaneous materials, our judgement and extensive experience were important factors in determining the appropriate number of samples. For example, we know that drywall joint compound is difficult for the laboratories to analyze due to the presence of binders and such and the relatively low asbestos content, so we collect more samples from an area of it than we would from a similar area of a material such as sheet vinyl flooring which is very easy to analyze and which typically was made with a relatively high asbestos content. Of course, we do not sample non -suspect materials (see the table of suspect materials above). Suspect materials were assumed to contain asbestos or were sampled as follows: Friable Surfacing Material, which is a friable suspect material sprayed -on, troweled -on, or otherwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, or other purposes: • At least three bulk samples from each homogeneous area that is 1,000 ft 2 or less; At least five bulk samples from each homogeneous area that is greater than 1,000 ft z but less than or equal to 5,000 ft z; and, At least seven bulk samples from each homogeneous area that is greater than 5,000 ft 2. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 46 of 50 Friable Thermal System Insulation, which is a friable suspect material applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts, orother interior structural components to prevent heat loss or gain, or water condensation, or for other purposes: • At least three bulk samples from each homogeneous area; • At least one bulk sample from each homogeneous area of patched thermal system insulation if the patched section is less than 6 linear or square feet; and, • In a manner sufficient to determine whether the material is ACM or not ACM, bulk samples from each insulated mechanical system where cement or plaster is used on fittings such as tees, elbows, or valves. Friable Miscellaneous Materials, which are interior building materials on structural components, structural members or fixtures, such as ceiling tiles: • Bulk samples from each homogeneous area in a manner sufficient to determine whether the material is ACM or not ACM. Nonfriable Materials which are interior building materials on structural components, structural members or fixtures, such as floor tiles: • In a manner sufficient to determine whether the material is ACM or not ACM, bulk samples from each homogeneous area. Sampling was done based on the friability of the material at the time of the asbestos survey. Reasonable care was taken to reduce accidental fiber release into the building environments. In order to reduce the potential for fiber release while collecting samples of suspect materials, the test areas were sprayed with a water -containing surfactant. The tools used for collection of samples were cleaned with soapy water -soaked cloths between samples in order to avoid cross - contamination of samples. The samples were placed into heavy plastic sample bags which were then sealed and labeled. The location, type, and other information on each sample were recorded. Asbestos Laboratory Analysis A chain -of -custody form accompanied the samples to the laboratory. The samples were analyzed by an NVLAP accredited laboratory using the Polarized Light Method (PLM, EPA 600/R-93/116 and/or EPA 600/M4 -82-020600M4). The PLM method is, by far, the most commonly used method to analyze bulk materials for the presence of asbestos. This method utilizes the optical properties of minerals to identify the selected constituent. The use of this method enables identification of the type and approximate percentage of asbestos in a given sample. The detection limit of the PLM method for asbestos identification is about one percent by volume. Lead Survey Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 47 of 50 Suspect areas of lead (paint and ceramic tile glaze) were analyzed using non-destructive In place testing using a portable Thermo Niton 700-703ALXp portable XRF (X -Ray Fluorescence) instrument. Miscellaneous Toxic Materials Survey The following tasks were performed: • Inspection of a representative sample of fluorescent light fixtures forthe presence of PCB -containing ballasts (that not labeled as not containing PCBs and/or date coded before 1979) and fluorescent tubes containing mercury which need to be recycled; • Identification of high intensity discharge lighting which may/does contain PCB - containing ballasts; • Identification of mercury switches, as in thermostats, pressure/level controls, "silent' switches, and such; • Identification of oil -cooled electrical transformers, containers of transformer oil, oil - filled capacitors, and oil filled high voltage switches not labeled as containing less than 5ppm PCBs and, if specified in our contract, testing them for PCB content (except those without sample ports, and those which are energized, which will be assumed to contain PCBs); • Identification of refrigeration / HVAC equipment containing refrigerants; • Identification of radioactive (self -illuminating) exit signs; General Limitations The conclusions presented in this report are professional opinions based on the indicated data described in this report. Opinions and recommendations presented herein apply to site conditions existing at the time of the site visit(s). Changes in the conditions of the property may occur with time due to natural processes or various activities on the subject property. Changes in applicable codes and standards may also occur as a result of legislation or the broadening of knowledge. Accordingly, this report may become invalid. This report is intended only for the client, purpose, location, and project indicated. The only persons or companies which may rely on it are our client, an abatement contractor hired by our client, and the client of our client when we are sub -consultants. All others may not rely upon this report without having a contract in place with us. We do not warrant that the information supplied to us by others is accurate. Reports such as this prepared by any consultant are never intended to be definitive studies of the presence of asbestos and/or lead at the subject properties. Other locations of asbestos and/or lead may exist at the subject property, and the levels may vary from those stated in this report. There may be variations in the composition of materials which appear similar. Materials may be hidden from view and not accessible. This is especially so for occupied structures or structures where damage and invasive sampling need to be minimized (such as structures not Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1346 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 48 of 50 owned by our client). For pre -demolition surveys of vacant buildings, we do not hesitate to examine the structure in several areas, looking for multiple layers of materials and materials which are under other materials. We very, very rarely miss anything. However, we are performing surveys, not demolition work, so may not see things such as a patch of floor tile hidden under carpeting, and not detected by our typical examination of the area under the carpet at a corner(s) or existing hole(s). We examine the structure(s) in several locations, but do not pull up all of the carpet, or cut numerous holes in floors and walls. That would constitute demolition work, not survey work, and could also create contamination due to excessive disturbances of suspect materials. Location and sampling of underground items, such as asbestos -cement pipes, would have been outside of the scope of services for this project. Reaulatory Compliance The report meets and exceeds the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations. If someone unfamiliar with our reports, after reading this entire report and all of the attachments, has any questions regarding where specific information is found, they should contact us by phone or E-mail, and we will direct them to the appropriate places in this report. Consultant Background The inspection and sampling portions of the survey and professional aspects of the report preparation were performed by Mr. F. Stephen Masek. Mr. Masek has performed thousands of environmental inspections in a wide variety of commercial and government buildings, including airports, military bases, high-rise buildings, apartment buildings, shopping centers, schools, office buildings, hospitals, retail buildings, factories, recreation facilities, warehouses, residences and R&D buildings. Mr. Masek has been a California Certified Asbestos Consultant since the certification program started in 1992, and has been an asbestos consultant since 1990. Mr. Masek has been a California certified lead Inspector / Risk Assessor since 1993. He has extensive experience in related environmental services. He obtained a B.S.B.A. degree from Washington University in St. Louis (1980). He is a member of Mensa, the high IQ society. As an active member of ASTM, he has contributed to the revisions to the ASTM Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Standard, was chairman of an asbestos survey task group, and helped write portions of the ASTM Property Condition Assessment standard. He has written numerous magazine articles and has spoken at local, state, and national conventions. He also provides expert witness services. Sincerely, Masek onServices, Inc. F. Stephen Masek President California Certified Asbestos Consultant #92-0822 California Certified Lead Inspector / Risk Assessor / Project Monitor #751 Indoor Air Quality Association member Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 49 of 50 Association of Environmental Professionals member ASTM International member, Committees D-22 & E-50 E -Mail: stephenmasekto7.masekconsulting.net Sketch and Laboratory Report Attachments The attachments are important parts of this report The chain of custody form(s) is/are part of the laboratory report(s), and is/are one of the pages counted in the report(s). Avoiding laboratory bias is done by minimizing the information provided to the laboratory. Therefore, we do not give information to the laboratory about which samples are or are not homogeneous, where they were collected, the full address of the building, and the name of the owner, as such information could be the cause of laboratory bias. A sketch follows. We generally omit the prefix of the sample numbers from the sketch(es) or drawings for clarity. Such prefixes are used solely to prevent the laboratory from accidentally mixing samples from different batches. The three page asbestos laboratory report, number 121602438, prepared by EMSL Analytical, Inc. follows. Asbestos, Lead and Miscellaneous Toxic Materials (universal wastes) Survey Report Fire Station at 1348 Irvine Blvd., Newport Beach, CA May 26, 2016 Page 50 of 50 EMSL Analytical, Inc. 3356 West Catalina Drive Phoenix, AZ 85017 Tel/Fax: (602) 276-4344 / (602) 276-4053 http:/hw .EMSL.com / phoenixlab@emsl.com Attention: Stephen Masek Masek Consulting Services, Inc. 23478 Sandstone Mission Viejo, CA 92692 Project: 1348 EMSL Order: 121602438 Customer ID: 32MASE50 Customer PO: Project ID: Phone: (714)878-5284 Fax: Received Date: 05/23/2016 9:30 AM Analysis Date: 05/24/2016 Collected Date: 05/20/2016 Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy 1348-15 Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance %Fibrous %Non -Fibrous %Type 1348-1 Various 10% Glass 90% NonAbrous(Other) None Detected Fibrous 121602438-0001 Heterogeneous 1348-2 Black 80% Cellulose 20%Non-fibrous(Other) None Detected Fibrous 121602 43 8- 0002 Homogeneous 1348-3 Black 85% Non-fibrous (Other) 15% Chrysotile Fibrous 121602438-0003 Homogeneous 1348-4 Tan 100% Non-fibrous(Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602436-0004 Homogeneous 1348-5 Brown 100% Non-fibrous (Other) r1 % Chrysotile Non -Fibrous 121602436-0005 Homogeneous 1348-6 Gray 100% Non-fibrous(Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 1216024380006 Homogeneous 1348.7 Beige 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0001 Homogeneous 1348-8 Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0000 Homogeneous 1348-9 Tan 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0000 Homogeneous 1348-10 Brown 100%Non-fibrous (Other) <1%Chrysotile Non -Fibrous 121612438-0010 Homogeneous 1348-11 Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602,K18-0011 Homogeneous 1348-12 White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0012 Homogeneous 1348-13 White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0013 Homogeneous 1348-14 White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0014 Homogeneous 1348-15 Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0015 Homogeneous 1348-16 Tan/Black 92% Non-fibrous (Other) 8% Chrysoble Non -Fibrous 1218024380016 Heterogeneous Initial Report From: 05/26/2016 11:29:34 Printed: 5/26/2016 8:29 AM Page 1 of 2 EMSL Analytical, Inc. EMSL Order: 121602438 Customer ID: 32MASE50 3356 West Catalina Drive Phoenix, AZ 85017 Tel/Fax: (602) 2764344 / (602) 276-4053 Customer PO: hftp:/hvww.EMSL.com / phoenixlab@emsl.com Project ID: Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600/R-931116 Method using Polarized Light Microscopy Non -Asbestos Asbestos Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non -Fibrous %Type 1348-17 Black 2% Cellulose 98% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected 121W2438-024 Non -Fibrous 121602431 Homogeneous 121602438-0012 Homogeneous 121602438-0025 Non -Fibrous 1348-18 While 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-00m Homogeneous 1348-19 Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0019 Homogeneous 1348-20 While 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected 121W2438-024 Non -Fibrous 121602431 Homogeneous 1348-21 While 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected 121602438-0025 Non -Fibrous 1348-22 White 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0022 Homogeneous 1348-23 Tan/Black 92% Non-fibrous (Other) 8% Chrysotile Non -Fibrous 121602438-0023 Heterogeneous 1348-24 Tan 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121W2438-024 Homogeneous 1348-25 Gray 100% Non-fibrous (Other) None Detected Non -Fibrous 121602438-0025 Homogeneous Anaiyst(s) Peter Donato (25) Michelle Wilson, Laboratory Manager or Other Approved Signatory EMSL maintains liability limited to cost cf analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVIAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government. Non -friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis. Samples received in goad condition unless otherwise noted. Estimated accuracy, precision and uncedainty data available upon request. Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers fi.elinoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Reporting limit is 1% Samples analyzed by EMSLAnalytical Inc. Phoenix, AZ NVLAP Lab Code 200811-0, AZ0937 Initial Report From: 05/26/2016 11:29:34 Printed: 5/26/2016 8:29 AM Page 2 of 2 OrderID: 121602438 Chain Of Custody To: f` I la�� " ❑ EMSL Analytical, Inc. at 200 Route 130 North, Cinnaminson, NJ 08077 Ph. 856-858-4800 ❑ LA Testing 520 Mission St. ; S. Pasadena, CA 91030; Phone 323-254-9960 ❑ LA Testing 11652 Knott Avenue, Unit F5 Garden Grove, CA 92841 Phone 714-828-4999 EMSL Analytical, Inca 3356 W. Catalina, Phoenix, AZ 85017 Phone 602-276-4344 ❑ EMSL Analytical, Inc. 7916 Convoy Ct, San Diego, CA 92111 Phone (858) 499-1303 From: Masek Consulting Services, Inc. (customer number 32MASE50) 23478 Sandstone St. Mission Viejo, CA 92692 Phone: (949) 581-8503 • http://www.masokconsulting.not EMSL's Federal Express Account 2148-0319-4 Project Name: J VS Enclosed are 2 ) samples numbered 13 V - / '0 2 r, First positive Stop on the following sa C�f PLM ❑ TEM(AHERA / LEVEL II / bulk) ❑ Lead (1 0 wipe) ❑ Other: Turnaround (from the day & hour the samples are received at the lab to the day and hour we receive the complete final report with all signatures): U3 Day ❑ 48 Hour ❑ 24 Hour 1716 hour ❑ 3 hour Only analyze the numbered materials listed on the sample bags. E-mail the results with the countersigned chain of custody to stephenmasekCcDmasekconsulting.net Samples collected and relinquished by F, Stephen Masek: Date: S Signature: Lab - Received: Date: '5 23 I lP Name: -t J t Ca j 07 0t Signature: 9 e �< ��p 4U°J�I i�36 q�� a Page 1 Of 1 m wx LP N �t w